| Server IP : 153.92.12.87 / Your IP : 216.73.216.170 Web Server : LiteSpeed System : Linux id-dci-web1986.main-hosting.eu 5.14.0-611.26.1.el9_7.x86_64 #1 SMP PREEMPT_DYNAMIC Thu Jan 29 05:24:47 EST 2026 x86_64 User : u686484674 ( 686484674) PHP Version : 8.0.30 Disable Function : system, exec, shell_exec, passthru, mysql_list_dbs, ini_alter, dl, symlink, link, chgrp, leak, popen, apache_child_terminate, virtual, mb_send_mail MySQL : OFF | cURL : ON | WGET : ON | Perl : OFF | Python : OFF | Sudo : OFF | Pkexec : OFF Directory : /proc/./self/root/opt/go/pkg/mod/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go@v1.55.5/service/rds/ |
Upload File : |
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
package rds
import (
"fmt"
"time"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
)
const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster"
// AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AddRoleToDBCluster for more information on using the AddRoleToDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with a DB cluster.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists"
// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with
// the specified DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded"
// You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated
// with the specified DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AddRoleToDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opAddRoleToDBInstance = "AddRoleToDBInstance"
// AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddRoleToDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AddRoleToDBInstance for more information on using the AddRoleToDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBInstance
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opAddRoleToDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &AddRoleToDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// AddRoleToDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Associates an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role
// with a DB instance.
//
// To add a role to a DB instance, the status of the DB instance must be available.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation AddRoleToDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceRoleAlreadyExists"
// The specified RoleArn or FeatureName value is already associated with the
// DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBInstanceRoleQuotaExceeded"
// You can't associate any more Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) roles with the DB instance because the quota has been reached.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBInstance
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBInstance(input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) (*AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// AddRoleToDBInstanceWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AddRoleToDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription"
// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for more information on using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{}
}
output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
// The subscription name does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
// The requested source could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext is the same as AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource"
// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opAddTagsToResource,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{}
}
output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used
// with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources,
// or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS.
//
// For an overview on tagging your relational database resources, see Tagging
// Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// or Tagging Amazon Aurora and Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeBlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault "BlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault"
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing blue/green deployment.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationNotFoundFault "IntegrationNotFoundFault"
// The specified integration could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "TenantDatabaseNotFound"
// The specified tenant database wasn't found in the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault"
// The specified snapshot tenant database wasn't found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction"
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{}
}
output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB
// instance).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
// The specified resource ID was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress"
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
}
output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization.
// First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if
// the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second,
// IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running
// on the internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range,
// EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
// or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC).
//
// You can't authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one Amazon Web
// Services Region to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You can't authorize
// ingress from a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance
// in another.
//
// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
//
// EC2-Classic was retired on August 15, 2022. If you haven't migrated from
// EC2-Classic to a VPC, we recommend that you migrate as soon as possible.
// For more information, see Migrate from EC2-Classic to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-migrate.html)
// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, the blog EC2-Classic Networking is Retiring
// – Here’s How to Prepare (http://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/ec2-classic-is-retiring-heres-how-to-prepare/),
// and Moving a DB instance not in a VPC into a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group is already authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"
// The DB security group authorization quota has been reached.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opBacktrackDBCluster = "BacktrackDBCluster"
// BacktrackDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BacktrackDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BacktrackDBCluster for more information on using the BacktrackDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the BacktrackDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/BacktrackDBCluster
func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input *BacktrackDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBacktrackDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BacktrackDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &BacktrackDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BacktrackDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Backtracks a DB cluster to a specific time, without creating a new DB cluster.
//
// For more information on backtracking, see Backtracking an Aurora DB Cluster
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Managing.Backtrack.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This action applies only to Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation BacktrackDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/BacktrackDBCluster
func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBCluster(input *BacktrackDBClusterInput) (*BacktrackDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BacktrackDBClusterWithContext is the same as BacktrackDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BacktrackDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BacktrackDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BacktrackDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCancelExportTask = "CancelExportTask"
// CancelExportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CancelExportTask operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CancelExportTask for more information on using the CancelExportTask
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CancelExportTaskRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CancelExportTaskRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CancelExportTask
func (c *RDS) CancelExportTaskRequest(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelExportTaskOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCancelExportTask,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CancelExportTaskInput{}
}
output = &CancelExportTaskOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CancelExportTask API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Cancels an export task in progress that is exporting a snapshot or cluster
// to Amazon S3. Any data that has already been written to the S3 bucket isn't
// removed.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CancelExportTask for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeExportTaskNotFoundFault "ExportTaskNotFound"
// The export task doesn't exist.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidExportTaskStateFault "InvalidExportTaskStateFault"
// You can't cancel an export task that has completed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CancelExportTask
func (c *RDS) CancelExportTask(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CancelExportTaskWithContext is the same as CancelExportTask with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CancelExportTask for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CancelExportTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelExportTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup"
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group.
//
// You can't copy a default DB cluster parameter group. Instead, create a new
// custom DB cluster parameter group, which copies the default parameters and
// values for the specified DB cluster parameter group family.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
// groups.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot"
// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster.
//
// To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
// must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot.
//
// You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another Amazon Web Services
// Region. In that case, the Amazon Web Services Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
// operation is the destination Amazon Web Services Region for the encrypted
// DB cluster snapshot to be copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot
// from another Amazon Web Services Region, you must provide the following values:
//
// - KmsKeyId - The Amazon Web Services Key Management System (Amazon Web
// Services KMS) key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of
// the DB cluster snapshot in the destination Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the new copy
// of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier
// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must
// be in the ARN format for the source Amazon Web Services Region and is
// the same value as the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier in the presigned
// URL.
//
// To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB
// cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that
// DB cluster snapshot is in "copying" status.
//
// For more information on copying encrypted Amazon Aurora DB cluster snapshots
// from one Amazon Web Services Region to another, see Copying a Snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
//
// - ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup"
// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Copies the specified DB parameter group.
//
// You can't copy a default DB parameter group. Instead, create a new custom
// DB parameter group, which copies the default parameters and values for the
// specified DB parameter group family.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
// groups.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot"
// CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyDBSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCopyDBSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CopyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the available
// state.
//
// You can copy a snapshot from one Amazon Web Services Region to another. In
// that case, the Amazon Web Services Region where you call the CopyDBSnapshot
// operation is the destination Amazon Web Services Region for the DB snapshot
// copy.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// For more information about copying snapshots, see Copying a DB Snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopyDBSnapshot)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneNotFoundFault "CustomAvailabilityZoneNotFound"
// CustomAvailabilityZoneId doesn't refer to an existing custom Availability
// Zone identifier.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CopyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup"
// CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyOptionGroup for more information on using the CopyOptionGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCopyOptionGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{}
}
output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CopyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Copies the specified option group.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault"
// The option group you are trying to create already exists.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault"
// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this Amazon Web Services account.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CopyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CopyOptionGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateBlueGreenDeployment = "CreateBlueGreenDeployment"
// CreateBlueGreenDeploymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateBlueGreenDeployment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateBlueGreenDeployment for more information on using the CreateBlueGreenDeployment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateBlueGreenDeploymentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateBlueGreenDeployment
func (c *RDS) CreateBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateBlueGreenDeployment,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput{}
}
output = &CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateBlueGreenDeployment API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a blue/green deployment.
//
// A blue/green deployment creates a staging environment that copies the production
// environment. In a blue/green deployment, the blue environment is the current
// production environment. The green environment is the staging environment.
// The staging environment stays in sync with the current production environment
// using logical replication.
//
// You can make changes to the databases in the green environment without affecting
// production workloads. For example, you can upgrade the major or minor DB
// engine version, change database parameters, or make schema changes in the
// staging environment. You can thoroughly test changes in the green environment.
// When ready, you can switch over the environments to promote the green environment
// to be the new production environment. The switchover typically takes under
// a minute.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateBlueGreenDeployment for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeSourceDatabaseNotSupportedFault "SourceDatabaseNotSupportedFault"
// The source DB instance isn't supported for a blue/green deployment.
//
// - ErrCodeSourceClusterNotSupportedFault "SourceClusterNotSupportedFault"
// The source DB cluster isn't supported for a blue/green deployment.
//
// - ErrCodeBlueGreenDeploymentAlreadyExistsFault "BlueGreenDeploymentAlreadyExistsFault"
// A blue/green deployment with the specified name already exists.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// - ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateBlueGreenDeployment
func (c *RDS) CreateBlueGreenDeployment(input *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) (*CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateBlueGreenDeploymentWithContext is the same as CreateBlueGreenDeployment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateBlueGreenDeployment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateBlueGreenDeploymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateCustomDBEngineVersion = "CreateCustomDBEngineVersion"
// CreateCustomDBEngineVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateCustomDBEngineVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateCustomDBEngineVersion for more information on using the CreateCustomDBEngineVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateCustomDBEngineVersionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateCustomDBEngineVersion
func (c *RDS) CreateCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateCustomDBEngineVersion,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput{}
}
output = &CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateCustomDBEngineVersion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a custom DB engine version (CEV).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateCustomDBEngineVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeCustomDBEngineVersionAlreadyExistsFault "CustomDBEngineVersionAlreadyExistsFault"
// A CEV with the specified name already exists.
//
// - ErrCodeCustomDBEngineVersionQuotaExceededFault "CustomDBEngineVersionQuotaExceededFault"
// You have exceeded your CEV quota.
//
// - ErrCodeEc2ImagePropertiesNotSupportedFault "Ec2ImagePropertiesNotSupportedFault"
// The AMI configuration prerequisite has not been met.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeCreateCustomDBEngineVersionFault "CreateCustomDBEngineVersionFault"
// An error occurred while trying to create the CEV.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateCustomDBEngineVersion
func (c *RDS) CreateCustomDBEngineVersion(input *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) (*CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateCustomDBEngineVersionWithContext is the same as CreateCustomDBEngineVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateCustomDBEngineVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateCustomDBEngineVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster"
// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// If you create an Aurora DB cluster, the request creates an empty cluster.
// You must explicitly create the writer instance for your DB cluster using
// the CreateDBInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateDBInstance.html)
// operation. If you create a Multi-AZ DB cluster, the request creates a writer
// and two reader DB instances for you, each in a different Availability Zone.
//
// You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create an Amazon
// Aurora DB cluster as a read replica of another DB cluster or Amazon RDS for
// MySQL or PostgreSQL DB instance. For more information about Amazon Aurora,
// see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// You can also use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create a Multi-AZ
// DB cluster read replica with an RDS for MySQL or PostgreSQL DB instance as
// the source. For more information about Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ
// DB cluster deployments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might
// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault"
// The DBSubnetGroup doesn't belong to the same VPC as that of an existing cross-region
// read replica of the same source instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database
// cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault"
// The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested
// operation.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster
func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBClusterEndpoint = "CreateDBClusterEndpoint"
// CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDBClusterEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterEndpoint
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBClusterEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBClusterEndpointInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new custom endpoint and associates it with an Amazon Aurora DB
// cluster.
//
// This action applies only to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault"
// The cluster already has the maximum number of custom endpoints.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault"
// The specified custom endpoint can't be created because it already exists.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterEndpoint
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterEndpoint(input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup"
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group.
//
// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances
// in a DB cluster.
//
// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters
// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom
// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating
// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster
// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster.
//
// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running Aurora
// DB cluster, reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for
// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect.
//
// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running Multi-AZ
// DB cluster, reboot the DB cluster without failover for the new DB cluster
// parameter group and associated settings to take effect.
//
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5
// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter
// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
// the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default
// for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are
// critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the
// character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database
// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console
// (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters
// operation to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created
// or modified.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
// groups.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot"
// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance"
// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB instance.
//
// The new DB instance can be an RDS DB instance, or it can be a DB instance
// in an Aurora DB cluster. For an Aurora DB cluster, you can call this operation
// multiple times to add more than one DB instance to the cluster.
//
// For more information about creating an RDS DB instance, see Creating an Amazon
// RDS DB instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CreateDBInstance.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about creating a DB instance in an Aurora DB cluster,
// see Creating an Amazon Aurora DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.CreateInstance.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
// your behalf.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault"
//
// - ErrCodeNetworkTypeNotSupported "NetworkTypeNotSupported"
// The network type is invalid for the DB instance. Valid nework type values
// are IPV4 and DUAL.
//
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseQuotaExceededFault "TenantDatabaseQuotaExceeded"
// You attempted to create more tenant databases than are permitted in your
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica"
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for more information on using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB instance that acts as a read replica for an existing source
// DB instance or Multi-AZ DB cluster. You can create a read replica for a DB
// instance running Db2, MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL, or SQL Server.
// You can create a read replica for a Multi-AZ DB cluster running MySQL or
// PostgreSQL. For more information, see Working with read replicas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReadRepl.html)
// and Migrating from a Multi-AZ DB cluster to a DB instance using a read replica
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html#multi-az-db-clusters-migrating-to-instance-with-read-replica)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Amazon Aurora doesn't support this operation. To create a DB instance for
// an Aurora DB cluster, use the CreateDBInstance operation.
//
// All read replica DB instances are created with backups disabled. All other
// attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited
// from the source DB instance or cluster, except as specified.
//
// Your source DB instance or cluster must have backup retention enabled.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault"
// The DBSubnetGroup shouldn't be specified while creating read replicas that
// lie in the same region as the source instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault"
// The DBSubnetGroup doesn't belong to the same VPC as that of an existing cross-region
// read replica of the same source instance.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeNetworkTypeNotSupported "NetworkTypeNotSupported"
// The network type is invalid for the DB instance. Valid nework type values
// are IPV4 and DUAL.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseQuotaExceededFault "TenantDatabaseQuotaExceeded"
// You attempted to create more tenant databases than are permitted in your
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstanceReadReplica with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup"
// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB parameter group.
//
// A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for
// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for
// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using
// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need
// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate
// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the
// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated
// settings to take effect.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
// has been created or modified.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
// groups.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBProxy = "CreateDBProxy"
// CreateDBProxyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBProxy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBProxy for more information on using the CreateDBProxy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBProxyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBProxyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxy
func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyRequest(input *CreateDBProxyInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBProxyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBProxy,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBProxyInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBProxyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBProxy API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB proxy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBProxy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyAlreadyExistsFault"
// The specified proxy name must be unique for all proxies owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyQuotaExceededFault "DBProxyQuotaExceededFault"
// Your Amazon Web Services account already has the maximum number of proxies
// in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxy
func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxy(input *CreateDBProxyInput) (*CreateDBProxyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBProxyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBProxyWithContext is the same as CreateDBProxy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBProxy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBProxyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBProxyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBProxyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBProxyEndpoint = "CreateDBProxyEndpoint"
// CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBProxyEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBProxyEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDBProxyEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxyEndpoint
func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(input *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBProxyEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBProxyEndpointInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBProxyEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a DBProxyEndpoint. Only applies to proxies that are associated with
// Aurora DB clusters. You can use DB proxy endpoints to specify read/write
// or read-only access to the DB cluster. You can also use DB proxy endpoints
// to access a DB proxy through a different VPC than the proxy's default VPC.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBProxyEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault"
// The specified DB proxy endpoint name must be unique for all DB proxy endpoints
// owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services
// Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointQuotaExceededFault "DBProxyEndpointQuotaExceededFault"
// The DB proxy already has the maximum number of endpoints.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxyEndpoint
func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyEndpoint(input *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) (*CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBProxyEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDBProxyEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBProxyEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup"
// CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSecurityGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBSecurityGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB
// instance.
//
// A DB security group controls access to EC2-Classic DB instances that are
// not in a VPC.
//
// EC2-Classic was retired on August 15, 2022. If you haven't migrated from
// EC2-Classic to a VPC, we recommend that you migrate as soon as possible.
// For more information, see Migrate from EC2-Classic to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-migrate.html)
// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, the blog EC2-Classic Networking is Retiring
// – Here’s How to Prepare (http://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/ec2-classic-is-retiring-heres-how-to-prepare/),
// and Moving a DB instance not in a VPC into a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"
// A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already
// exists.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB security
// groups.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported"
// A DB security group isn't allowed for this action.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSecurityGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBShardGroup = "CreateDBShardGroup"
// CreateDBShardGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBShardGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBShardGroup for more information on using the CreateDBShardGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBShardGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBShardGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBShardGroupRequest(input *CreateDBShardGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBShardGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBShardGroupInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBShardGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBShardGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB shard group for Aurora Limitless Database. You must enable
// Aurora Limitless Database to create a DB shard group.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBShardGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBShardGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBShardGroupAlreadyExists"
// The specified DB shard group name must be unique in your Amazon Web Services
// account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeMaxDBShardGroupLimitReached "MaxDBShardGroupLimitReached"
// The maximum number of DB shard groups for your Amazon Web Services account
// in the specified Amazon Web Services Region has been reached.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidMaxAcuFault "InvalidMaxAcu"
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group must be 48-7168 Aurora capacity
// units (ACUs).
//
// - ErrCodeUnsupportedDBEngineVersionFault "UnsupportedDBEngineVersion"
// The specified DB engine version isn't supported for Aurora Limitless Database.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBShardGroup(input *CreateDBShardGroupInput) (*CreateDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBShardGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBShardGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBShardGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBShardGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBShardGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBShardGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBShardGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot"
// CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a snapshot of a DB instance. The source DB instance must be in the
// available or storage-optimization state.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup"
// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{}
}
output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one
// subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"
// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet
// groups.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
// in a DB subnet groups.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"
// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateEventSubscription,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{}
}
output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This operation requires a
// topic Amazon Resource Name (ARN) created by either the RDS console, the SNS
// console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic
// in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS
// console.
//
// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) that you want to be notified
// of and provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events.
// You can also provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events
// that you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType
// = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories
// = Availability, Backup.
//
// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance
// and SourceIds = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance events
// for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify
// SourceIds, you receive notice of the events for that source type for all
// your RDS sources. If you don't specify either the SourceType or the SourceIds,
// you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources belonging to your
// customer account.
//
// For more information about subscribing to an event for RDS DB engines, see
// Subscribing to Amazon RDS event notification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.Subscribing.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about subscribing to an event for Aurora DB engines,
// see Subscribing to Amazon RDS event notification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Events.Subscribing.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"
// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions.
//
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"
// The supplied subscription name already exists.
//
// - ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SNS topic specified.
//
// - ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN.
//
// - ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
// The SNS topic ARN does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
// The supplied category does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
// The requested source could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateGlobalCluster = "CreateGlobalCluster"
// CreateGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateGlobalCluster for more information on using the CreateGlobalCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateGlobalClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateGlobalClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) CreateGlobalClusterRequest(input *CreateGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateGlobalClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateGlobalCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateGlobalClusterInput{}
}
output = &CreateGlobalClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates an Aurora global database spread across multiple Amazon Web Services
// Regions. The global database contains a single primary cluster with read-write
// capability, and a read-only secondary cluster that receives data from the
// primary cluster through high-speed replication performed by the Aurora storage
// subsystem.
//
// You can create a global database that is initially empty, and then create
// the primary and secondary DB clusters in the global database. Or you can
// specify an existing Aurora cluster during the create operation, and this
// cluster becomes the primary cluster of the global database.
//
// This operation applies only to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateGlobalCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault "GlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier already exists. Choose a new global database
// identifier (unique name) to create a new global database cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault "GlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault"
// The number of global database clusters for this account is already at the
// maximum allowed.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) CreateGlobalCluster(input *CreateGlobalClusterInput) (*CreateGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateGlobalClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as CreateGlobalCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateGlobalClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateIntegration = "CreateIntegration"
// CreateIntegrationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateIntegration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateIntegration for more information on using the CreateIntegration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateIntegrationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateIntegrationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateIntegration
func (c *RDS) CreateIntegrationRequest(input *CreateIntegrationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateIntegrationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateIntegration,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateIntegrationInput{}
}
output = &CreateIntegrationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateIntegration API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateIntegration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationAlreadyExistsFault "IntegrationAlreadyExistsFault"
// The integration you are trying to create already exists.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationQuotaExceededFault "IntegrationQuotaExceededFault"
// You can't crate any more zero-ETL integrations because the quota has been
// reached.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationConflictOperationFault "IntegrationConflictOperationFault"
// A conflicting conditional operation is currently in progress against this
// resource. Typically occurs when there are multiple requests being made to
// the same resource at the same time, and these requests conflict with each
// other.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateIntegration
func (c *RDS) CreateIntegration(input *CreateIntegrationInput) (*CreateIntegrationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateIntegrationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateIntegrationWithContext is the same as CreateIntegration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateIntegration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateIntegrationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateIntegrationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateIntegrationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateIntegrationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup"
// CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateOptionGroup for more information on using the CreateOptionGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateOptionGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{}
}
output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault"
// The option group you are trying to create already exists.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault"
// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this Amazon Web Services account.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CreateOptionGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateTenantDatabase = "CreateTenantDatabase"
// CreateTenantDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateTenantDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateTenantDatabase for more information on using the CreateTenantDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTenantDatabaseRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateTenantDatabaseRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateTenantDatabase
func (c *RDS) CreateTenantDatabaseRequest(input *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTenantDatabaseOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateTenantDatabase,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateTenantDatabaseInput{}
}
output = &CreateTenantDatabaseOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateTenantDatabase API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a tenant database in a DB instance that uses the multi-tenant configuration.
// Only RDS for Oracle container database (CDB) instances are supported.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation CreateTenantDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseAlreadyExistsFault "TenantDatabaseAlreadyExists"
// You attempted to either create a tenant database that already exists or modify
// a tenant database to use the name of an existing tenant database.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseQuotaExceededFault "TenantDatabaseQuotaExceeded"
// You attempted to create more tenant databases than are permitted in your
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateTenantDatabase
func (c *RDS) CreateTenantDatabase(input *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) (*CreateTenantDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateTenantDatabaseRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateTenantDatabaseWithContext is the same as CreateTenantDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateTenantDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) CreateTenantDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTenantDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTenantDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateTenantDatabaseRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBlueGreenDeployment = "DeleteBlueGreenDeployment"
// DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBlueGreenDeployment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBlueGreenDeployment for more information on using the DeleteBlueGreenDeployment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteBlueGreenDeployment
func (c *RDS) DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBlueGreenDeployment,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteBlueGreenDeployment API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a blue/green deployment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteBlueGreenDeployment for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeBlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault "BlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault"
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing blue/green deployment.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidBlueGreenDeploymentStateFault "InvalidBlueGreenDeploymentStateFault"
// The blue/green deployment can't be switched over or deleted because there
// is an invalid configuration in the green environment.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteBlueGreenDeployment
func (c *RDS) DeleteBlueGreenDeployment(input *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput) (*DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentWithContext is the same as DeleteBlueGreenDeployment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBlueGreenDeployment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteCustomDBEngineVersion = "DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion"
// DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion for more information on using the DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion
func (c *RDS) DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteCustomDBEngineVersion,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput{}
}
output = &DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a custom engine version. To run this command, make sure you meet
// the following prerequisites:
//
// - The CEV must not be the default for RDS Custom. If it is, change the
// default before running this command.
//
// - The CEV must not be associated with an RDS Custom DB instance, RDS Custom
// instance snapshot, or automated backup of your RDS Custom instance.
//
// Typically, deletion takes a few minutes.
//
// The MediaImport service that imports files from Amazon S3 to create CEVs
// isn't integrated with Amazon Web Services CloudTrail. If you turn on data
// logging for Amazon RDS in CloudTrail, calls to the DeleteCustomDbEngineVersion
// event aren't logged. However, you might see calls from the API gateway that
// accesses your Amazon S3 bucket. These calls originate from the MediaImport
// service for the DeleteCustomDbEngineVersion event.
//
// For more information, see Deleting a CEV (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-cev.html#custom-cev.delete)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeCustomDBEngineVersionNotFoundFault "CustomDBEngineVersionNotFoundFault"
// The specified CEV was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidCustomDBEngineVersionStateFault "InvalidCustomDBEngineVersionStateFault"
// You can't delete the CEV.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion
func (c *RDS) DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion(input *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput) (*DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionWithContext is the same as DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteCustomDBEngineVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster"
// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When
// you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted
// and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster
// are not deleted.
//
// If you're deleting a Multi-AZ DB cluster with read replicas, all cluster
// members are terminated and read replicas are promoted to standalone instances.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault"
// The quota for retained automated backups was exceeded. This prevents you
// from retaining any additional automated backups. The retained automated backups
// quota is the same as your DB cluster quota.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup = "DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup"
// DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes automated backups using the DbClusterResourceId value of the source
// DB cluster or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterAutomatedBackupStateFault "InvalidDBClusterAutomatedBackupStateFault"
// The automated backup is in an invalid state. For example, this automated
// backup is associated with an active cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBClusterAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault"
// No automated backup for this DB cluster was found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup(input *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBClusterEndpoint = "DeleteDBClusterEndpoint"
// DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterEndpoint
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBClusterEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a custom endpoint and removes it from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
//
// This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed on the endpoint while the endpoint
// is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault"
// The specified custom endpoint doesn't exist.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterEndpoint
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterEndpoint(input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup"
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter
// group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group
// is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot"
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy
// operation is terminated.
//
// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance"
// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. When you delete a DB instance,
// all automated backups for that instance are deleted and can't be recovered.
// However, manual DB snapshots of the DB instance aren't deleted.
//
// If you request a final DB snapshot, the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance
// is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. This operation can't be canceled
// or reverted after it begins. To monitor the status of this operation, use
// DescribeDBInstance.
//
// When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, incompatible-restore,
// or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when you skip creation of
// the final snapshot with the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter.
//
// If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you
// can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true:
//
// - The DB cluster is a read replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
//
// - The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster.
//
// To delete a DB instance in this case, first use the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
// operation to promote the DB cluster so that it's no longer a read replica.
// After the promotion completes, use the DeleteDBInstance operation to delete
// the final instance in the DB cluster.
//
// For RDS Custom DB instances, deleting the DB instance permanently deletes
// the EC2 instance and the associated EBS volumes. Make sure that you don't
// terminate or delete these resources before you delete the DB instance. Otherwise,
// deleting the DB instance and creation of the final snapshot might fail.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceeded"
// The quota for retained automated backups was exceeded. This prevents you
// from retaining any additional automated backups. The retained automated backups
// quota is the same as your DB instance quota.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup = "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup"
// DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup for more information on using the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes automated backups using the DbiResourceId value of the source DB
// instance or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupState"
// The automated backup is in an invalid state. For example, this automated
// backup is associated with an active instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound"
// No automated backup for this DB instance was found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup"
// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a specified DB parameter group. The DB parameter group to be deleted
// can't be associated with any DB instances.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group
// is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBProxy = "DeleteDBProxy"
// DeleteDBProxyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBProxy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBProxy for more information on using the DeleteDBProxy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBProxyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBProxyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxy
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyRequest(input *DeleteDBProxyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBProxyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBProxy,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBProxyInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBProxyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBProxy API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes an existing DB proxy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBProxy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxy
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxy(input *DeleteDBProxyInput) (*DeleteDBProxyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBProxyWithContext is the same as DeleteDBProxy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBProxy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBProxyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBProxyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBProxyEndpoint = "DeleteDBProxyEndpoint"
// DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBProxyEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBProxyEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDBProxyEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxyEndpoint
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBProxyEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBProxyEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a DBProxyEndpoint. Doing so removes the ability to access the DB
// proxy using the endpoint that you defined. The endpoint that you delete might
// have provided capabilities such as read/write or read-only operations, or
// using a different VPC than the DB proxy's default VPC.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBProxyEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault "DBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault"
// The DB proxy endpoint doesn't exist.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault"
// You can't perform this operation while the DB proxy endpoint is in a particular
// state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxyEndpoint
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyEndpoint(input *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) (*DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBProxyEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDBProxyEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBProxyEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup"
// DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSecurityGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBSecurityGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a DB security group.
//
// The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances.
//
// EC2-Classic was retired on August 15, 2022. If you haven't migrated from
// EC2-Classic to a VPC, we recommend that you migrate as soon as possible.
// For more information, see Migrate from EC2-Classic to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-migrate.html)
// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, the blog EC2-Classic Networking is Retiring
// – Here’s How to Prepare (http://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/ec2-classic-is-retiring-heres-how-to-prepare/),
// and Moving a DB instance not in a VPC into a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSecurityGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBShardGroup = "DeleteDBShardGroup"
// DeleteDBShardGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBShardGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBShardGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBShardGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBShardGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBShardGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBShardGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBShardGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBShardGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBShardGroupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBShardGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBShardGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes an Aurora Limitless Database DB shard group.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBShardGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBShardGroupNotFoundFault "DBShardGroupNotFound"
// The specified DB shard group name wasn't found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBShardGroupStateFault "InvalidDBShardGroupState"
// The DB shard group must be in the available state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBShardGroup(input *DeleteDBShardGroupInput) (*DeleteDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBShardGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBShardGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBShardGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBShardGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBShardGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBShardGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBShardGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot"
// DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a DB snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation
// is terminated.
//
// The DB snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup"
// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a DB subnet group.
//
// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault"
// The DB subnet isn't in the available state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"
// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteEventSubscription,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{}
}
output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes an RDS event notification subscription.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
// The subscription name does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidEventSubscriptionState"
// This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should
// retry the action.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteGlobalCluster = "DeleteGlobalCluster"
// DeleteGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteGlobalCluster for more information on using the DeleteGlobalCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteGlobalClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteGlobalCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteGlobalClusterInput{}
}
output = &DeleteGlobalClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a global database cluster. The primary and secondary clusters must
// already be detached or destroyed first.
//
// This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteGlobalCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database
// cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault"
// The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested
// operation.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) DeleteGlobalCluster(input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) (*DeleteGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteGlobalCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteIntegration = "DeleteIntegration"
// DeleteIntegrationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteIntegration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteIntegration for more information on using the DeleteIntegration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteIntegrationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteIntegrationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteIntegration
func (c *RDS) DeleteIntegrationRequest(input *DeleteIntegrationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteIntegrationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteIntegration,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteIntegrationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteIntegrationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteIntegration API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteIntegration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationNotFoundFault "IntegrationNotFoundFault"
// The specified integration could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationConflictOperationFault "IntegrationConflictOperationFault"
// A conflicting conditional operation is currently in progress against this
// resource. Typically occurs when there are multiple requests being made to
// the same resource at the same time, and these requests conflict with each
// other.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidIntegrationStateFault "InvalidIntegrationStateFault"
// The integration is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested operation.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteIntegration
func (c *RDS) DeleteIntegration(input *DeleteIntegrationInput) (*DeleteIntegrationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteIntegrationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteIntegrationWithContext is the same as DeleteIntegration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteIntegration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteIntegrationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteIntegrationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteIntegrationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteIntegrationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup"
// DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteOptionGroup for more information on using the DeleteOptionGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteOptionGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{}
}
output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes an existing option group.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault"
// The option group isn't in the available state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteOptionGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteOptionGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteTenantDatabase = "DeleteTenantDatabase"
// DeleteTenantDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTenantDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteTenantDatabase for more information on using the DeleteTenantDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTenantDatabaseRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteTenantDatabaseRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteTenantDatabase
func (c *RDS) DeleteTenantDatabaseRequest(input *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteTenantDatabase,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteTenantDatabaseInput{}
}
output = &DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteTenantDatabase API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Deletes a tenant database from your DB instance. This command only applies
// to RDS for Oracle container database (CDB) instances.
//
// You can't delete a tenant database when it is the only tenant in the DB instance.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeleteTenantDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "TenantDatabaseNotFound"
// The specified tenant database wasn't found in the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteTenantDatabase
func (c *RDS) DeleteTenantDatabase(input *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) (*DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTenantDatabaseRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteTenantDatabaseWithContext is the same as DeleteTenantDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTenantDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeleteTenantDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTenantDatabaseRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeregisterDBProxyTargets = "DeregisterDBProxyTargets"
// DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeregisterDBProxyTargets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeregisterDBProxyTargets for more information on using the DeregisterDBProxyTargets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeregisterDBProxyTargets
func (c *RDS) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeregisterDBProxyTargets,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput{}
}
output = &DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeregisterDBProxyTargets API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Remove the association between one or more DBProxyTarget data structures
// and a DBProxyTargetGroup.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DeregisterDBProxyTargets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetNotFoundFault"
// The specified RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster isn't available for a
// proxy owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web
// Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeregisterDBProxyTargets
func (c *RDS) DeregisterDBProxyTargets(input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeregisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext is the same as DeregisterDBProxyTargets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeregisterDBProxyTargets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes"
// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for more information on using the DescribeAccountAttributes
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include
// Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed.
// The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward
// that quota, and the quota's maximum value.
//
// This command doesn't take any parameters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountAttributes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDescribeBlueGreenDeployments = "DescribeBlueGreenDeployments"
// DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeBlueGreenDeployments operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeBlueGreenDeployments for more information on using the DescribeBlueGreenDeployments
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeBlueGreenDeployments
func (c *RDS) DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsRequest(input *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeBlueGreenDeployments,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeBlueGreenDeployments API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes one or more blue/green deployments.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeBlueGreenDeployments for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeBlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault "BlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault"
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing blue/green deployment.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeBlueGreenDeployments
func (c *RDS) DescribeBlueGreenDeployments(input *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) (*DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsWithContext is the same as DescribeBlueGreenDeployments with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeBlueGreenDeployments for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeBlueGreenDeployments operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeBlueGreenDeployments method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeBlueGreenDeployments operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsPages(input *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput, fn func(*DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsPagesWithContext same as DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput, fn func(*DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates"
// DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeCertificates for more information on using the DescribeCertificates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeCertificates,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Lists the set of certificate authority (CA) certificates provided by Amazon
// RDS for this Amazon Web Services account.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeCertificates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeCertificates operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeCertificates operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeCertificatesPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesPages(input *DescribeCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeCertificatesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext same as DescribeCertificatesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeCertificatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeCertificatesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeCertificatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups = "DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups"
// DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Displays backups for both current and deleted DB clusters. For example, use
// this operation to find details about automated backups for previously deleted
// clusters. Current clusters are returned for both the DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups
// and DescribeDBClusters operations.
//
// All parameters are optional.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBClusterAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault"
// No automated backup for this DB cluster was found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups(input *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBClusterBacktracks = "DescribeDBClusterBacktracks"
// DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusterBacktracks,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusterBacktracks API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about backtracks for a DB cluster.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This action only applies to Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault "DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault"
// BacktrackIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing backtrack.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracks(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterBacktracksWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterBacktracks with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterBacktracks operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterBacktracks operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBClusterEndpoints = "DescribeDBClusterEndpoints"
// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusterEndpoints,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusterEndpoints API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about endpoints for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
//
// This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpoints(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterEndpoints with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups"
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName
// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the
// specified DB cluster parameter group.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters"
// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterParametersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes"
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual
// DB cluster snapshot.
//
// When sharing snapshots with other Amazon Web Services accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the Amazon Web Services
// accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot.
// If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then
// the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by
// all Amazon Web Services accounts.
//
// To add or remove access for an Amazon Web Services account to copy or restore
// a manual DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public
// or private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots"
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports
// pagination.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters"
// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBClusters,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes existing Amazon Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters. This
// API supports pagination.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances
// and Amazon DocumentDB instances.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBClusters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBClustersPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersPages(input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClustersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBClustersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClustersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions"
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes the properties of specific versions of DB engines.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups = "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups"
// DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups for more information on using the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Displays backups for both current and deleted instances. For example, use
// this operation to find details about automated backups for previously deleted
// instances. Current instances with retention periods greater than zero (0)
// are returned for both the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups and DescribeDBInstances
// operations.
//
// All parameters are optional.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound"
// No automated backup for this DB instance was found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups(input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages(input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances"
// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBInstances,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination.
//
// This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances
// and Amazon DocumentDB instances.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles"
// DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBLogFiles for more information on using the DescribeDBLogFiles
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBLogFiles,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBLogFiles API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBLogFiles with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBLogFiles for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBLogFilesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBLogFilesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups"
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBParameterGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName
// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified
// DB parameter group.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameterGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters"
// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBParameters
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBParameters,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParametersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBParametersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBProxies = "DescribeDBProxies"
// DescribeDBProxiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBProxies operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBProxies for more information on using the DescribeDBProxies
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxiesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxies
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input *DescribeDBProxiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxiesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBProxies,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBProxiesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBProxiesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBProxies API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about DB proxies.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBProxies for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxies
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxies(input *DescribeDBProxiesInput) (*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxiesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxies with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBProxies for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxiesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxies operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBProxies method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxies operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBProxiesPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxiesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesPages(input *DescribeDBProxiesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBProxiesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBProxiesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxiesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxiesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBProxiesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxiesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBProxyEndpoints = "DescribeDBProxyEndpoints"
// DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBProxyEndpoints operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeDBProxyEndpoints
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyEndpoints
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBProxyEndpoints,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBProxyEndpoints API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about DB proxy endpoints.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBProxyEndpoints for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault "DBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault"
// The DB proxy endpoint doesn't exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyEndpoints
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpoints(input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) (*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxyEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxyEndpoints with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxyEndpoints operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxyEndpoints operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages(input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBProxyTargetGroups = "DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups"
// DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBProxyTargetGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about DB proxy target groups, represented by DBProxyTargetGroup
// data structures.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBProxyTargets = "DescribeDBProxyTargets"
// DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBProxyTargets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyTargets for more information on using the DescribeDBProxyTargets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargets
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBProxyTargets,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargets API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about DBProxyTarget objects. This API supports pagination.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBProxyTargets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetNotFoundFault"
// The specified RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster isn't available for a
// proxy owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web
// Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargets
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargets(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargetsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxyTargets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyTargets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargets operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBProxyTargets method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargets operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBProxyTargetsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBRecommendations = "DescribeDBRecommendations"
// DescribeDBRecommendationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBRecommendations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBRecommendations for more information on using the DescribeDBRecommendations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBRecommendationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBRecommendationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBRecommendations
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBRecommendationsRequest(input *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBRecommendations,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBRecommendationsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBRecommendations API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes the recommendations to resolve the issues for your DB instances,
// DB clusters, and DB parameter groups.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBRecommendations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBRecommendations
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBRecommendations(input *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) (*DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBRecommendationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBRecommendationsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBRecommendations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBRecommendations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBRecommendationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBRecommendationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBRecommendationsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBRecommendations operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBRecommendations method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBRecommendations operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBRecommendationsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBRecommendationsPages(input *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBRecommendationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBRecommendationsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBRecommendationsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBRecommendationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBRecommendationsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups"
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBSecurityGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName
// is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified
// DB security group.
//
// EC2-Classic was retired on August 15, 2022. If you haven't migrated from
// EC2-Classic to a VPC, we recommend that you migrate as soon as possible.
// For more information, see Migrate from EC2-Classic to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-migrate.html)
// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, the blog EC2-Classic Networking is Retiring
// – Here’s How to Prepare (http://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/ec2-classic-is-retiring-heres-how-to-prepare/),
// and Moving a DB instance not in a VPC into a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSecurityGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBShardGroups = "DescribeDBShardGroups"
// DescribeDBShardGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBShardGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBShardGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBShardGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBShardGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBShardGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBShardGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBShardGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBShardGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBShardGroupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBShardGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes existing Aurora Limitless Database DB shard groups.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBShardGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBShardGroupNotFoundFault "DBShardGroupNotFound"
// The specified DB shard group name wasn't found.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBShardGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBShardGroups(input *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBShardGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBShardGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBShardGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBShardGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBShardGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBShardGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes"
// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB
// snapshot.
//
// When sharing snapshots with other Amazon Web Services accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the Amazon Web Services
// accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If
// all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the
// manual DB snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all Amazon
// Web Services accounts.
//
// To add or remove access for an Amazon Web Services account to copy or restore
// a manual DB snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private,
// use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases = "DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases"
// DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes the tenant databases that exist in a DB snapshot. This command
// only applies to RDS for Oracle DB instances in the multi-tenant configuration.
//
// You can use this command to inspect the tenant databases within a snapshot
// before restoring it. You can't directly interact with the tenant databases
// in a DB snapshot. If you restore a snapshot that was taken from DB instance
// using the multi-tenant configuration, you restore all its tenant databases.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases(input *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots"
// DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshots
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBSnapshots,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshots with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSnapshotsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups"
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified,
// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup.
//
// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters"
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{}
}
output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster
// database engine.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters"
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{}
}
output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified
// database engine.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultParameters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeEventCategories,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified,
// for a specified source type. You can also see this list in the "Amazon RDS
// event categories and event messages" section of the Amazon RDS User Guide
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.Messages.html)
// or the Amazon Aurora User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Events.Messages.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description
// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType,
// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status.
//
// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
// The subscription name does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeEvents,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns events related to DB instances, DB clusters, DB parameter groups,
// DB security groups, DB snapshots, DB cluster snapshots, and RDS Proxies for
// the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular DB instance, DB cluster,
// DB parameter group, DB security group, DB snapshot, DB cluster snapshot group,
// or RDS Proxy can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter.
//
// For more information on working with events, see Monitoring Amazon RDS events
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/working-with-events.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Monitoring Amazon Aurora events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/working-with-events.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// By default, RDS returns events that were generated in the past hour.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents
func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeExportTasks = "DescribeExportTasks"
// DescribeExportTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeExportTasks operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeExportTasks for more information on using the DescribeExportTasks
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeExportTasksRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeExportTasksRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeExportTasks
func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeExportTasksOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeExportTasks,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeExportTasksInput{}
}
output = &DescribeExportTasksOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeExportTasks API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about a snapshot or cluster export to Amazon S3. This
// API operation supports pagination.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeExportTasks for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeExportTaskNotFoundFault "ExportTaskNotFound"
// The export task doesn't exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeExportTasks
func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasks(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeExportTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeExportTasks with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeExportTasks for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeExportTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeExportTasksPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeExportTasks operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeExportTasks method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeExportTasks operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeExportTasksPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeExportTasksOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksPages(input *DescribeExportTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeExportTasksOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeExportTasksPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeExportTasksPagesWithContext same as DescribeExportTasksPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeExportTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeExportTasksOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeExportTasksInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeExportTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeGlobalClusters = "DescribeGlobalClusters"
// DescribeGlobalClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeGlobalClusters operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeGlobalClusters for more information on using the DescribeGlobalClusters
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeGlobalClustersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeGlobalClusters
func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeGlobalClusters,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeGlobalClustersInput{}
}
output = &DescribeGlobalClustersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeGlobalClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about Aurora global database clusters. This API supports
// pagination.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeGlobalClusters for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database
// cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeGlobalClusters
func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClusters(input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) (*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeGlobalClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeGlobalClusters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeGlobalClusters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeGlobalClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeGlobalClusters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeGlobalClusters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeGlobalClusters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeGlobalClustersPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersPages(input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeGlobalClustersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeGlobalClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeGlobalClustersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeGlobalClustersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeIntegrations = "DescribeIntegrations"
// DescribeIntegrationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeIntegrations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeIntegrations for more information on using the DescribeIntegrations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeIntegrationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeIntegrationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeIntegrations
func (c *RDS) DescribeIntegrationsRequest(input *DescribeIntegrationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeIntegrationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeIntegrations,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeIntegrationsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeIntegrationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeIntegrations API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describe one or more zero-ETL integrations with Amazon Redshift.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeIntegrations for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeIntegrationNotFoundFault "IntegrationNotFoundFault"
// The specified integration could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeIntegrations
func (c *RDS) DescribeIntegrations(input *DescribeIntegrationsInput) (*DescribeIntegrationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeIntegrationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeIntegrationsWithContext is the same as DescribeIntegrations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeIntegrations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeIntegrationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIntegrationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeIntegrationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeIntegrationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeIntegrationsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeIntegrations operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeIntegrations method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeIntegrations operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeIntegrationsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeIntegrationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeIntegrationsPages(input *DescribeIntegrationsInput, fn func(*DescribeIntegrationsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeIntegrationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeIntegrationsPagesWithContext same as DescribeIntegrationsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeIntegrationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIntegrationsInput, fn func(*DescribeIntegrationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeIntegrationsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeIntegrationsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeIntegrationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions"
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroupOptions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeOptionGroupOptions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes all available options for the specified engine.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroupOptions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups"
// DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroups for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeOptionGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeOptionGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes the available option groups.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions"
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes the orderable DB instance options for a specified DB engine.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions"
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{}
}
output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least
// one pending maintenance action.
//
// This API follows an eventual consistency model. This means that the result
// of the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions command might not be immediately
// visible to all subsequent RDS commands. Keep this in mind when you use DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
// immediately after using a previous API command such as ApplyPendingMaintenanceActions.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
// The specified resource ID was not found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, fn func(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, fn func(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances"
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstances,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about
// a specified reserved DB instance.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound"
// The specified reserved DB Instance not found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstances with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings"
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Lists available reserved DB instance offerings.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound"
// Specified offering does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions"
// DescribeSourceRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeSourceRegions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeSourceRegions for more information on using the DescribeSourceRegions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSourceRegionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeSourceRegions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeSourceRegionsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeSourceRegionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeSourceRegions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Returns a list of the source Amazon Web Services Regions where the current
// Amazon Web Services Region can create a read replica, copy a DB snapshot
// from, or replicate automated backups from.
//
// Use this operation to determine whether cross-Region features are supported
// between other Regions and your current Region. This operation supports pagination.
//
// To return information about the Regions that are enabled for your account,
// or all Regions, use the EC2 operation DescribeRegions. For more information,
// see DescribeRegions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeRegions.html)
// in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext is the same as DescribeSourceRegions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeSourceRegions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeSourceRegionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSourceRegions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeSourceRegions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSourceRegions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeSourceRegionsPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsPages(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, fn func(*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeSourceRegionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeSourceRegionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeSourceRegionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, fn func(*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeSourceRegionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeTenantDatabases = "DescribeTenantDatabases"
// DescribeTenantDatabasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeTenantDatabases operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeTenantDatabases for more information on using the DescribeTenantDatabases
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTenantDatabasesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeTenantDatabasesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeTenantDatabases
func (c *RDS) DescribeTenantDatabasesRequest(input *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeTenantDatabases,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeTenantDatabasesInput{}
}
output = &DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeTenantDatabases API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Describes the tenant databases in a DB instance that uses the multi-tenant
// configuration. Only RDS for Oracle CDB instances are supported.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeTenantDatabases for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeTenantDatabases
func (c *RDS) DescribeTenantDatabases(input *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) (*DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeTenantDatabasesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeTenantDatabasesWithContext is the same as DescribeTenantDatabases with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeTenantDatabases for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeTenantDatabasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeTenantDatabasesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeTenantDatabasesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeTenantDatabases operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeTenantDatabases method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeTenantDatabases operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeTenantDatabasesPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DescribeTenantDatabasesPages(input *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput, fn func(*DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DescribeTenantDatabasesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DescribeTenantDatabasesPagesWithContext same as DescribeTenantDatabasesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeTenantDatabasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput, fn func(*DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DescribeTenantDatabasesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications"
// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for more information on using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput{}
}
output = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications
// you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call
// ModifyDBInstance.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDisableHttpEndpoint = "DisableHttpEndpoint"
// DisableHttpEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DisableHttpEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DisableHttpEndpoint for more information on using the DisableHttpEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DisableHttpEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DisableHttpEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DisableHttpEndpoint
func (c *RDS) DisableHttpEndpointRequest(input *DisableHttpEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableHttpEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDisableHttpEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DisableHttpEndpointInput{}
}
output = &DisableHttpEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DisableHttpEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Disables the HTTP endpoint for the specified DB cluster. Disabling this endpoint
// disables RDS Data API.
//
// For more information, see Using RDS Data API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation applies only to Aurora PostgreSQL Serverless v2 and provisioned
// DB clusters. To disable the HTTP endpoint for Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters,
// use the EnableHttpEndpoint parameter of the ModifyDBCluster operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DisableHttpEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
// The specified resource ID was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
// The operation can't be performed because another operation is in progress.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DisableHttpEndpoint
func (c *RDS) DisableHttpEndpoint(input *DisableHttpEndpointInput) (*DisableHttpEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DisableHttpEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DisableHttpEndpointWithContext is the same as DisableHttpEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DisableHttpEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DisableHttpEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableHttpEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableHttpEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DisableHttpEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion"
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for more information on using the DownloadDBLogFilePortion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDownloadDBLogFilePortion,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
LimitToken: "NumberOfLines",
TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{}
}
output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault "DBLogFileNotFoundFault"
// LogFileName doesn't refer to an existing DB log file.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext is the same as DownloadDBLogFilePortion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params,
// func(page *rds.DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext same as DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opEnableHttpEndpoint = "EnableHttpEndpoint"
// EnableHttpEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the EnableHttpEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See EnableHttpEndpoint for more information on using the EnableHttpEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the EnableHttpEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.EnableHttpEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EnableHttpEndpoint
func (c *RDS) EnableHttpEndpointRequest(input *EnableHttpEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableHttpEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opEnableHttpEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &EnableHttpEndpointInput{}
}
output = &EnableHttpEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// EnableHttpEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Enables the HTTP endpoint for the DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint
// isn't enabled.
//
// When enabled, this endpoint provides a connectionless web service API (RDS
// Data API) for running SQL queries on the Aurora DB cluster. You can also
// query your database from inside the RDS console with the RDS query editor.
//
// For more information, see Using RDS Data API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation applies only to Aurora PostgreSQL Serverless v2 and provisioned
// DB clusters. To enable the HTTP endpoint for Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters,
// use the EnableHttpEndpoint parameter of the ModifyDBCluster operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation EnableHttpEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
// The specified resource ID was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
// The operation can't be performed because another operation is in progress.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EnableHttpEndpoint
func (c *RDS) EnableHttpEndpoint(input *EnableHttpEndpointInput) (*EnableHttpEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.EnableHttpEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// EnableHttpEndpointWithContext is the same as EnableHttpEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See EnableHttpEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) EnableHttpEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableHttpEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableHttpEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.EnableHttpEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster"
// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opFailoverDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Forces a failover for a DB cluster.
//
// For an Aurora DB cluster, failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Aurora
// Replicas (read-only instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary DB instance
// (the cluster writer).
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, after RDS terminates the primary DB instance,
// the internal monitoring system detects that the primary DB instance is unhealthy
// and promotes a readable standby (read-only instances) in the DB cluster to
// be the primary DB instance (the cluster writer). Failover times are typically
// less than 35 seconds.
//
// An Amazon Aurora DB cluster automatically fails over to an Aurora Replica,
// if one exists, when the primary DB instance fails. A Multi-AZ DB cluster
// automatically fails over to a readable standby DB instance when the primary
// DB instance fails.
//
// To simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing, you can force a
// failover. Because each instance in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address,
// make sure to clean up and re-establish any existing connections that use
// those endpoint addresses when the failover is complete.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opFailoverGlobalCluster = "FailoverGlobalCluster"
// FailoverGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the FailoverGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See FailoverGlobalCluster for more information on using the FailoverGlobalCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the FailoverGlobalClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(input *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opFailoverGlobalCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &FailoverGlobalClusterInput{}
}
output = &FailoverGlobalClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// FailoverGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Promotes the specified secondary DB cluster to be the primary DB cluster
// in the global database cluster to fail over or switch over a global database.
// Switchover operations were previously called "managed planned failovers."
//
// Although this operation can be used either to fail over or to switch over
// a global database cluster, its intended use is for global database failover.
// To switch over a global database cluster, we recommend that you use the SwitchoverGlobalCluster
// operation instead.
//
// How you use this operation depends on whether you are failing over or switching
// over your global database cluster:
//
// - Failing over - Specify the AllowDataLoss parameter and don't specify
// the Switchover parameter.
//
// - Switching over - Specify the Switchover parameter or omit it, but don't
// specify the AllowDataLoss parameter.
//
// # About failing over and switching over
//
// While failing over and switching over a global database cluster both change
// the primary DB cluster, you use these operations for different reasons:
//
// - Failing over - Use this operation to respond to an unplanned event,
// such as a Regional disaster in the primary Region. Failing over can result
// in a loss of write transaction data that wasn't replicated to the chosen
// secondary before the failover event occurred. However, the recovery process
// that promotes a DB instance on the chosen seconday DB cluster to be the
// primary writer DB instance guarantees that the data is in a transactionally
// consistent state. For more information about failing over an Amazon Aurora
// global database, see Performing managed failovers for Aurora global databases
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-global-database-disaster-recovery.html#aurora-global-database-failover.managed-unplanned)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// - Switching over - Use this operation on a healthy global database cluster
// for planned events, such as Regional rotation or to fail back to the original
// primary DB cluster after a failover operation. With this operation, there
// is no data loss. For more information about switching over an Amazon Aurora
// global database, see Performing switchovers for Aurora global databases
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-global-database-disaster-recovery.html#aurora-global-database-disaster-recovery.managed-failover)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation FailoverGlobalCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database
// cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault"
// The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested
// operation.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) FailoverGlobalCluster(input *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) (*FailoverGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// FailoverGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverGlobalCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See FailoverGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) FailoverGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListTagsForResource,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
}
output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource.
//
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
// Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeBlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault "BlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault"
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing blue/green deployment.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationNotFoundFault "IntegrationNotFoundFault"
// The specified integration could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "TenantDatabaseNotFound"
// The specified tenant database wasn't found in the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault"
// The specified snapshot tenant database wasn't found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyActivityStream = "ModifyActivityStream"
// ModifyActivityStreamRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyActivityStream operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyActivityStream for more information on using the ModifyActivityStream
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyActivityStreamRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyActivityStreamRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyActivityStream
func (c *RDS) ModifyActivityStreamRequest(input *ModifyActivityStreamInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyActivityStreamOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyActivityStream,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyActivityStreamInput{}
}
output = &ModifyActivityStreamOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyActivityStream API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Changes the audit policy state of a database activity stream to either locked
// (default) or unlocked. A locked policy is read-only, whereas an unlocked
// policy is read/write. If your activity stream is started and locked, you
// can unlock it, customize your audit policy, and then lock your activity stream.
// Restarting the activity stream isn't required. For more information, see
// Modifying a database activity stream (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/DBActivityStreams.Modifying.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This operation is supported for RDS for Oracle and Microsoft SQL Server.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyActivityStream for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
// The specified resource ID was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyActivityStream
func (c *RDS) ModifyActivityStream(input *ModifyActivityStreamInput) (*ModifyActivityStreamOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyActivityStreamRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyActivityStreamWithContext is the same as ModifyActivityStream with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyActivityStream for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyActivityStreamWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyActivityStreamInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyActivityStreamOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyActivityStreamRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyCertificates = "ModifyCertificates"
// ModifyCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyCertificates operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyCertificates for more information on using the ModifyCertificates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyCertificatesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyCertificatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCertificates
func (c *RDS) ModifyCertificatesRequest(input *ModifyCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyCertificatesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyCertificates,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyCertificatesInput{}
}
output = &ModifyCertificatesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Override the system-default Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security
// (SSL/TLS) certificate for Amazon RDS for new DB instances, or remove the
// override.
//
// By using this operation, you can specify an RDS-approved SSL/TLS certificate
// for new DB instances that is different from the default certificate provided
// by RDS. You can also use this operation to remove the override, so that new
// DB instances use the default certificate provided by RDS.
//
// You might need to override the default certificate in the following situations:
//
// - You already migrated your applications to support the latest certificate
// authority (CA) certificate, but the new CA certificate is not yet the
// RDS default CA certificate for the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - RDS has already moved to a new default CA certificate for the specified
// Amazon Web Services Region, but you are still in the process of supporting
// the new CA certificate. In this case, you temporarily need additional
// time to finish your application changes.
//
// For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for RDS DB engines,
// see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora DB
// engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyCertificates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCertificates
func (c *RDS) ModifyCertificates(input *ModifyCertificatesInput) (*ModifyCertificatesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyCertificatesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyCertificatesWithContext is the same as ModifyCertificates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyCertificatesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyCertificatesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity = "ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity"
// ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for more information on using the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity
func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput{}
}
output = &ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Set the capacity of an Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster to a specific value.
//
// Aurora Serverless v1 scales seamlessly based on the workload on the DB cluster.
// In some cases, the capacity might not scale fast enough to meet a sudden
// change in workload, such as a large number of new transactions. Call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity
// to set the capacity explicitly.
//
// After this call sets the DB cluster capacity, Aurora Serverless v1 can automatically
// scale the DB cluster based on the cooldown period for scaling up and the
// cooldown period for scaling down.
//
// For more information about Aurora Serverless v1, see Using Amazon Aurora
// Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// If you call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the default TimeoutAction,
// connections that prevent Aurora Serverless v1 from finding a scaling point
// might be dropped. For more information about scaling points, see Autoscaling
// for Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation only applies to Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterCapacityFault "InvalidDBClusterCapacityFault"
// Capacity isn't a valid Aurora Serverless DB cluster capacity. Valid capacity
// values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity
func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity(input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityWithContext is the same as ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyCustomDBEngineVersion = "ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion"
// ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion for more information on using the ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion
func (c *RDS) ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyCustomDBEngineVersion,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput{}
}
output = &ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the status of a custom engine version (CEV). You can find CEVs to
// modify by calling DescribeDBEngineVersions.
//
// The MediaImport service that imports files from Amazon S3 to create CEVs
// isn't integrated with Amazon Web Services CloudTrail. If you turn on data
// logging for Amazon RDS in CloudTrail, calls to the ModifyCustomDbEngineVersion
// event aren't logged. However, you might see calls from the API gateway that
// accesses your Amazon S3 bucket. These calls originate from the MediaImport
// service for the ModifyCustomDbEngineVersion event.
//
// For more information, see Modifying CEV status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-cev.html#custom-cev.modify)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeCustomDBEngineVersionNotFoundFault "CustomDBEngineVersionNotFoundFault"
// The specified CEV was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidCustomDBEngineVersionStateFault "InvalidCustomDBEngineVersionStateFault"
// You can't delete the CEV.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion
func (c *RDS) ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion(input *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) (*ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionWithContext is the same as ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyCustomDBEngineVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster"
// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the settings of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
// You can change one or more settings by specifying these parameters and the
// new values in the request.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotAvailableFault "StorageTypeNotAvailableFault"
// The aurora-iopt1 storage type isn't available, because you modified the DB
// cluster to use this storage type less than one month ago.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBClusterEndpoint = "ModifyDBClusterEndpoint"
// ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterEndpoint
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBClusterEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the properties of an endpoint in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
//
// This operation only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed on the endpoint while the endpoint
// is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault"
// The specified custom endpoint doesn't exist.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterEndpoint
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterEndpoint(input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup"
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than
// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
//
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5
// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter
// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
// the create operation before the parameter group is used as the default for
// a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
// when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
// or the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation to verify that your DB cluster
// parameter group has been created or modified.
//
// If the modified DB cluster parameter group is used by an Aurora Serverless
// v1 cluster, Aurora applies the update immediately. The cluster restart might
// interrupt your workload. In that case, your application must reopen any connections
// and retry any transactions that were active when the parameter changes took
// effect.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group
// is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute"
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from,
// a manual DB cluster snapshot.
//
// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other Amazon Web Services accounts,
// specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to
// add a list of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized
// to restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the
// manual DB cluster snapshot public, which means that it can be copied or restored
// by all Amazon Web Services accounts.
//
// Don't add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain
// private information that you don't want available to all Amazon Web Services
// accounts.
//
// If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only
// by specifying a list of authorized Amazon Web Services account IDs for the
// ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in
// this case.
//
// To view which Amazon Web Services accounts have access to copy or restore
// a manual DB cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot is
// public or private, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation.
// The accounts are returned as values for the restore attribute.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
//
// - ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual
// DB snapshot with.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance"
// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database
// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values
// in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance,
// call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure"
// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on can't be modified.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
// your behalf.
//
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault"
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeNetworkTypeNotSupported "NetworkTypeNotSupported"
// The network type is invalid for the DB instance. Valid nework type values
// are IPV4 and DUAL.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseQuotaExceededFault "TenantDatabaseQuotaExceeded"
// You attempted to create more tenant databases than are permitted in your
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup"
// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one
// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
//
// After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
// the modify operation before the parameter group is used as the default for
// a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
// has been created or modified.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group
// is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBProxy = "ModifyDBProxy"
// ModifyDBProxyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBProxy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBProxy for more information on using the ModifyDBProxy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBProxyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBProxyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxy
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBProxyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBProxy,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBProxyInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBProxyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBProxy API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Changes the settings for an existing DB proxy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBProxy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyAlreadyExistsFault"
// The specified proxy name must be unique for all proxies owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxy
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxy(input *ModifyDBProxyInput) (*ModifyDBProxyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBProxyWithContext is the same as ModifyDBProxy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBProxy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBProxyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBProxyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBProxyEndpoint = "ModifyDBProxyEndpoint"
// ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBProxyEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBProxyEndpoint for more information on using the ModifyDBProxyEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyEndpoint
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBProxyEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBProxyEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Changes the settings for an existing DB proxy endpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBProxyEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault "DBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault"
// The DB proxy endpoint doesn't exist.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault"
// The specified DB proxy endpoint name must be unique for all DB proxy endpoints
// owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services
// Region.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault"
// You can't perform this operation while the DB proxy endpoint is in a particular
// state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyEndpoint
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyEndpoint(input *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) (*ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBProxyEndpointWithContext is the same as ModifyDBProxyEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBProxyEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBProxyTargetGroup = "ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup"
// ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBProxyTargetGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the properties of a DBProxyTargetGroup.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup(input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBRecommendation = "ModifyDBRecommendation"
// ModifyDBRecommendationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBRecommendation operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBRecommendation for more information on using the ModifyDBRecommendation
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBRecommendationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBRecommendationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBRecommendation
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBRecommendationRequest(input *ModifyDBRecommendationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBRecommendationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBRecommendation,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBRecommendationInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBRecommendationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBRecommendation API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Updates the recommendation status and recommended action status for the specified
// recommendation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBRecommendation for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBRecommendation
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBRecommendation(input *ModifyDBRecommendationInput) (*ModifyDBRecommendationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBRecommendationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBRecommendationWithContext is the same as ModifyDBRecommendation with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBRecommendation for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBRecommendationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBRecommendationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBRecommendationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBRecommendationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBShardGroup = "ModifyDBShardGroup"
// ModifyDBShardGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBShardGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBShardGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBShardGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBShardGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBShardGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBShardGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBShardGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBShardGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBShardGroupInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBShardGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBShardGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the settings of an Aurora Limitless Database DB shard group. You
// can change one or more settings by specifying these parameters and the new
// values in the request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBShardGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBShardGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBShardGroupAlreadyExists"
// The specified DB shard group name must be unique in your Amazon Web Services
// account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBShardGroupNotFoundFault "DBShardGroupNotFound"
// The specified DB shard group name wasn't found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidMaxAcuFault "InvalidMaxAcu"
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group must be 48-7168 Aurora capacity
// units (ACUs).
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBShardGroup(input *ModifyDBShardGroupInput) (*ModifyDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBShardGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBShardGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBShardGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBShardGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBShardGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBShardGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBShardGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBSnapshot = "ModifyDBSnapshot"
// ModifyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBSnapshot for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Updates a manual DB snapshot with a new engine version. The snapshot can
// be encrypted or unencrypted, but not shared or public.
//
// Amazon RDS supports upgrading DB snapshots for MySQL, PostgreSQL, and Oracle.
// This operation doesn't apply to RDS Custom or RDS for Db2.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshot(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute"
// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from,
// a manual DB snapshot.
//
// To share a manual DB snapshot with other Amazon Web Services accounts, specify
// restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list
// of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized to restore
// the manual DB snapshot. Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot
// public, which means it can be copied or restored by all Amazon Web Services
// accounts.
//
// Don't add the all value for any manual DB snapshots that contain private
// information that you don't want available to all Amazon Web Services accounts.
//
// If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying
// a list of authorized Amazon Web Services account IDs for the ValuesToAdd
// parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case.
//
// To view which Amazon Web Services accounts have access to copy or restore
// a manual DB snapshot, or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private,
// use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation. The accounts are returned
// as values for the restore attribute.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual
// DB snapshot with.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup"
// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{}
}
output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least
// one subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
// in a DB subnet groups.
//
// - ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse"
// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"
// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyEventSubscription,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{}
}
output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. You can't modify
// the source identifiers using this call. To change source identifiers for
// a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
// calls.
//
// You can see a list of the event categories for a given source type (SourceType)
// in Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"
// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions.
//
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
// The subscription name does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SNS topic specified.
//
// - ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN.
//
// - ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
// The SNS topic ARN does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
// The supplied category does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyGlobalCluster = "ModifyGlobalCluster"
// ModifyGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyGlobalCluster for more information on using the ModifyGlobalCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyGlobalClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyGlobalCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyGlobalClusterInput{}
}
output = &ModifyGlobalClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies a setting for an Amazon Aurora global database cluster. You can
// change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these
// parameters and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon
// Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation only applies to Aurora global database clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyGlobalCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database
// cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault"
// The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested
// operation.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) ModifyGlobalCluster(input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) (*ModifyGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyGlobalCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyIntegration = "ModifyIntegration"
// ModifyIntegrationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyIntegration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyIntegration for more information on using the ModifyIntegration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyIntegrationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyIntegrationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyIntegration
func (c *RDS) ModifyIntegrationRequest(input *ModifyIntegrationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyIntegrationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyIntegration,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyIntegrationInput{}
}
output = &ModifyIntegrationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyIntegration API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies a zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
//
// Currently, you can only modify integrations that have Aurora MySQL source
// DB clusters. Integrations with Aurora PostgreSQL and RDS sources currently
// don't support modifying the integration.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyIntegration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationNotFoundFault "IntegrationNotFoundFault"
// The specified integration could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidIntegrationStateFault "InvalidIntegrationStateFault"
// The integration is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested operation.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationConflictOperationFault "IntegrationConflictOperationFault"
// A conflicting conditional operation is currently in progress against this
// resource. Typically occurs when there are multiple requests being made to
// the same resource at the same time, and these requests conflict with each
// other.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyIntegration
func (c *RDS) ModifyIntegration(input *ModifyIntegrationInput) (*ModifyIntegrationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyIntegrationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyIntegrationWithContext is the same as ModifyIntegration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyIntegration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyIntegrationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyIntegrationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyIntegrationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyIntegrationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup"
// ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyOptionGroup for more information on using the ModifyOptionGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyOptionGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{}
}
output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies an existing option group.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault"
// The option group isn't in the available state.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyOptionGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opModifyTenantDatabase = "ModifyTenantDatabase"
// ModifyTenantDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyTenantDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ModifyTenantDatabase for more information on using the ModifyTenantDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyTenantDatabaseRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyTenantDatabaseRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyTenantDatabase
func (c *RDS) ModifyTenantDatabaseRequest(input *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opModifyTenantDatabase,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ModifyTenantDatabaseInput{}
}
output = &ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ModifyTenantDatabase API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies an existing tenant database in a DB instance. You can change the
// tenant database name or the master user password. This operation is supported
// only for RDS for Oracle CDB instances using the multi-tenant configuration.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ModifyTenantDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "TenantDatabaseNotFound"
// The specified tenant database wasn't found in the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseAlreadyExistsFault "TenantDatabaseAlreadyExists"
// You attempted to either create a tenant database that already exists or modify
// a tenant database to use the name of an existing tenant database.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyTenantDatabase
func (c *RDS) ModifyTenantDatabase(input *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) (*ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyTenantDatabaseRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ModifyTenantDatabaseWithContext is the same as ModifyTenantDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyTenantDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ModifyTenantDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ModifyTenantDatabaseRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica"
// PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PromoteReadReplica for more information on using the PromoteReadReplica
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPromoteReadReplica,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{}
}
output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// PromoteReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Promotes a read replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance.
//
// - Backup duration is a function of the amount of changes to the database
// since the previous backup. If you plan to promote a read replica to a
// standalone instance, we recommend that you enable backups and complete
// at least one backup prior to promotion. In addition, a read replica cannot
// be promoted to a standalone instance when it is in the backing-up status.
// If you have enabled backups on your read replica, configure the automated
// backup window so that daily backups do not interfere with read replica
// promotion.
//
// - This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL, Aurora PostgreSQL, or RDS
// Custom.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PromoteReadReplicaWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplica with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PromoteReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster"
// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for more information on using the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Promotes a read replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering"
// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{}
}
output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Purchases a reserved DB instance offering.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound"
// Specified offering does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded"
// Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRebootDBCluster = "RebootDBCluster"
// RebootDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RebootDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RebootDBCluster for more information on using the RebootDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RebootDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBCluster
func (c *RDS) RebootDBClusterRequest(input *RebootDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRebootDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RebootDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &RebootDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RebootDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// You might need to reboot your DB cluster, usually for maintenance reasons.
// For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB cluster
// parameter group associated with the DB cluster, reboot the DB cluster for
// the changes to take effect.
//
// Rebooting a DB cluster restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a
// DB cluster results in a momentary outage, during which the DB cluster status
// is set to rebooting.
//
// Use this operation only for a non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RebootDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBCluster
func (c *RDS) RebootDBCluster(input *RebootDBClusterInput) (*RebootDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RebootDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RebootDBClusterWithContext is the same as RebootDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RebootDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RebootDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RebootDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance"
// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRebootDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons.
// For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter
// group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the
// changes to take effect.
//
// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a
// DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status
// is set to rebooting.
//
// For more information about rebooting, see Rebooting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_RebootInstance.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// If your DB instance is part of a Multi-AZ DB cluster, you can reboot the
// DB cluster with the RebootDBCluster operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRebootDBShardGroup = "RebootDBShardGroup"
// RebootDBShardGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RebootDBShardGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RebootDBShardGroup for more information on using the RebootDBShardGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBShardGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RebootDBShardGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) RebootDBShardGroupRequest(input *RebootDBShardGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRebootDBShardGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RebootDBShardGroupInput{}
}
output = &RebootDBShardGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RebootDBShardGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// You might need to reboot your DB shard group, usually for maintenance reasons.
// For example, if you make certain modifications, reboot the DB shard group
// for the changes to take effect.
//
// This operation applies only to Aurora Limitless Database DBb shard groups.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RebootDBShardGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBShardGroupNotFoundFault "DBShardGroupNotFound"
// The specified DB shard group name wasn't found.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBShardGroupStateFault "InvalidDBShardGroupState"
// The DB shard group must be in the available state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBShardGroup
func (c *RDS) RebootDBShardGroup(input *RebootDBShardGroupInput) (*RebootDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RebootDBShardGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RebootDBShardGroupWithContext is the same as RebootDBShardGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RebootDBShardGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RebootDBShardGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBShardGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBShardGroupOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RebootDBShardGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRegisterDBProxyTargets = "RegisterDBProxyTargets"
// RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RegisterDBProxyTargets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RegisterDBProxyTargets for more information on using the RegisterDBProxyTargets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RegisterDBProxyTargets
func (c *RDS) RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRegisterDBProxyTargets,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput{}
}
output = &RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RegisterDBProxyTargets API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Associate one or more DBProxyTarget data structures with a DBProxyTargetGroup.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RegisterDBProxyTargets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault "DBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault"
// The proxy is already associated with the specified RDS DB instance or Aurora
// DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientAvailableIPsInSubnetFault "InsufficientAvailableIPsInSubnetFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed because there aren't enough available
// IP addresses in the proxy's subnets. Add more CIDR blocks to the VPC or remove
// IP address that aren't required from the subnets.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RegisterDBProxyTargets
func (c *RDS) RegisterDBProxyTargets(input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RegisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext is the same as RegisterDBProxyTargets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RegisterDBProxyTargets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RegisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRemoveFromGlobalCluster = "RemoveFromGlobalCluster"
// RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveFromGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RemoveFromGlobalCluster for more information on using the RemoveFromGlobalCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveFromGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRemoveFromGlobalCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput{}
}
output = &RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RemoveFromGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Detaches an Aurora secondary cluster from an Aurora global database cluster.
// The cluster becomes a standalone cluster with read-write capability instead
// of being read-only and receiving data from a primary cluster in a different
// Region.
//
// This operation only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RemoveFromGlobalCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database
// cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault"
// The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested
// operation.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveFromGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) RemoveFromGlobalCluster(input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) (*RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RemoveFromGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveFromGlobalCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveFromGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RemoveFromGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster"
// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Removes the asssociation of an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) role from a DB cluster.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault "DBClusterRoleNotFound"
// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) isn't associated with the
// specified DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRemoveRoleFromDBInstance = "RemoveRoleFromDBInstance"
// RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RemoveRoleFromDBInstance for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBInstance
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// RemoveRoleFromDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Disassociates an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM)
// role from a DB instance.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RemoveRoleFromDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleNotFoundFault "DBInstanceRoleNotFound"
// The specified RoleArn value doesn't match the specified feature for the DB
// instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBInstance
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBInstance(input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveRoleFromDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription"
// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for more information on using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{}
}
output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
// The subscription name does not exist.
//
// - ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
// The requested source could not be found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext is the same as RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource"
// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{}
}
output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource.
//
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
// Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault"
// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon
// Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// - ErrCodeBlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault "BlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault"
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing blue/green deployment.
//
// - ErrCodeIntegrationNotFoundFault "IntegrationNotFoundFault"
// The specified integration could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "TenantDatabaseNotFound"
// The specified tenant database wasn't found in the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotTenantDatabaseNotFoundFault"
// The specified snapshot tenant database wasn't found.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup"
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value.
// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify
// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters.
//
// When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately
// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next
// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance
// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static
// parameter to apply to.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group
// is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup"
// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ResetDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBParameterGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opResetDBParameterGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{}
}
output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default
// value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup
// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group,
// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set
// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance
// request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group
// is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ResetDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3"
// RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromS3,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{}
}
output = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from MySQL data stored in an Amazon S3
// bucket. Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and
// the data must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described
// in Migrating Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Migrating.ExtMySQL.html#AuroraMySQL.Migrating.ExtMySQL.S3)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that
// DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance operation to create DB instances
// for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB
// cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the
// RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation has completed and the DB cluster is available.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation only applies to Aurora DB clusters. The source DB engine must
// be MySQL.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault"
// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized
// to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and
// S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might
// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromS3 with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot"
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
//
// The target DB cluster is created from the source snapshot with a default
// configuration. If you don't specify a security group, the new DB cluster
// is associated with the default security group.
//
// This operation only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that
// DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance operation to create DB instances
// for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB
// cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation has completed and the DB cluster is
// available.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault"
// The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might
// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime"
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{}
}
output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to
// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod
// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the
// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster
// is created with the default DB security group.
//
// For Aurora, this operation only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances
// for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance operation to create
// DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the
// restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only
// after the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation has completed and the DB
// cluster is available.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault"
// The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might
// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBClusterAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault"
// No automated backup for this DB cluster was found.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot"
// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{}
}
output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created
// from the source database restore point with most of the source's original
// configuration, including the default security group and DB parameter group.
// By default, the new DB instance is created as a Single-AZ deployment, except
// when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group associated
// with mirroring. In this case, the instance becomes a Multi-AZ deployment,
// not a Single-AZ deployment.
//
// If you want to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB
// instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
// operation. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. After you
// have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then
// you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier
// in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The result
// is that you replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created
// from the snapshot.
//
// If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
//
// This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora,
// use RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
// your behalf.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault"
//
// - ErrCodeNetworkTypeNotSupported "NetworkTypeNotSupported"
// The network type is invalid for the DB instance. Valid nework type values
// are IPV4 and DUAL.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseQuotaExceededFault "TenantDatabaseQuotaExceeded"
// You attempted to create more tenant databases than are permitted in your
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3"
// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input{}
}
output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL
// databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises
// database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then
// restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL.
// For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This operation doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault"
// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized
// to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and
// S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again.
//
// - ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
// your behalf.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault"
//
// - ErrCodeNetworkTypeNotSupported "NetworkTypeNotSupported"
// The network type is invalid for the DB instance. Valid nework type values
// are IPV4 and DUAL.
//
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime"
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{}
}
output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to
// any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime
// property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by
// the BackupRetentionPeriod property.
//
// The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but
// in a system-selected Availability Zone, with the default security group,
// the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default,
// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the
// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated
// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment
// and not a single-AZ deployment.
//
// This operation doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora,
// use RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled"
// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod
// equal to 0.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
// available across all DB instances.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
// The specified option group could not be found.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
// your behalf.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
//
// - ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault"
//
// - ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound"
// No automated backup for this DB instance was found.
//
// - ErrCodeNetworkTypeNotSupported "NetworkTypeNotSupported"
// The network type is invalid for the DB instance. Valid nework type values
// are IPV4 and DUAL.
//
// - ErrCodeTenantDatabaseQuotaExceededFault "TenantDatabaseQuotaExceeded"
// You attempted to create more tenant databases than are permitted in your
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// - ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress"
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
}
output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges
// or EC2 or VPC security groups. Required parameters for this API are one of
// CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either
// EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId).
//
// EC2-Classic was retired on August 15, 2022. If you haven't migrated from
// EC2-Classic to a VPC, we recommend that you migrate as soon as possible.
// For more information, see Migrate from EC2-Classic to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-migrate.html)
// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, the blog EC2-Classic Networking is Retiring
// – Here’s How to Prepare (http://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/ec2-classic-is-retiring-heres-how-to-prepare/),
// and Moving a DB instance not in a VPC into a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
// your behalf.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartActivityStream = "StartActivityStream"
// StartActivityStreamRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartActivityStream operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartActivityStream for more information on using the StartActivityStream
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartActivityStreamRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartActivityStreamRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartActivityStream
func (c *RDS) StartActivityStreamRequest(input *StartActivityStreamInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartActivityStreamOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartActivityStream,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartActivityStreamInput{}
}
output = &StartActivityStreamOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartActivityStream API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Starts a database activity stream to monitor activity on the database. For
// more information, see Monitoring Amazon Aurora with Database Activity Streams
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide or Monitoring Amazon RDS with Database Activity
// Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StartActivityStream for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
// The specified resource ID was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartActivityStream
func (c *RDS) StartActivityStream(input *StartActivityStreamInput) (*StartActivityStreamOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartActivityStreamRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartActivityStreamWithContext is the same as StartActivityStream with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartActivityStream for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StartActivityStreamWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartActivityStreamInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartActivityStreamOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartActivityStreamRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartDBCluster = "StartDBCluster"
// StartDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartDBCluster for more information on using the StartDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster
func (c *RDS) StartDBClusterRequest(input *StartDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &StartDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Starts an Amazon Aurora DB cluster that was stopped using the Amazon Web
// Services console, the stop-db-cluster CLI command, or the StopDBCluster operation.
//
// For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StartDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster
func (c *RDS) StartDBCluster(input *StartDBClusterInput) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartDBClusterWithContext is the same as StartDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StartDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartDBInstance = "StartDBInstance"
// StartDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartDBInstance for more information on using the StartDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceRequest(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &StartDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Starts an Amazon RDS DB instance that was stopped using the Amazon Web Services
// console, the stop-db-instance CLI command, or the StopDBInstance operation.
//
// For more information, see Starting an Amazon RDS DB instance That Was Previously
// Stopped (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StartInstance.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom, Aurora MySQL, and Aurora PostgreSQL.
// For Aurora DB clusters, use StartDBCluster instead.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StartDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
// Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
// are not all in a common VPC.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
// because of users' change.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
// for the specified DB security group.
//
// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
// your behalf.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstance(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StartDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication"
// StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for more information on using the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput{}
}
output = &StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Enables replication of automated backups to a different Amazon Web Services
// Region.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another Amazon
// Web Services Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReplicateBackups.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceeded"
// The quota for retained automated backups was exceeded. This prevents you
// from retaining any additional automated backups. The retained automated backups
// quota is the same as your DB instance quota.
//
// - ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
// The specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext is the same as StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartExportTask = "StartExportTask"
// StartExportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartExportTask operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartExportTask for more information on using the StartExportTask
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartExportTaskRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartExportTaskRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartExportTask
func (c *RDS) StartExportTaskRequest(input *StartExportTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartExportTaskOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartExportTask,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartExportTaskInput{}
}
output = &StartExportTaskOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartExportTask API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Starts an export of DB snapshot or DB cluster data to Amazon S3. The provided
// IAM role must have access to the S3 bucket.
//
// You can't export snapshot data from Db2 or RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// For more information on exporting DB snapshot data, see Exporting DB snapshot
// data to Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ExportSnapshot.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or Exporting DB cluster snapshot data to Amazon
// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-export-snapshot.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on exporting DB cluster data, see Exporting DB cluster
// data to Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/export-cluster-data.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StartExportTask for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeExportTaskAlreadyExistsFault "ExportTaskAlreadyExists"
// You can't start an export task that's already running.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault"
// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized
// to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and
// S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again.
//
// - ErrCodeIamRoleNotFoundFault "IamRoleNotFound"
// The IAM role is missing for exporting to an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// - ErrCodeIamRoleMissingPermissionsFault "IamRoleMissingPermissions"
// The IAM role requires additional permissions to export to an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidExportOnlyFault "InvalidExportOnly"
// The export is invalid for exporting to an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// - ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
// An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidExportSourceStateFault "InvalidExportSourceState"
// The state of the export snapshot is invalid for exporting to an Amazon S3
// bucket.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartExportTask
func (c *RDS) StartExportTask(input *StartExportTaskInput) (*StartExportTaskOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartExportTaskRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartExportTaskWithContext is the same as StartExportTask with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartExportTask for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StartExportTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartExportTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartExportTaskOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartExportTaskRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStopActivityStream = "StopActivityStream"
// StopActivityStreamRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopActivityStream operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopActivityStream for more information on using the StopActivityStream
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StopActivityStreamRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StopActivityStreamRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopActivityStream
func (c *RDS) StopActivityStreamRequest(input *StopActivityStreamInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopActivityStreamOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStopActivityStream,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StopActivityStreamInput{}
}
output = &StopActivityStreamOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StopActivityStream API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Stops a database activity stream that was started using the Amazon Web Services
// console, the start-activity-stream CLI command, or the StartActivityStream
// operation.
//
// For more information, see Monitoring Amazon Aurora with Database Activity
// Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide or Monitoring Amazon RDS with Database Activity
// Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StopActivityStream for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
// The specified resource ID was not found.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopActivityStream
func (c *RDS) StopActivityStream(input *StopActivityStreamInput) (*StopActivityStreamOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopActivityStreamRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StopActivityStreamWithContext is the same as StopActivityStream with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopActivityStream for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StopActivityStreamWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopActivityStreamInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopActivityStreamOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopActivityStreamRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStopDBCluster = "StopDBCluster"
// StopDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopDBCluster for more information on using the StopDBCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StopDBClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StopDBClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster
func (c *RDS) StopDBClusterRequest(input *StopDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStopDBCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StopDBClusterInput{}
}
output = &StopDBClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StopDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Stops an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Aurora retains
// the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups.
// Aurora also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore
// if necessary.
//
// For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StopDBCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster
func (c *RDS) StopDBCluster(input *StopDBClusterInput) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StopDBClusterWithContext is the same as StopDBCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StopDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStopDBInstance = "StopDBInstance"
// StopDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopDBInstance for more information on using the StopDBInstance
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceRequest(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStopDBInstance,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StopDBInstanceInput{}
}
output = &StopDBInstanceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StopDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Stops an Amazon RDS DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS
// retains the DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter
// group, and option group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction
// logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary.
//
// For more information, see Stopping an Amazon RDS DB Instance Temporarily
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StopInstance.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom, Aurora MySQL, and Aurora PostgreSQL.
// For Aurora clusters, use StopDBCluster instead.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StopDBInstance for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
//
// - ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstance(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StopDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StopDBInstance with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication"
// StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for more information on using the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput{}
}
output = &StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Stops automated backup replication for a DB instance.
//
// This command doesn't apply to RDS Custom, Aurora MySQL, and Aurora PostgreSQL.
//
// For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another Amazon
// Web Services Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReplicateBackups.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext is the same as StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opSwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment = "SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment"
// SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment for more information on using the SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opSwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput{}
}
output = &SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Switches over a blue/green deployment.
//
// Before you switch over, production traffic is routed to the databases in
// the blue environment. After you switch over, production traffic is routed
// to the databases in the green environment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeBlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault "BlueGreenDeploymentNotFoundFault"
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing blue/green deployment.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidBlueGreenDeploymentStateFault "InvalidBlueGreenDeploymentStateFault"
// The blue/green deployment can't be switched over or deleted because there
// is an invalid configuration in the green environment.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment(input *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput) (*SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentWithContext is the same as SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SwitchoverBlueGreenDeployment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opSwitchoverGlobalCluster = "SwitchoverGlobalCluster"
// SwitchoverGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SwitchoverGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See SwitchoverGlobalCluster for more information on using the SwitchoverGlobalCluster
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the SwitchoverGlobalClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SwitchoverGlobalClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SwitchoverGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverGlobalClusterRequest(input *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opSwitchoverGlobalCluster,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput{}
}
output = &SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// SwitchoverGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Switches over the specified secondary DB cluster to be the new primary DB
// cluster in the global database cluster. Switchover operations were previously
// called "managed planned failovers."
//
// Aurora promotes the specified secondary cluster to assume full read/write
// capabilities and demotes the current primary cluster to a secondary (read-only)
// cluster, maintaining the orginal replication topology. All secondary clusters
// are synchronized with the primary at the beginning of the process so the
// new primary continues operations for the Aurora global database without losing
// any data. Your database is unavailable for a short time while the primary
// and selected secondary clusters are assuming their new roles. For more information
// about switching over an Aurora global database, see Performing switchovers
// for Amazon Aurora global databases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-global-database-disaster-recovery.html#aurora-global-database-disaster-recovery.managed-failover)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This operation is intended for controlled environments, for operations such
// as "regional rotation" or to fall back to the original primary after a global
// database failover.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation SwitchoverGlobalCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"
// The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database
// cluster.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault"
// The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested
// operation.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
//
// - ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SwitchoverGlobalCluster
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverGlobalCluster(input *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput) (*SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SwitchoverGlobalClusterRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// SwitchoverGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as SwitchoverGlobalCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SwitchoverGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SwitchoverGlobalClusterRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opSwitchoverReadReplica = "SwitchoverReadReplica"
// SwitchoverReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SwitchoverReadReplica operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See SwitchoverReadReplica for more information on using the SwitchoverReadReplica
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
// // Example sending a request using the SwitchoverReadReplicaRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SwitchoverReadReplicaRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SwitchoverReadReplica
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverReadReplicaRequest(input *SwitchoverReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opSwitchoverReadReplica,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &SwitchoverReadReplicaInput{}
}
output = &SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// SwitchoverReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
//
// Switches over an Oracle standby database in an Oracle Data Guard environment,
// making it the new primary database. Issue this command in the Region that
// hosts the current standby database.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
// API operation SwitchoverReadReplica for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//
// - ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
//
// - ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SwitchoverReadReplica
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverReadReplica(input *SwitchoverReadReplicaInput) (*SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SwitchoverReadReplicaRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// SwitchoverReadReplicaWithContext is the same as SwitchoverReadReplica with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SwitchoverReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *RDS) SwitchoverReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SwitchoverReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SwitchoverReadReplicaRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// Describes a quota for an Amazon Web Services account.
//
// The following are account quotas:
//
// - AllocatedStorage - The total allocated storage per account, in GiB.
// The used value is the total allocated storage in the account, in GiB.
//
// - AuthorizationsPerDBSecurityGroup - The number of ingress rules per DB
// security group. The used value is the highest number of ingress rules
// in a DB security group in the account. Other DB security groups in the
// account might have a lower number of ingress rules.
//
// - CustomEndpointsPerDBCluster - The number of custom endpoints per DB
// cluster. The used value is the highest number of custom endpoints in a
// DB clusters in the account. Other DB clusters in the account might have
// a lower number of custom endpoints.
//
// - DBClusterParameterGroups - The number of DB cluster parameter groups
// per account, excluding default parameter groups. The used value is the
// count of nondefault DB cluster parameter groups in the account.
//
// - DBClusterRoles - The number of associated Amazon Web Services Identity
// and Access Management (IAM) roles per DB cluster. The used value is the
// highest number of associated IAM roles for a DB cluster in the account.
// Other DB clusters in the account might have a lower number of associated
// IAM roles.
//
// - DBClusters - The number of DB clusters per account. The used value is
// the count of DB clusters in the account.
//
// - DBInstanceRoles - The number of associated IAM roles per DB instance.
// The used value is the highest number of associated IAM roles for a DB
// instance in the account. Other DB instances in the account might have
// a lower number of associated IAM roles.
//
// - DBInstances - The number of DB instances per account. The used value
// is the count of the DB instances in the account. Amazon RDS DB instances,
// Amazon Aurora DB instances, Amazon Neptune instances, and Amazon DocumentDB
// instances apply to this quota.
//
// - DBParameterGroups - The number of DB parameter groups per account, excluding
// default parameter groups. The used value is the count of nondefault DB
// parameter groups in the account.
//
// - DBSecurityGroups - The number of DB security groups (not VPC security
// groups) per account, excluding the default security group. The used value
// is the count of nondefault DB security groups in the account.
//
// - DBSubnetGroups - The number of DB subnet groups per account. The used
// value is the count of the DB subnet groups in the account.
//
// - EventSubscriptions - The number of event subscriptions per account.
// The used value is the count of the event subscriptions in the account.
//
// - ManualClusterSnapshots - The number of manual DB cluster snapshots per
// account. The used value is the count of the manual DB cluster snapshots
// in the account.
//
// - ManualSnapshots - The number of manual DB instance snapshots per account.
// The used value is the count of the manual DB instance snapshots in the
// account.
//
// - OptionGroups - The number of DB option groups per account, excluding
// default option groups. The used value is the count of nondefault DB option
// groups in the account.
//
// - ReadReplicasPerMaster - The number of read replicas per DB instance.
// The used value is the highest number of read replicas for a DB instance
// in the account. Other DB instances in the account might have a lower number
// of read replicas.
//
// - ReservedDBInstances - The number of reserved DB instances per account.
// The used value is the count of the active reserved DB instances in the
// account.
//
// - SubnetsPerDBSubnetGroup - The number of subnets per DB subnet group.
// The used value is highest number of subnets for a DB subnet group in the
// account. Other DB subnet groups in the account might have a lower number
// of subnets.
//
// For more information, see Quotas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Quotas for Amazon Aurora (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type AccountQuota struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this Amazon Web Services account.
AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum allowed value for the quota.
Max *int64 `type:"long"`
// The amount currently used toward the quota maximum.
Used *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AccountQuota) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAccountQuotaName sets the AccountQuotaName field's value.
func (s *AccountQuota) SetAccountQuotaName(v string) *AccountQuota {
s.AccountQuotaName = &v
return s
}
// SetMax sets the Max field's value.
func (s *AccountQuota) SetMax(v int64) *AccountQuota {
s.Max = &v
return s
}
// SetUsed sets the Used field's value.
func (s *AccountQuota) SetUsed(v int64) *AccountQuota {
s.Used = &v
return s
}
type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be associated
// with. For information about supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
FeatureName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora
// DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.RoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value.
func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput {
s.FeatureName = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type AddRoleToDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB instance to associate the IAM role with.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be associated
// with. For information about supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
//
// FeatureName is a required field
FeatureName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the DB instance,
// for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBInstanceInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.FeatureName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FeatureName"))
}
if s.RoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value.
func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput {
s.FeatureName = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
type AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the event source to be added.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If the source type is a DB instance, a DBInstanceIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB cluster, a DBClusterIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName value
// must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName value
// must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB cluster snapshot, a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
// value must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is an RDS Proxy, a DBProxyName value must be supplied.
//
// SourceIdentifier is a required field
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source
// identifier to.
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"}
if s.SourceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier"))
}
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput {
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput {
s.SubscriptionName = &v
return s
}
type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// action.
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput {
s.EventSubscription = v
return s
}
type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon
// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
//
// ResourceName is a required field
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
//
// Tags is a required field
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"}
if s.ResourceName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
}
if s.Tags == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
s.ResourceName = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
//
// Valid Values: system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, ca-certificate-rotation
//
// ApplyAction is a required field
ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request.
// An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately.
//
// * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance
// window for the resource.
//
// * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests.
//
// OptInType is a required field
OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
// action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
//
// ResourceIdentifier is a required field
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"}
if s.ApplyAction == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction"))
}
if s.OptInType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType"))
}
if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value.
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
s.ApplyAction = &v
return s
}
// SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value.
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
s.OptInType = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value.
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput {
s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v
return s
}
type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The IP range to authorize.
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB security group to add authorization to.
//
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
// Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the EC2 security group
// specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web Services
// access key ID isn't an acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.CIDRIP = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
return s
}
type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
s.DBSecurityGroup = v
return s
}
// Contains Availability Zone information.
//
// This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption data
// type.
type AvailabilityZone struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the Availability Zone.
Name *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// Contains the available processor feature information for the DB instance
// class of a DB instance.
//
// For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
type AvailableProcessorFeature struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The allowed values for the processor feature of the DB instance class.
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
// The default value for the processor feature of the DB instance class.
DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore.
Name *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvailableProcessorFeature) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvailableProcessorFeature) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetAllowedValues(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature {
s.AllowedValues = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value.
func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetDefaultValue(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature {
s.DefaultValue = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetName(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type BacktrackDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The timestamp of the time to backtrack the DB cluster to, specified in ISO
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, see the ISO8601 Wikipedia
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
//
// If the specified time isn't a consistent time for the DB cluster, Aurora
// automatically chooses the nearest possible consistent time for the DB cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain a valid ISO 8601 timestamp.
//
// * Can't contain a timestamp set in the future.
//
// Example: 2017-07-08T18:00Z
//
// BacktrackTo is a required field
BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be backtracked. This parameter
// is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster1
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether to force the DB cluster to backtrack when binary logging
// is enabled. Otherwise, an error occurs when binary logging is enabled.
Force *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to backtrack the DB cluster to the earliest possible backtrack
// time when BacktrackTo is set to a timestamp earlier than the earliest backtrack
// time. When this parameter is disabled and BacktrackTo is set to a timestamp
// earlier than the earliest backtrack time, an error occurs.
UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BacktrackDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BacktrackDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BacktrackDBClusterInput"}
if s.BacktrackTo == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BacktrackTo"))
}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBacktrackTo sets the BacktrackTo field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackTo(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterInput {
s.BacktrackTo = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetForce sets the Force field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetForce(v bool) *BacktrackDBClusterInput {
s.Force = &v
return s
}
// SetUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable sets the UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable(v bool) *BacktrackDBClusterInput {
s.UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
// action.
type BacktrackDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the backtrack identifier.
BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested.
BacktrackRequestCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked.
BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked.
BacktrackedFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
// key that identifies a DB cluster.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following values:
//
// * applying - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled back
// from the DB cluster.
//
// * completed - The backtrack has successfully been applied to or rolled
// back from the DB cluster.
//
// * failed - An error occurred while the backtrack was applied to or rolled
// back from the DB cluster.
//
// * pending - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback
// from the DB cluster.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BacktrackDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BacktrackDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBacktrackIdentifier sets the BacktrackIdentifier field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput {
s.BacktrackIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackRequestCreationTime sets the BacktrackRequestCreationTime field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackRequestCreationTime(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput {
s.BacktrackRequestCreationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackTo sets the BacktrackTo field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackTo(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput {
s.BacktrackTo = &v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackedFrom sets the BacktrackedFrom field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackedFrom(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput {
s.BacktrackedFrom = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetStatus(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Details about a blue/green deployment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type BlueGreenDeployment struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The unique identifier of the blue/green deployment.
BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The user-supplied name of the blue/green deployment.
BlueGreenDeploymentName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The time when the blue/green deployment was created, in Universal Coordinated
// Time (UTC).
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The time when the blue/green deployment was deleted, in Universal Coordinated
// Time (UTC).
DeleteTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The source database for the blue/green deployment.
//
// Before switchover, the source database is the production database in the
// blue environment.
Source *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The status of the blue/green deployment.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * PROVISIONING - Resources are being created in the green environment.
//
// * AVAILABLE - Resources are available in the green environment.
//
// * SWITCHOVER_IN_PROGRESS - The deployment is being switched from the blue
// environment to the green environment.
//
// * SWITCHOVER_COMPLETED - Switchover from the blue environment to the green
// environment is complete.
//
// * INVALID_CONFIGURATION - Resources in the green environment are invalid,
// so switchover isn't possible.
//
// * SWITCHOVER_FAILED - Switchover was attempted but failed.
//
// * DELETING - The blue/green deployment is being deleted.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// Additional information about the status of the blue/green deployment.
StatusDetails *string `type:"string"`
// The details about each source and target resource in the blue/green deployment.
SwitchoverDetails []*SwitchoverDetail `type:"list"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The target database for the blue/green deployment.
//
// Before switchover, the target database is the clone database in the green
// environment.
Target *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Either tasks to be performed or tasks that have been completed on the target
// database before switchover.
Tasks []*BlueGreenDeploymentTask `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BlueGreenDeployment) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BlueGreenDeployment) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier sets the BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier(v string) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetBlueGreenDeploymentName sets the BlueGreenDeploymentName field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetBlueGreenDeploymentName(v string) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.BlueGreenDeploymentName = &v
return s
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteTime sets the DeleteTime field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetDeleteTime(v time.Time) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.DeleteTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetSource(v string) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.Source = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetStatus(v string) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStatusDetails sets the StatusDetails field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetStatusDetails(v string) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.StatusDetails = &v
return s
}
// SetSwitchoverDetails sets the SwitchoverDetails field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetSwitchoverDetails(v []*SwitchoverDetail) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.SwitchoverDetails = v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetTarget sets the Target field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetTarget(v string) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.Target = &v
return s
}
// SetTasks sets the Tasks field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeployment) SetTasks(v []*BlueGreenDeploymentTask) *BlueGreenDeployment {
s.Tasks = v
return s
}
// Details about a task for a blue/green deployment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type BlueGreenDeploymentTask struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the blue/green deployment task.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the blue/green deployment task.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * PENDING - The resource is being prepared for deployment.
//
// * IN_PROGRESS - The resource is being deployed.
//
// * COMPLETED - The resource has been deployed.
//
// * FAILED - Deployment of the resource failed.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BlueGreenDeploymentTask) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BlueGreenDeploymentTask) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeploymentTask) SetName(v string) *BlueGreenDeploymentTask {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *BlueGreenDeploymentTask) SetStatus(v string) *BlueGreenDeploymentTask {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type CancelExportTaskInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the snapshot or cluster export task to cancel.
//
// ExportTaskIdentifier is a required field
ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelExportTaskInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelExportTaskInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CancelExportTaskInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelExportTaskInput"}
if s.ExportTaskIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExportTaskIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskInput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *CancelExportTaskInput {
s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of a snapshot or cluster export to Amazon S3.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks operation.
type CancelExportTaskOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The data exported from the snapshot or cluster.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * database - Export all the data from a specified database.
//
// * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot or cluster.
// This format is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora
// MySQL.
//
// * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot
// or cluster. This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora
// PostgreSQL.
//
// * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema.
// This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"`
// A unique identifier for the snapshot or cluster export task. This ID isn't
// an identifier for the Amazon S3 bucket where the data is exported.
ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
FailureCause *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting
// a snapshot or cluster.
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The key identifier of the Amazon Web Services KMS key that is used to encrypt
// the data when it's exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key identifier is its key
// ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name. The IAM role used for the export must
// have encryption and decryption permissions to use this KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The progress of the snapshot or cluster export task as a percentage.
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot or cluster is exported to.
S3Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
// data.
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the snapshot was created.
SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot or cluster exported to Amazon
// S3.
SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The type of source for the export.
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ExportSourceType"`
// The progress status of the export task. The status can be one of the following:
//
// * CANCELED
//
// * CANCELING
//
// * COMPLETE
//
// * FAILED
//
// * IN_PROGRESS
//
// * STARTING
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the snapshot or cluster export task ended.
TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The time when the snapshot or cluster export task started.
TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A warning about the snapshot or cluster export task.
WarningMessage *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelExportTaskOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelExportTaskOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.ExportOnly = v
return s
}
// SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetFailureCause(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.FailureCause = &v
return s
}
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.IamRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.PercentProgress = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetS3Bucket(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.S3Bucket = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetS3Prefix(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.S3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotTime sets the SnapshotTime field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetSnapshotTime(v time.Time) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.SnapshotTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetSourceArn(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetSourceType(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTaskEndTime sets the TaskEndTime field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetTaskEndTime(v time.Time) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.TaskEndTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTaskStartTime sets the TaskStartTime field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetTaskStartTime(v time.Time) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.TaskStartTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTotalExtractedDataInGB sets the TotalExtractedDataInGB field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetTotalExtractedDataInGB(v int64) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.TotalExtractedDataInGB = &v
return s
}
// SetWarningMessage sets the WarningMessage field's value.
func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetWarningMessage(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput {
s.WarningMessage = &v
return s
}
// A CA certificate for an Amazon Web Services account.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type Certificate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate.
CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`
// The unique key that identifies a certificate.
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The type of the certificate.
CertificateType *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether there is an override for the default certificate identifier.
CustomerOverride *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If there is an override for the default certificate identifier, when the
// override expires.
CustomerOverrideValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The thumbprint of the certificate.
Thumbprint *string `type:"string"`
// The starting date from which the certificate is valid.
ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The final date that the certificate continues to be valid.
ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Certificate) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Certificate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate {
s.CertificateArn = &v
return s
}
// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *Certificate {
s.CertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCertificateType sets the CertificateType field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateType(v string) *Certificate {
s.CertificateType = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomerOverride sets the CustomerOverride field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetCustomerOverride(v bool) *Certificate {
s.CustomerOverride = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomerOverrideValidTill sets the CustomerOverrideValidTill field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetCustomerOverrideValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate {
s.CustomerOverrideValidTill = &v
return s
}
// SetThumbprint sets the Thumbprint field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetThumbprint(v string) *Certificate {
s.Thumbprint = &v
return s
}
// SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *Certificate {
s.ValidFrom = &v
return s
}
// SetValidTill sets the ValidTill field's value.
func (s *Certificate) SetValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate {
s.ValidTill = &v
return s
}
// The details of the DB instance’s server certificate.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type CertificateDetails struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The CA identifier of the CA certificate used for the DB instance's server
// certificate.
CAIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The expiration date of the DB instance’s server certificate.
ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CertificateDetails) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CertificateDetails) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCAIdentifier sets the CAIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CertificateDetails) SetCAIdentifier(v string) *CertificateDetails {
s.CAIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetValidTill sets the ValidTill field's value.
func (s *CertificateDetails) SetValidTill(v time.Time) *CertificateDetails {
s.ValidTill = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
type CharacterSet struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The description of the character set.
CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the character set.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CharacterSet) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value.
func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet {
s.CharacterSetDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch
// Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster.
//
// The EnableLogTypes and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs will be
// exported (or not exported) to CloudWatch Logs. The values within these arrays
// depend on the DB engine being used.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS DB instances,
// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora DB
// clusters, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of log types to disable.
DisableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
// The list of log types to enable.
EnableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDisableLogTypes sets the DisableLogTypes field's value.
func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetDisableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration {
s.DisableLogTypes = v
return s
}
// SetEnableLogTypes sets the EnableLogTypes field's value.
func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetEnableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration {
s.EnableLogTypes = v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBCluster operation
// and contains changes that will be applied during the next maintenance window.
type ClusterPendingModifiedValues struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB) for all database engines except
// Amazon Aurora. For Aurora, AllocatedStorage always returns 1, because Aurora
// DB cluster storage size isn't fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as
// needed.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The details of the DB instance’s server certificate.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CertificateDetails *CertificateDetails `type:"structure"`
// The DBClusterIdentifier value for the DB cluster.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The database engine version.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. This setting is only
// for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The master credentials for the DB cluster.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words,
// these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated.
PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"`
// Reserved for future use.
RdsCustomClusterConfiguration *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The storage type for the DB cluster.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ClusterPendingModifiedValues) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ClusterPendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCertificateDetails sets the CertificateDetails field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetCertificateDetails(v *CertificateDetails) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.CertificateDetails = v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration sets the RdsCustomClusterConfiguration field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration(v *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.RdsCustomClusterConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the settings that control the size and behavior of the connection
// pool associated with a DBProxyTargetGroup.
type ConnectionPoolConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of seconds for a proxy to wait for a connection to become available
// in the connection pool. This setting only applies when the proxy has opened
// its maximum number of connections and all connections are busy with client
// sessions. For an unlimited wait time, specify 0.
//
// Default: 120
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be between 0 and 3600.
ConnectionBorrowTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// One or more SQL statements for the proxy to run when opening each new database
// connection. Typically used with SET statements to make sure that each connection
// has identical settings such as time zone and character set. For multiple
// statements, use semicolons as the separator. You can also include multiple
// variables in a single SET statement, such as SET x=1, y=2.
//
// Default: no initialization query
InitQuery *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum size of the connection pool for each target in a target group.
// The value is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections setting for
// the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group.
//
// If you specify MaxIdleConnectionsPercent, then you must also include a value
// for this parameter.
//
// Default: 10 for RDS for Microsoft SQL Server, and 100 for all other engines
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be between 1 and 100.
MaxConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A value that controls how actively the proxy closes idle database connections
// in the connection pool. The value is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections
// setting for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group.
// With a high value, the proxy leaves a high percentage of idle database connections
// open. A low value causes the proxy to close more idle connections and return
// them to the database.
//
// If you specify this parameter, then you must also include a value for MaxConnectionsPercent.
//
// Default: The default value is half of the value of MaxConnectionsPercent.
// For example, if MaxConnectionsPercent is 80, then the default value of MaxIdleConnectionsPercent
// is 40. If the value of MaxConnectionsPercent isn't specified, then for SQL
// Server, MaxIdleConnectionsPercent is 5, and for all other engines, the default
// is 50.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be between 0 and the value of MaxConnectionsPercent.
MaxIdleConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Each item in the list represents a class of SQL operations that normally
// cause all later statements in a session using a proxy to be pinned to the
// same underlying database connection. Including an item in the list exempts
// that class of SQL operations from the pinning behavior.
//
// Default: no session pinning filters
SessionPinningFilters []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ConnectionPoolConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ConnectionPoolConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionBorrowTimeout sets the ConnectionBorrowTimeout field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetConnectionBorrowTimeout(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration {
s.ConnectionBorrowTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetInitQuery sets the InitQuery field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetInitQuery(v string) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration {
s.InitQuery = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxConnectionsPercent sets the MaxConnectionsPercent field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetMaxConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration {
s.MaxConnectionsPercent = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent sets the MaxIdleConnectionsPercent field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration {
s.MaxIdleConnectionsPercent = &v
return s
}
// SetSessionPinningFilters sets the SessionPinningFilters field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetSessionPinningFilters(v []*string) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration {
s.SessionPinningFilters = v
return s
}
// Displays the settings that control the size and behavior of the connection
// pool associated with a DBProxyTarget.
type ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of seconds for a proxy to wait for a connection to become available
// in the connection pool. Only applies when the proxy has opened its maximum
// number of connections and all connections are busy with client sessions.
ConnectionBorrowTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// One or more SQL statements for the proxy to run when opening each new database
// connection. Typically used with SET statements to make sure that each connection
// has identical settings such as time zone and character set. This setting
// is empty by default. For multiple statements, use semicolons as the separator.
// You can also include multiple variables in a single SET statement, such as
// SET x=1, y=2.
InitQuery *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum size of the connection pool for each target in a target group.
// The value is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections setting for
// the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group.
MaxConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Controls how actively the proxy closes idle database connections in the connection
// pool. The value is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections setting
// for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group. With
// a high value, the proxy leaves a high percentage of idle database connections
// open. A low value causes the proxy to close more idle connections and return
// them to the database.
MaxIdleConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Each item in the list represents a class of SQL operations that normally
// cause all later statements in a session using a proxy to be pinned to the
// same underlying database connection. Including an item in the list exempts
// that class of SQL operations from the pinning behavior. This setting is only
// supported for MySQL engine family databases. Currently, the only allowed
// value is EXCLUDE_VARIABLE_SETS.
SessionPinningFilters []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionBorrowTimeout sets the ConnectionBorrowTimeout field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetConnectionBorrowTimeout(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo {
s.ConnectionBorrowTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetInitQuery sets the InitQuery field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetInitQuery(v string) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo {
s.InitQuery = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxConnectionsPercent sets the MaxConnectionsPercent field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetMaxConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo {
s.MaxConnectionsPercent = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent sets the MaxIdleConnectionsPercent field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo {
s.MaxIdleConnectionsPercent = &v
return s
}
// SetSessionPinningFilters sets the SessionPinningFilters field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetSessionPinningFilters(v []*string) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo {
s.SessionPinningFilters = v
return s
}
// The additional attributes of RecommendedAction data type.
type ContextAttribute struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The key of ContextAttribute.
Key *string `type:"string"`
// The value of ContextAttribute.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ContextAttribute) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ContextAttribute) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ContextAttribute) SetKey(v string) *ContextAttribute {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *ContextAttribute) SetValue(v string) *ContextAttribute {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter
// group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for
// Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
//
// SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
//
// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field
TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be null, empty, or blank
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Example: my-cluster-param-group1
//
// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
}
if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription"))
}
if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
// action.
DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v
return s
}
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to
// the target DB cluster snapshot. By default, tags are not copied.
CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot.
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS key.
//
// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your Amazon Web Services
// account, you can specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a
// new KMS key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of
// the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source
// DB cluster snapshot.
//
// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another
// Amazon Web Services account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
//
// To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another Amazon Web Services Region,
// you must set KmsKeyId to the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier you want
// to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination
// Amazon Web Services Region. KMS keys are specific to the Amazon Web Services
// Region that they are created in, and you can't use KMS keys from one Amazon
// Web Services Region in another Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the
// KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// When you are copying a DB cluster snapshot from one Amazon Web Services GovCloud
// (US) Region to another, the URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed
// request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation in the Amazon Web Services
// Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot to copy. Use the PreSignedUrl
// parameter when copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another Amazon
// Web Services Region. Don't specify PreSignedUrl when copying an encrypted
// DB cluster snapshot in the same Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// This setting applies only to Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Regions. It's
// ignored in other Amazon Web Services Regions.
//
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API
// operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains
// the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to copy. The presigned URL request must
// contain the following parameter values:
//
// * KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the KMS key to use to encrypt
// the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination Amazon Web Services
// Region. This is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
// operation that is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region,
// and the operation contained in the presigned URL.
//
// * DestinationRegion - The name of the Amazon Web Services Region that
// the DB cluster snapshot is to be created in.
//
// * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier
// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must
// be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web
// Services Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster
// snapshot from the us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
// looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115.
//
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
//
// If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify
// SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl
// manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a
// valid request for the operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services
// Region.
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one Amazon Web
// Services Region to another.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
//
// * If the source snapshot is in the same Amazon Web Services Region as
// the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier.
//
// * If the source snapshot is in a different Amazon Web Services Region
// than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information,
// go to Copying Snapshots Across Amazon Web Services Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.AcrossRegions)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
//
// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
// have the same region as the source ARN.
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
// cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
//
// TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.CopyTags = &v
return s
}
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.DestinationRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.SourceRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// action.
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
return s
}
type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information
// about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must specify a valid DB parameter group.
//
// SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A description for the copied DB parameter group.
//
// TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field
TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be null, empty, or blank
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Example: my-db-parameter-group
//
// TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"}
if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier"))
}
if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription"))
}
if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
// action.
DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value.
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput {
s.DBParameterGroup = v
return s
}
type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to copy the DB option group associated with the source
// DB snapshot to the target Amazon Web Services account and associate with
// the target DB snapshot. The associated option group can be copied only with
// cross-account snapshot copy calls.
CopyOptionGroup *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target
// DB snapshot. By default, tags aren't copied.
CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB snapshot.
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your Amazon Web Services account,
// you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new
// KMS key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of
// the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same Amazon Web Services KMS key as
// the source DB snapshot.
//
// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another Amazon Web
// Services account, then you must specify a value for this parameter.
//
// If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the
// copy is encrypted.
//
// If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different Amazon Web Services Region,
// then you must specify an Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the destination
// Amazon Web Services Region. KMS keys are specific to the Amazon Web Services
// Region that they are created in, and you can't use KMS keys from one Amazon
// Web Services Region in another Amazon Web Services Region.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot.
//
// Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one Amazon Web Services
// Region to another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If
// your source DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft
// SQL Server, you must specify this option when copying across Amazon Web Services
// Regions. For more information, see Option group considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.Options)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// When you are copying a snapshot from one Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US)
// Region to another, the URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request
// for the CopyDBSnapshot API operation in the source Amazon Web Services Region
// that contains the source DB snapshot to copy.
//
// This setting applies only to Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Regions. It's
// ignored in other Amazon Web Services Regions.
//
// You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from
// another Amazon Web Services Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify
// PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot in the same Amazon
// Web Services Region.
//
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API
// operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains
// the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to copy. The presigned URL request must
// contain the following parameter values:
//
// * DestinationRegion - The Amazon Web Services Region that the encrypted
// DB snapshot is copied to. This Amazon Web Services Region is the same
// one where the CopyDBSnapshot operation is called that contains this presigned
// URL. For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2
// Amazon Web Services Region to the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services Region,
// then you call the CopyDBSnapshot operation in the us-east-1 Amazon Web
// Services Region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the
// CopyDBSnapshot operation in the us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region.
// For this example, the DestinationRegion in the presigned URL must be set
// to the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// * KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the KMS key to use to encrypt
// the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination Amazon Web Services Region.
// This is the same identifier for both the CopyDBSnapshot operation that
// is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, and the operation
// contained in the presigned URL.
//
// * SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted
// snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
// Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For example,
// if you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 Amazon
// Web Services Region, then your SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier looks like the
// following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115.
//
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
//
// If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify
// SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl
// manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a
// valid request for the operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services
// Region.
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the source DB snapshot.
//
// If the source snapshot is in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the copy,
// specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.
//
// If the source snapshot is in a different Amazon Web Services Region than
// the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify
// arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.
//
// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must
// be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot.
//
// If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN
// format for the source Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
//
// Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01
//
// Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805
//
// SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
// have the same region as the source ARN.
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The external custom Availability Zone (CAZ) identifier for the target CAZ.
//
// Example: rds-caz-aiqhTgQv.
TargetCustomAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the copy of the snapshot.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be null, empty, or blank
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Example: my-db-snapshot
//
// TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBSnapshotInput"}
if s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCopyOptionGroup sets the CopyOptionGroup field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyOptionGroup(v bool) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.CopyOptionGroup = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.CopyTags = &v
return s
}
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.DestinationRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.SourceRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetCustomAvailabilityZone sets the TargetCustomAvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetCustomAvailabilityZone(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.TargetCustomAvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CopyDBSnapshotOutput {
s.DBSnapshot = v
return s
}
type CopyOptionGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier for the source option group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must specify a valid option group.
//
// SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field
SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The description for the copied option group.
//
// TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field
TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier for the copied option group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be null, empty, or blank
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Example: my-option-group
//
// TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field
TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyOptionGroupInput"}
if s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceOptionGroupIdentifier"))
}
if s.TargetOptionGroupDescription == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupDescription"))
}
if s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier sets the SourceOptionGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetOptionGroupDescription sets the TargetOptionGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
s.TargetOptionGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier sets the TargetOptionGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value.
func (s *CopyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CopyOptionGroupOutput {
s.OptionGroup = v
return s
}
type CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the blue/green deployment.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be the same as an existing blue/green deployment name in the same
// account and Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// BlueGreenDeploymentName is a required field
BlueGreenDeploymentName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source production database.
//
// Specify the database that you want to clone. The blue/green deployment creates
// this database in the green environment. You can make updates to the database
// in the green environment, such as an engine version upgrade. When you are
// ready, you can switch the database in the green environment to be the production
// database.
//
// Source is a required field
Source *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Tags to assign to the blue/green deployment.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The DB cluster parameter group associated with the Aurora DB cluster in the
// green environment.
//
// To test parameter changes, specify a DB cluster parameter group that is different
// from the one associated with the source DB cluster.
TargetDBClusterParameterGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Specify the DB instance class for the databases in the green environment.
//
// This parameter only applies to RDS DB instances, because DB instances within
// an Aurora DB cluster can have multiple different instance classes. If you're
// creating a blue/green deployment from an Aurora DB cluster, don't specify
// this parameter. After the green environment is created, you can individually
// modify the instance classes of the DB instances within the green DB cluster.
TargetDBInstanceClass *string `min:"5" type:"string"`
// The DB parameter group associated with the DB instance in the green environment.
//
// To test parameter changes, specify a DB parameter group that is different
// from the one associated with the source DB instance.
TargetDBParameterGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The engine version of the database in the green environment.
//
// Specify the engine version to upgrade to in the green environment.
TargetEngineVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Whether to upgrade the storage file system configuration on the green database.
// This option migrates the green DB instance from the older 32-bit file system
// to the preferred configuration. For more information, see Upgrading the storage
// file system for a DB instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.UpgradeFileSystem).
UpgradeTargetStorageConfig *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput"}
if s.BlueGreenDeploymentName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BlueGreenDeploymentName"))
}
if s.BlueGreenDeploymentName != nil && len(*s.BlueGreenDeploymentName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BlueGreenDeploymentName", 1))
}
if s.Source == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
}
if s.Source != nil && len(*s.Source) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Source", 1))
}
if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupName != nil && len(*s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupName", 1))
}
if s.TargetDBInstanceClass != nil && len(*s.TargetDBInstanceClass) < 5 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetDBInstanceClass", 5))
}
if s.TargetDBParameterGroupName != nil && len(*s.TargetDBParameterGroupName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetDBParameterGroupName", 1))
}
if s.TargetEngineVersion != nil && len(*s.TargetEngineVersion) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetEngineVersion", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBlueGreenDeploymentName sets the BlueGreenDeploymentName field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetBlueGreenDeploymentName(v string) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.BlueGreenDeploymentName = &v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetSource(v string) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.Source = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBInstanceClass sets the TargetDBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetTargetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.TargetDBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBParameterGroupName sets the TargetDBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.TargetDBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetEngineVersion sets the TargetEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetTargetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.TargetEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetUpgradeTargetStorageConfig sets the UpgradeTargetStorageConfig field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetUpgradeTargetStorageConfig(v bool) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.UpgradeTargetStorageConfig = &v
return s
}
type CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Details about a blue/green deployment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
BlueGreenDeployment *BlueGreenDeployment `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBlueGreenDeployment sets the BlueGreenDeployment field's value.
func (s *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) SetBlueGreenDeployment(v *BlueGreenDeployment) *CreateBlueGreenDeploymentOutput {
s.BlueGreenDeployment = v
return s
}
type CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of an Amazon S3 bucket that contains database installation files
// for your CEV. For example, a valid bucket name is my-custom-installation-files.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 directory that contains the database installation files for
// your CEV. For example, a valid bucket name is 123456789012/cev1. If this
// setting isn't specified, no prefix is assumed.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// An optional description of your CEV.
Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The database engine. RDS Custom for Oracle supports the following values:
//
// * custom-oracle-ee
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * custom-oracle-se2
//
// * custom-oracle-se2-cdb
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of your CEV. The name format is 19.customized_string. For example,
// a valid CEV name is 19.my_cev1. This setting is required for RDS Custom for
// Oracle, but optional for Amazon RDS. The combination of Engine and EngineVersion
// is unique per customer per Region.
//
// EngineVersion is a required field
EngineVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI). For RDS Custom for SQL Server,
// an AMI ID is required to create a CEV. For RDS Custom for Oracle, the default
// is the most recent AMI available, but you can specify an AMI ID that was
// used in a different Oracle CEV. Find the AMIs used by your CEVs by calling
// the DescribeDBEngineVersions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeDBEngineVersions.html)
// operation.
ImageId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted CEV. A symmetric
// encryption KMS key is required for RDS Custom, but optional for Amazon RDS.
//
// If you have an existing symmetric encryption KMS key in your account, you
// can use it with RDS Custom. No further action is necessary. If you don't
// already have a symmetric encryption KMS key in your account, follow the instructions
// in Creating a symmetric encryption KMS key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-keys.html#create-symmetric-cmk)
// in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// You can choose the same symmetric encryption key when you create a CEV and
// a DB instance, or choose different keys.
KMSKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The CEV manifest, which is a JSON document that describes the installation
// .zip files stored in Amazon S3. Specify the name/value pairs in a file or
// a quoted string. RDS Custom applies the patches in the order in which they
// are listed.
//
// The following JSON fields are valid:
//
// MediaImportTemplateVersion
//
// Version of the CEV manifest. The date is in the format YYYY-MM-DD.
//
// databaseInstallationFileNames
//
// Ordered list of installation files for the CEV.
//
// opatchFileNames
//
// Ordered list of OPatch installers used for the Oracle DB engine.
//
// psuRuPatchFileNames
//
// The PSU and RU patches for this CEV.
//
// OtherPatchFileNames
//
// The patches that are not in the list of PSU and RU patches. Amazon RDS applies
// these patches after applying the PSU and RU patches.
//
// For more information, see Creating the CEV manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-cev.html#custom-cev.preparing.manifest)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Manifest *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The ARN of a CEV to use as a source for creating a new CEV. You can specify
// a different Amazon Machine Imagine (AMI) by using either Source or UseAwsProvidedLatestImage.
// You can't specify a different JSON manifest when you specify SourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier.
SourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to use the latest service-provided Amazon Machine Image
// (AMI) for the CEV. If you specify UseAwsProvidedLatestImage, you can't also
// specify ImageId.
UseAwsProvidedLatestImage *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput"}
if s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName) < 3 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName", 3))
}
if s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix != nil && len(*s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix", 1))
}
if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1))
}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if s.Engine != nil && len(*s.Engine) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Engine", 1))
}
if s.EngineVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineVersion"))
}
if s.EngineVersion != nil && len(*s.EngineVersion) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EngineVersion", 1))
}
if s.ImageId != nil && len(*s.ImageId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ImageId", 1))
}
if s.KMSKeyId != nil && len(*s.KMSKeyId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KMSKeyId", 1))
}
if s.Manifest != nil && len(*s.Manifest) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Manifest", 1))
}
if s.SourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier != nil && len(*s.SourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetImageId(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.ImageId = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetManifest sets the Manifest field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetManifest(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Manifest = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier sets the SourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetSourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.SourceCustomDbEngineVersionIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetUseAwsProvidedLatestImage sets the UseAwsProvidedLatestImage field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetUseAwsProvidedLatestImage(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.UseAwsProvidedLatestImage = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
type CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The creation time of the DB engine version.
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// JSON string that lists the installation files and parameters that RDS Custom
// uses to create a custom engine version (CEV). RDS Custom applies the patches
// in the order in which they're listed in the manifest. You can set the Oracle
// home, Oracle base, and UNIX/Linux user and group using the installation parameters.
// For more information, see JSON fields in the CEV manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-cev.preparing.html#custom-cev.preparing.manifest.fields)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
CustomDBEngineVersionManifest *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine.
DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates the source media provider of the AMI based on the
// usage operation. Applicable for RDS Custom for SQL Server.
DBEngineMediaType *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN of the custom engine version.
DBEngineVersionArn *string `type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine version.
DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database installation
// files.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 directory that contains the database installation files. If
// not specified, then no prefix is assumed.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API isn't specified.
DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`
// The name of the database engine.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch
// Logs.
ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
// The EC2 image
Image *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted CEV. This parameter
// is required for RDS Custom, but optional for Amazon RDS.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The major engine version of the CEV.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the DB engine version, either available or deprecated.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// A list of the supported CA certificate identifiers.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the supported DB engine modes.
SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of features supported by the DB engine.
//
// The supported features vary by DB engine and DB engine version.
//
// To determine the supported features for a specific DB engine and DB engine
// version using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine <engine_name> --engine-version
// <engine_version>
//
// For example, to determine the supported features for RDS for PostgreSQL version
// 13.3 using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --engine-version 13.3
//
// The supported features are listed under SupportedFeatureNames in the output.
SupportedFeatureNames []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by the Oracle DB engine for the NcharCharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedNcharCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter
// of the CreateDBInstance action.
SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL.
SupportsBabelfish *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports rotating the server certificate
// without rebooting the DB instance.
SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with a specific DB
// engine version.
SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports zero-ETL integrations with
// Amazon Redshift.
SupportsIntegrations *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports Aurora Limitless Database.
SupportsLimitlessDatabase *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports forwarding write operations
// from reader DB instances to the writer DB instance in the DB cluster. By
// default, write operations aren't allowed on reader DB instances.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
SupportsLocalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the log types specified
// by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs.
SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with a specific DB engine
// version.
SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas.
SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
// to.
ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest sets the CustomDBEngineVersionManifest field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.CustomDBEngineVersionManifest = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineMediaType sets the DBEngineMediaType field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineMediaType(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineMediaType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionArn sets the DBEngineVersionArn field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineVersionArn(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineVersionArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DefaultCharacterSet = v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.ExportableLogTypes = v
return s
}
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetImage(v *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Image = v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers sets the SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers(v []*string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedEngineModes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedFeatureNames sets the SupportedFeatureNames field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedFeatureNames(v []*string) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedFeatureNames = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets sets the SupportedNcharCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedNcharCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedTimezones = v
return s
}
// SetSupportsBabelfish sets the SupportsBabelfish field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsBabelfish(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsBabelfish = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart sets the SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsIntegrations sets the SupportsIntegrations field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsIntegrations(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsIntegrations = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase sets the SupportsLimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLimitlessDatabase = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding sets the SupportsLocalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLocalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsReadReplica = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value.
func (s *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *CreateCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v
return s
}
type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier to use for the new endpoint. This parameter is stored as a
// lowercase string.
//
// DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The type of the endpoint, one of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
//
// EndpointType is a required field
EndpointType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. This
// parameter is relevant only if the list of static members is empty.
ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterEndpointInput"}
if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier"))
}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.EndpointType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointType"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.EndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.ExcludedMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.StaticMembers = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon
// Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following
// actions:
//
// - CreateDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
//
// - ModifyDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DeleteDBClusterEndpoint
//
// For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints,
// see Endpoint.
type CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
// a lowercase string.
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
// for the whole life of the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DNS address of the endpoint.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
EndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
// inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't
// be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only
// secondary cluster in a global database.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.CustomEndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.EndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.ExcludedMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.StaticMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type CreateDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate to each DB instance
// in the Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the
// DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades
// are applied automatically.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where you specifically want to create
// DB instances in the DB cluster.
//
// For information on AZs, see Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html#Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.AvailabilityZones)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't specify more than three AZs.
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
// value to 0.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora MySQL DB clusters only
//
// Default: 0
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
// hours).
BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Default: 1
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB cluster's server certificate.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the character set (CharacterSet) to associate the DB cluster
// with.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the
// DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The identifier for this DB cluster. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
// string.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 (for Aurora DB clusters) or 1 to 52 (for Multi-AZ
// DB clusters) letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster1
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The compute and memory capacity of each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster,
// for example db.m6gd.xlarge. Not all DB instance classes are available in
// all Amazon Web Services Regions, or for all database engines.
//
// For the full list of DB instance classes and availability for your engine,
// see DB instance class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
DBClusterInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
// If you don't specify a value, then the default DB cluster parameter group
// for the specified DB engine and version is used.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
//
// This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
DBSystemId *string `type:"string"`
// The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. A database
// named postgres is always created. If this parameter is specified, an additional
// database with this name is created.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB cluster in.
//
// For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos authentication
// to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch
// Logs.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// The following values are valid for each DB engine:
//
// * Aurora MySQL - audit | error | general | slowquery
//
// * Aurora PostgreSQL - postgresql
//
// * RDS for MySQL - error | general | slowquery
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql | upgrade
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable this DB cluster to forward write operations to
// the primary cluster of a global cluster (Aurora global database). By default,
// write operations are not allowed on Aurora DB clusters that are secondary
// clusters in an Aurora global database.
//
// You can set this value only on Aurora DB clusters that are members of an
// Aurora global database. With this parameter enabled, a secondary cluster
// can forward writes to the current primary cluster, and the resulting changes
// are replicated back to this cluster. For the primary DB cluster of an Aurora
// global database, this value is used immediately if the primary is demoted
// by a global cluster API operation, but it does nothing until then.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableGlobalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for the DB cluster. By default,
// the HTTP endpoint isn't enabled.
//
// When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API
// (RDS Data API) for running SQL queries on the DB cluster. You can also query
// your database from inside the RDS console with the RDS query editor.
//
// RDS Data API is supported with the following DB clusters:
//
// * Aurora PostgreSQL Serverless v2 and provisioned
//
// * Aurora PostgreSQL and Aurora MySQL Serverless v1
//
// For more information, see Using RDS Data API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableHttpEndpoint *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable Aurora Limitless Database. You must enable Aurora
// Limitless Database to create a DB shard group.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableLimitlessDatabase *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether read replicas can forward write operations to the writer
// DB instance in the DB cluster. By default, write operations aren't allowed
// on reader DB instances.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableLocalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine to use for this DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * aurora-mysql
//
// * aurora-postgresql
//
// * mysql
//
// * postgres
//
// * neptune - For information about using Amazon Neptune, see the Amazon
// Neptune User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/intro.html).
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The life cycle type for this DB cluster.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard
// support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value
// to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, creating the
// DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard
// support date.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see the following sections:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide
//
// * Amazon RDS - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless.
//
// The serverless engine mode only applies for Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters.
// Aurora Serverless v2 DB clusters use the provisioned engine mode.
//
// For information about limitations and requirements for Serverless DB clusters,
// see the following sections in the Amazon Aurora User Guide:
//
// * Limitations of Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html#aurora-serverless.limitations)
//
// * Requirements for Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.requirements.html)
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EngineMode *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine to use.
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for Aurora MySQL version 2 (5.7-compatible)
// and version 3 (MySQL 8.0-compatible), use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// You can supply either 5.7 or 8.0 to use the default engine version for Aurora
// MySQL version 2 or version 3, respectively.
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for Aurora PostgreSQL, use the
// following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for MySQL, use the following
// command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for PostgreSQL, use
// the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// For information about a specific engine, see the following topics:
//
// * Aurora MySQL - see Database engine updates for Amazon Aurora MySQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Updates.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// * Aurora PostgreSQL - see Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL releases and engine
// versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraPostgreSQL.Updates.20180305.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// * RDS for MySQL - see Amazon RDS for MySQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - see Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The global cluster ID of an Aurora cluster that becomes the primary cluster
// in the new global database cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
// initially allocated for each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For information about valid IOPS values, see Provisioned IOPS storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB
// cluster.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// When a KMS key isn't specified in KmsKeyId:
//
// * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then
// Amazon RDS uses the KMS key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon
// RDS uses your default KMS key.
//
// * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled and ReplicationSourceIdentifier
// isn't specified, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key.
//
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
//
// If you create a read replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another Amazon
// Web Services Region, make sure to set KmsKeyId to a KMS key identifier that
// is valid in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. This KMS key is used
// to encrypt the read replica in that Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified.
ManageMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The password for the master database user.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * Can contain any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
//
// * Can't be specified if ManageMasterUserPassword is turned on.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically
// generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
//
// This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS
// in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB cluster.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager
// KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, then you can't use the aws/secretsmanager KMS key to
// encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer managed KMS key.
//
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the master user for the DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring
// metrics, specify 0.
//
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, also set MonitoringInterval to a value
// other than 0.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60
//
// Default: 0
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send
// Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
// For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting up and enabling
// Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, supply a MonitoringRoleArn
// value.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The network type of the DB cluster.
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and
// the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
//
// Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The option group to associate the DB cluster with.
//
// DB clusters are associated with a default option group that can't be modified.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
// RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon
// Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default
// KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93
// (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// Default: 7 days
//
// If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, Amazon RDS
// issues an error.
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
//
// Default:
//
// * RDS for MySQL and Aurora MySQL - 3306
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL - 5432
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// When you are replicating a DB cluster from one Amazon Web Services GovCloud
// (US) Region to another, an URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed
// request for the CreateDBCluster operation to be called in the source Amazon
// Web Services Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. Specify PreSignedUrl
// only when you are performing cross-Region replication from an encrypted DB
// cluster.
//
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API operation
// that can run in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains the encrypted
// DB cluster to copy.
//
// The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values:
//
// * KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the KMS key to use to encrypt
// the copy of the DB cluster in the destination Amazon Web Services Region.
// This should refer to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster operation
// that is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, and the
// operation contained in the presigned URL.
//
// * DestinationRegion - The name of the Amazon Web Services Region that
// Aurora read replica will be created in.
//
// * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted
// DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
// Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For example,
// if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 Amazon Web
// Services Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier would look like
// Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1.
//
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
//
// If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify
// SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl
// manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a
// valid request for the operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services
// Region.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To view the time blocks available,
// see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of
// the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB
// Cluster Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi.
//
// * Days must be one of Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB cluster is publicly accessible and you connect from outside of
// the DB cluster's virtual private cloud (VPC), its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the public IP address. When you connect from within
// the same VPC as the DB cluster, the endpoint resolves to the private IP address.
// Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled by the security group it
// uses. That public access isn't permitted if the security group assigned to
// the DB cluster doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB cluster isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB cluster
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName
// is specified.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB cluster is private.
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB cluster is public.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB cluster is private.
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB cluster is public.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Reserved for future use.
RdsCustomClusterConfiguration *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if
// this DB cluster is created as a read replica.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the
// DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
// have the same region as the source ARN.
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage type to associate with the DB cluster.
//
// For information on storage types for Aurora DB clusters, see Storage configurations
// for Amazon Aurora DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Overview.StorageReliability.html#aurora-storage-type).
// For information on storage types for Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Settings for
// creating Multi-AZ DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/create-multi-az-db-cluster.html#create-multi-az-db-cluster-settings).
//
// This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// When specified for a Multi-AZ DB cluster, a value for the Iops parameter
// is required.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * Aurora DB clusters - aurora | aurora-iopt1
//
// * Multi-AZ DB clusters - io1 | io2 | gp3
//
// Default:
//
// * Aurora DB clusters - aurora
//
// * Multi-AZ DB clusters - io1
//
// When you create an Aurora DB cluster with the storage type set to aurora-iopt1,
// the storage type is returned in the response. The storage type isn't returned
// when you set it to aurora.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// Tags to assign to the DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.BacktrackWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterInstanceClass sets the DBClusterInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSystemId sets the DBSystemId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSystemId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DBSystemId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DestinationRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding sets the EnableGlobalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EnableGlobalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableHttpEndpoint sets the EnableHttpEndpoint field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableHttpEndpoint(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EnableHttpEndpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableLimitlessDatabase sets the EnableLimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableLimitlessDatabase(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EnableLimitlessDatabase = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableLocalWriteForwarding sets the EnableLocalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableLocalWriteForwarding(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EnableLocalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EngineMode = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetManageMasterUserPassword sets the ManageMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetManageMasterUserPassword(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.ManageMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId sets the MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration sets the RdsCustomClusterConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration(v *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.RdsCustomClusterConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration sets the ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration(v *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.SourceRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must not match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
//
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group
// can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family,
// and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine
// version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family.
//
// Aurora MySQL
//
// Example: aurora-mysql5.7, aurora-mysql8.0
//
// Aurora PostgreSQL
//
// Example: aurora-postgresql14
//
// RDS for MySQL
//
// Example: mysql8.0
//
// RDS for PostgreSQL
//
// Example: postgres13
//
// To list all of the available parameter group families for a DB engine, use
// the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily"
// --engine <engine>
//
// For example, to list all of the available parameter group families for the
// Aurora PostgreSQL DB engine, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily"
// --engine aurora-postgresql
//
// The output contains duplicates.
//
// The following are the valid DB engine values:
//
// * aurora-mysql
//
// * aurora-postgresql
//
// * mysql
//
// * postgres
//
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
//
// Description is a required field
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Tags to assign to the DB cluster parameter group.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
}
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
}
if s.Description == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
// action.
DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v
return s
}
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
//
// Example: my-cluster1
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
// lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1
//
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// action.
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
return s
}
type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate for the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Aurora cluster
// volumes automatically grow as the amount of data in your database increases,
// though you are only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster
// volume.
//
// Amazon RDS Custom
//
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
//
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 40
// to 65536 for RDS Custom for Oracle, 16384 for RDS Custom for SQL Server.
//
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1, io2): Must be an integer from 40 to 65536
// for RDS Custom for Oracle, 16384 for RDS Custom for SQL Server.
//
// RDS for Db2
//
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
//
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp3): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536.
//
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1, io2): Must be an integer from 100 to
// 65536.
//
// RDS for MariaDB
//
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
//
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20
// to 65536.
//
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1, io2): Must be an integer from 100 to
// 65536.
//
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
//
// RDS for MySQL
//
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
//
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20
// to 65536.
//
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1, io2): Must be an integer from 100 to
// 65536.
//
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
//
// RDS for Oracle
//
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
//
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20
// to 65536.
//
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1, io2): Must be an integer from 100 to
// 65536.
//
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072.
//
// RDS for PostgreSQL
//
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
//
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20
// to 65536.
//
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1, io2): Must be an integer from 100 to
// 65536.
//
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
//
// RDS for SQL Server
//
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
//
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Enterprise and Standard editions:
// Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be
// an integer from 20 to 16384.
//
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1, io2): Enterprise and Standard editions:
// Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be
// an integer from 100 to 16384.
//
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must
// be an integer from 20 to 1024. Web and Express editions: Must be an integer
// from 20 to 1024.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the
// DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades
// are applied automatically.
//
// If you create an RDS Custom DB instance, you must set AutoMinorVersionUpgrade
// to false.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the database will be created. For information
// on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability
// Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
//
// For Amazon Aurora, each Aurora DB cluster hosts copies of its storage in
// three separate Availability Zones. Specify one of these Availability Zones.
// Aurora automatically chooses an appropriate Availability Zone if you don't
// specify one.
//
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon
// Web Services Region.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance
// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
//
// * The specified Availability Zone must be in the same Amazon Web Services
// Region as the current endpoint.
//
// Example: us-east-1d
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
// 0 disables automated backups.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The retention period
// for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// Default: 1
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a value from 0 to 35.
//
// * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas.
//
// * Can't be set to 0 for an RDS Custom for Oracle DB instance.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The location for storing automated backups and manual snapshots.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * outposts (Amazon Web Services Outposts)
//
// * region (Amazon Web Services Region)
//
// Default: region
//
// For more information, see Working with Amazon RDS on Amazon Web Services
// Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
BackupTarget *string `type:"string"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB instance's server certificate.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// For supported engines, the character set (CharacterSet) to associate the
// DB instance with.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora - The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For
// more information, see CreateDBCluster.
//
// * RDS Custom - However, if you need to change the character set, you can
// change it on the database itself.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to copy tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB
// instance. By default, tags are not copied.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Copying tags to
// snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting this value for an Aurora
// DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The instance profile associated with the underlying Amazon EC2 instance of
// an RDS Custom DB instance.
//
// This setting is required for RDS Custom.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * The profile must exist in your account.
//
// * The profile must have an IAM role that Amazon EC2 has permissions to
// assume.
//
// * The instance profile name and the associated IAM role name must start
// with the prefix AWSRDSCustom.
//
// For the list of permissions required for the IAM role, see Configure IAM
// and your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-setup-orcl.html#custom-setup-orcl.iam-vpc)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
CustomIamInstanceProfile *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the DB cluster that this DB instance will belong to.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example db.m5.large.
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions,
// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
// availability for your engine, see DB instance classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or Aurora DB instance classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// DBInstanceClass is a required field
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier for this DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
// string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: mydbinstance
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
// use.
//
// Amazon Aurora MySQL
//
// The name of the database to create when the primary DB instance of the Aurora
// MySQL DB cluster is created. If this parameter isn't specified for an Aurora
// MySQL DB cluster, no database is created in the DB cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
//
// * Can't be a word reserved by the database engine.
//
// Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL
//
// The name of the database to create when the primary DB instance of the Aurora
// PostgreSQL DB cluster is created. A database named postgres is always created.
// If this parameter is specified, an additional database with this name is
// created.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * It must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
//
// * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores,
// or digits (0 to 9).
//
// * Can't be a word reserved by the database engine.
//
// Amazon RDS Custom for Oracle
//
// The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created RDS Custom DB instance. If you
// don't specify a value, the default value is ORCL for non-CDBs and RDSCDB
// for CDBs.
//
// Default: ORCL
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters.
//
// * Must contain a letter.
//
// * Can't be a word reserved by the database engine.
//
// Amazon RDS Custom for SQL Server
//
// Not applicable. Must be null.
//
// RDS for Db2
//
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
// parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance. In
// some cases, we recommend that you don't add a database name. For more information,
// see Additional considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/db2-db-instance-prereqs.html#db2-prereqs-additional-considerations)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
//
// * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores,
// or digits (0-9).
//
// * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine.
//
// RDS for MariaDB
//
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
// parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
//
// * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores,
// or digits (0-9).
//
// * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine.
//
// RDS for MySQL
//
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
// parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
//
// * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores,
// or digits (0-9).
//
// * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine.
//
// RDS for Oracle
//
// The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you don't specify
// a value, the default value is ORCL. You can't specify the string null, or
// any other reserved word, for DBName.
//
// Default: ORCL
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 8 characters.
//
// RDS for PostgreSQL
//
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. A database
// named postgres is always created. If this parameter is specified, an additional
// database with this name is created.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores.
//
// * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores,
// or digits (0-9).
//
// * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine.
//
// RDS for SQL Server
//
// Not applicable. Must be null.
DBName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If
// you don't specify a value, then Amazon RDS uses the default DB parameter
// group for the specified DB engine and version.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * The first character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
//
// This setting applies to the legacy EC2-Classic platform, which is no longer
// used to create new DB instances. Use the VpcSecurityGroupIds setting instead.
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.
//
// * Must not be default.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database
// instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle
// database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and
// Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults
// to RDSCDB. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB.
DBSystemId *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB Instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. You can enable
// or disable deletion protection for the DB cluster. For more information,
// see CreateDBCluster. DB instances in a DB cluster can be deleted even when
// deletion protection is enabled for the DB cluster.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently,
// you can create only Db2, MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL
// DB instances in an Active Directory Domain.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (The domain is managed by the DB cluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the credentials for the user
// joining the domain.
//
// Example: arn:aws:secretsmanager:region:account-number:secret:myselfmanagedADtestsecret-123456
DomainAuthSecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of your primary and secondary Active Directory
// domain controllers.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Two IP addresses must be provided. If there isn't a secondary domain
// controller, use the IP address of the primary domain controller for both
// entries in the list.
//
// Example: 123.124.125.126,234.235.236.237
DomainDnsIps []*string `type:"list"`
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an Active Directory domain.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: mymanagedADtest.mymanagedAD.mydomain
DomainFqdn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (The domain is managed by the DB cluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory organizational unit for your DB instance to join.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the distinguished name format.
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: OU=mymanagedADtestOU,DC=mymanagedADtest,DC=mymanagedAD,DC=mydomain
DomainOu *string `type:"string"`
// The list of log types to enable for exporting to CloudWatch Logs. For more
// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (CloudWatch Logs exports are managed by the DB cluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
//
// The following values are valid for each DB engine:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - diag.log | notify.log
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - audit | error | general | slowquery
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - agent | error
//
// * RDS for MySQL - audit | error | general | slowquery
//
// * RDS for Oracle - alert | audit | listener | trace | oemagent
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql | upgrade
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) for an RDS
// on Outposts DB instance.
//
// A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost
// subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can
// provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of
// its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on
// Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing)
// in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide.
EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (Mapping Amazon Web Services IAM accounts to database
// accounts is managed by the DB cluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance. For
// more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine to use for this DB instance.
//
// Not every database engine is available in every Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * aurora-mysql (for Aurora MySQL DB instances)
//
// * aurora-postgresql (for Aurora PostgreSQL DB instances)
//
// * custom-oracle-ee (for RDS Custom for Oracle DB instances)
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-cdb (for RDS Custom for Oracle DB instances)
//
// * custom-oracle-se2 (for RDS Custom for Oracle DB instances)
//
// * custom-oracle-se2-cdb (for RDS Custom for Oracle DB instances)
//
// * custom-sqlserver-ee (for RDS Custom for SQL Server DB instances)
//
// * custom-sqlserver-se (for RDS Custom for SQL Server DB instances)
//
// * custom-sqlserver-web (for RDS Custom for SQL Server DB instances)
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The life cycle type for this DB instance.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of
// standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the
// value to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, creating
// the DB instance will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard
// support date.
//
// This setting applies only to RDS for MySQL and RDS for PostgreSQL. For Amazon
// Aurora DB instances, the life cycle type is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB instance past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine to use.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The version number
// of the database engine the DB instance uses is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// For a list of valid engine versions, use the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation.
//
// The following are the database engines and links to information about the
// major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database
// engine is available for every Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Amazon RDS Custom for Oracle
//
// A custom engine version (CEV) that you have previously created. This setting
// is required for RDS Custom for Oracle. The CEV name has the following format:
// 19.customized_string. A valid CEV name is 19.my_cev1. For more information,
// see Creating an RDS Custom for Oracle DB instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-creating.html#custom-creating.create)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Amazon RDS Custom for SQL Server
//
// See RDS Custom for SQL Server general requirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-reqs-limits-MS.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// RDS for Db2
//
// For information, see Db2 on Amazon RDS versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Db2.html#Db2.Concepts.VersionMgmt)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// RDS for MariaDB
//
// For information, see MariaDB on Amazon RDS versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// RDS for Microsoft SQL Server
//
// For information, see Microsoft SQL Server versions on Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.VersionSupport)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// RDS for MySQL
//
// For information, see MySQL on Amazon RDS versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// RDS for Oracle
//
// For information, see Oracle Database Engine release notes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// RDS for PostgreSQL
//
// For information, see Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL versions and extensions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to initially
// allocate for the DB instance. For information about valid IOPS values, see
// Amazon RDS DB instance storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Storage is managed
// by the DB cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * For RDS for Db2, MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL - Must be a
// multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance.
//
// * For RDS for SQL Server - Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the
// storage amount for the DB instance.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The Amazon Web
// Services KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information,
// see CreateDBCluster.
//
// If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId
// parameter, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default
// KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account
// has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// For Amazon RDS Custom, a KMS key is required for DB instances. For most RDS
// engines, if you leave this parameter empty while enabling StorageEncrypted,
// the engine uses the default KMS key. However, RDS Custom doesn't use the
// default key when this parameter is empty. You must explicitly specify a key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The license model information for this DB instance.
//
// License models for RDS for Db2 require additional configuration. The Bring
// Your Own License (BYOL) model requires a custom parameter group. The Db2
// license through Amazon Web Services Marketplace model requires an Amazon
// Web Services Marketplace subscription. For more information, see RDS for
// Db2 licensing options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/db2-licensing.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// The default for RDS for Db2 is bring-your-own-license.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - bring-your-own-license | marketplace-license
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - license-included
//
// * RDS for MySQL - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Oracle - bring-your-own-license | license-included
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql-license
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified.
ManageMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The password for the master user.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The password for
// the master user is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if ManageMasterUserPassword is turned on.
//
// * Can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". For
// RDS for Oracle, can't include the "&" (ampersand) or the "'" (single quotes)
// character.
//
// Length Constraints:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - Must contain from 8 to 255 characters.
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
//
// * RDS for MySQL - Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * RDS for Oracle - Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically
// generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
//
// This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS
// in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB instance.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager
// KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, then you can't use the aws/secretsmanager KMS key to
// encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer managed KMS key.
//
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The name for the master user.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The name for the
// master user is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// This setting is required for RDS DB instances.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters, numbers, or underscores.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically
// scale the storage of the DB instance.
//
// For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply
// to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (Storage is managed by the DB cluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collection of Enhanced Monitoring
// metrics, specify 0.
//
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must set MonitoringInterval to
// a value other than 0.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60
//
// Default: 0
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
// For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling
// Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set
// the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (DB instance Availability Zones (AZs) are managed by the
// DB cluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to use the multi-tenant configuration or the single-tenant
// configuration (default). This parameter only applies to RDS for Oracle container
// database (CDB) engines.
//
// Note the following restrictions:
//
// * The DB engine that you specify in the request must support the multi-tenant
// configuration. If you attempt to enable the multi-tenant configuration
// on a DB engine that doesn't support it, the request fails.
//
// * If you specify the multi-tenant configuration when you create your DB
// instance, you can't later modify this DB instance to use the single-tenant
// configuration.
MultiTenant *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the NCHAR character set for the Oracle DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
NcharCharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4
// and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The option group to associate the DB instance with.
//
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
// can't be removed from an option group. Also, that option group can't be removed
// from a DB instance after it is associated with a DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
// RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon
// Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default
// KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93
// (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// Default: 7 days
//
// If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, Amazon RDS
// returns an error.
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Aurora DB instances. The port number is managed
// by the cluster.
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
//
// Default:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - 50000
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - 3306
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - 1433
//
// * RDS for MySQL - 3306
//
// * RDS for Oracle - 1521
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - 5432
//
// Constraints:
//
// * For RDS for Microsoft SQL Server, the value can't be 1234, 1434, 3260,
// 3343, 3389, 47001, or 49152-49156.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. The default
// is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for
// each Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Backup window
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The daily time
// range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur. For more
// information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of
// the week.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi.
//
// * The day values must be mon | tue | wed | thu | fri | sat | sun.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// The order of priority in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary
// instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information,
// see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.AuroraHighAvailability.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Default: 1
//
// Valid Values: 0 - 15
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB instance is publicly accessible and you connect from outside
// of the DB instance's virtual private cloud (VPC), its Domain Name System
// (DNS) endpoint resolves to the public IP address. When you connect from within
// the same VPC as the DB instance, the endpoint resolves to the private IP
// address. Access to the DB instance is ultimately controlled by the security
// group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the security group
// assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName
// is specified.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB instance is private.
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB instance is public.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB instance is private.
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB instance is public.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifes whether the DB instance is encrypted. By default, it isn't encrypted.
//
// For RDS Custom DB instances, either enable this setting or leave it unset.
// Otherwise, Amazon RDS reports an error.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The encryption
// for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage throughput value for the DB instance.
//
// This setting applies only to the gp3 storage type.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type to associate with the DB instance.
//
// If you specify io1, io2, or gp3, you must also include a value for the Iops
// parameter.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Storage is managed
// by the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | standard
//
// Default: io1, if the Iops parameter is specified. Otherwise, gp2.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// Tags to assign to the DB instance.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
// device.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
// The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported
// only by RDS for Db2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/db2-time-zone)
// and RDS for SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone).
Timezone *string `type:"string"`
// A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The associated
// list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"}
if s.DBInstanceClass == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass"))
}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupTarget sets the BackupTarget field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupTarget(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.BackupTarget = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomIamInstanceProfile sets the CustomIamInstanceProfile field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCustomIamInstanceProfile(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.CustomIamInstanceProfile = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSystemId sets the DBSystemId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSystemId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DBSystemId = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainAuthSecretArn sets the DomainAuthSecretArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainAuthSecretArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainAuthSecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainDnsIps sets the DomainDnsIps field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainDnsIps(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainDnsIps = v
return s
}
// SetDomainFqdn sets the DomainFqdn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainFqdn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainFqdn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainOu sets the DomainOu field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainOu(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainOu = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetManageMasterUserPassword sets the ManageMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetManageMasterUserPassword(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.ManageMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId sets the MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiTenant sets the MultiTenant field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiTenant(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.MultiTenant = &v
return s
}
// SetNcharCharacterSetName sets the NcharCharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetNcharCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.NcharCharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.PromotionTier = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.Timezone = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate initially for the read replica.
// Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
//
// Be sure to allocate enough storage for your read replica so that the create
// operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional storage for future
// growth.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to automatically apply minor engine upgrades to the read
// replica during the maintenance window.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Default: Inherits the value from the source DB instance.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the read replica will be created.
//
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon
// Web Services Region.
//
// Example: us-east-1d
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the read replica's server certificate.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the read replica to snapshots of
// the read replica. By default, tags aren't copied.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The instance profile associated with the underlying Amazon EC2 instance of
// an RDS Custom DB instance. The instance profile must meet the following requirements:
//
// * The profile must exist in your account.
//
// * The profile must have an IAM role that Amazon EC2 has permissions to
// assume.
//
// * The instance profile name and the associated IAM role name must start
// with the prefix AWSRDSCustom.
//
// For the list of permissions required for the IAM role, see Configure IAM
// and your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-setup-orcl.html#custom-setup-orcl.iam-vpc)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting is required for RDS Custom DB instances.
CustomIamInstanceProfile *string `type:"string"`
// The compute and memory capacity of the read replica, for example db.m4.large.
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions,
// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Default: Inherits the value from the source DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The DB instance identifier of the read replica. This identifier is the unique
// key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
// string.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
//
// If you don't specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then Amazon RDS uses
// the DBParameterGroup of the source DB instance for a same Region read replica,
// or the default DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine for a cross-Region
// read replica.
//
// Specifying a parameter group for this operation is only supported for MySQL
// DB instances for cross-Region read replicas and for Oracle DB instances.
// It isn't supported for MySQL DB instances for same Region read replicas or
// for RDS Custom.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// A DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created in
// the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is specified,
// then the new DB instance isn't created in a VPC.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.
//
// * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same Amazon Web Services
// Region in which the operation is running.
//
// * All read replicas in one Amazon Web Services Region that are created
// from the same source DB instance must either: Specify DB subnet groups
// from the same VPC. All these read replicas are created in the same VPC.
// Not specify a DB subnet group. All these read replicas are created outside
// of any VPC.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the DB instance. The
// database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
// deletion protection isn't enabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently,
// only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can
// be created in an Active Directory Domain.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the credentials for the user
// joining the domain.
//
// Example: arn:aws:secretsmanager:region:account-number:secret:myselfmanagedADtestsecret-123456
DomainAuthSecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of your primary and secondary Active Directory
// domain controllers.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Two IP addresses must be provided. If there isn't a secondary domain
// controller, use the IP address of the primary domain controller for both
// entries in the list.
//
// Example: 123.124.125.126,234.235.236.237
DomainDnsIps []*string `type:"list"`
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an Active Directory domain.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: mymanagedADtest.mymanagedAD.mydomain
DomainFqdn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory organizational unit for your DB instance to join.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the distinguished name format.
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: OU=mymanagedADtestOU,DC=mymanagedADtest,DC=mymanagedAD,DC=mydomain
DomainOu *string `type:"string"`
// The list of logs that the new DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs.
// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) for an RDS
// on Outposts read replica.
//
// A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost
// subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can
// provide lower latency for connections to the read replica from outside of
// its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on
// Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing)
// in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide.
EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable Performance Insights for the read replica.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to initially
// allocate for the DB instance.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted read replica.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you create an encrypted read replica in the same Amazon Web Services Region
// as the source DB instance or Multi-AZ DB cluster, don't specify a value for
// this parameter. A read replica in the same Amazon Web Services Region is
// always encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance or cluster.
//
// If you create an encrypted read replica in a different Amazon Web Services
// Region, then you must specify a KMS key identifier for the destination Amazon
// Web Services Region. KMS keys are specific to the Amazon Web Services Region
// that they are created in, and you can't use KMS keys from one Amazon Web
// Services Region in another Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// You can't create an encrypted read replica from an unencrypted DB instance
// or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom, which uses the same KMS key as
// the primary replica.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically
// scale the storage of the DB instance.
//
// For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply
// to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the read replica. To disable collection of Enhanced Monitoring
// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
//
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must set MonitoringInterval to
// a value other than 0.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
//
// Default: 0
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the read replica is in a Multi-AZ deployment.
//
// You can create a read replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance. RDS creates a standby
// of your replica in another Availability Zone for failover support for the
// replica. Creating your read replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance is independent
// of whether the source is a Multi-AZ DB instance or a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for read replica.
// A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and the IPv6
// protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The option group to associate the DB instance with. If not specified, RDS
// uses the option group associated with the source DB instance or cluster.
//
// For SQL Server, you must use the option group associated with the source.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
// RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon
// Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default
// KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93
// (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// Default: 7 days
//
// If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, Amazon RDS
// returns an error.
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The port number that the DB instance uses for connections.
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
//
// Default: Inherits the value from the source DB instance.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// When you are creating a read replica from one Amazon Web Services GovCloud
// (US) Region to another or from one China Amazon Web Services Region to another,
// the URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
// API operation in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains the
// source DB instance.
//
// This setting applies only to Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Regions and
// China Amazon Web Services Regions. It's ignored in other Amazon Web Services
// Regions.
//
// This setting applies only when replicating from a source DB instance. Source
// DB clusters aren't supported in Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Regions
// and China Amazon Web Services Regions.
//
// You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted read replica
// from another Amazon Web Services Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't
// specify PreSignedUrl when you are creating an encrypted read replica in the
// same Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
// API operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services Region that
// contains the encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must
// contain the following parameter values:
//
// * DestinationRegion - The Amazon Web Services Region that the encrypted
// read replica is created in. This Amazon Web Services Region is the same
// one where the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation is called that contains
// this presigned URL. For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance
// in the us-west-1 Amazon Web Services Region, from a source DB instance
// in the us-east-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then you call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
// operation in the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services Region and provide a presigned
// URL that contains a call to the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation
// in the us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion
// in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services
// Region.
//
// * KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the
// read replica in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. This is the
// same identifier for both the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation that
// is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, and the operation
// contained in the presigned URL.
//
// * SourceDBInstanceIdentifier - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted
// DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
// Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For example,
// if you are creating an encrypted read replica from a DB instance in the
// us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then your SourceDBInstanceIdentifier
// looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115.
//
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
//
// If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify
// SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl
// manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a
// valid request for the operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services
// Region.
//
// SourceRegion isn't supported for SQL Server, because Amazon RDS for SQL Server
// doesn't support cross-Region read replicas.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB cluster is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB cluster's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB cluster's VPC. Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB cluster doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBInstance.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The open mode of the replica database: mounted or read-only.
//
// This parameter is only supported for Oracle DB instances.
//
// Mounted DB replicas are included in Oracle Database Enterprise Edition. The
// main use case for mounted replicas is cross-Region disaster recovery. The
// primary database doesn't use Active Data Guard to transmit information to
// the mounted replica. Because it doesn't accept user connections, a mounted
// replica can't serve a read-only workload.
//
// You can create a combination of mounted and read-only DB replicas for the
// same primary DB instance. For more information, see Working with Oracle Read
// Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For RDS Custom, you must specify this parameter and set it to mounted. The
// value won't be set by default. After replica creation, you can manage the
// open mode manually.
ReplicaMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaMode"`
// The identifier of the Multi-AZ DB cluster that will act as the source for
// the read replica. Each DB cluster can have up to 15 read replicas.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be the identifier of an existing Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// * Can't be specified if the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier parameter is also
// specified.
//
// * The specified DB cluster must have automatic backups enabled, that is,
// its backup retention period must be greater than 0.
//
// * The source DB cluster must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region
// as the read replica. Cross-Region replication isn't supported.
SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the read
// replica. Each DB instance can have up to 15 read replicas, with the exception
// of Oracle and SQL Server, which can have up to five.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be the identifier of an existing Db2, MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL,
// or SQL Server DB instance.
//
// * Can't be specified if the SourceDBClusterIdentifier parameter is also
// specified.
//
// * For the limitations of Oracle read replicas, see Version and licensing
// considerations for RDS for Oracle replicas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.limitations.html#oracle-read-replicas.limitations.versions-and-licenses)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// * For the limitations of SQL Server read replicas, see Read replica limitations
// with SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/SQLServer.ReadReplicas.html#SQLServer.ReadReplicas.Limitations)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, that
// is, its backup retention period must be greater than 0.
//
// * If the source DB instance is in the same Amazon Web Services Region
// as the read replica, specify a valid DB instance identifier.
//
// * If the source DB instance is in a different Amazon Web Services Region
// from the read replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information,
// see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. This doesn't apply to SQL Server or RDS
// Custom, which don't support cross-Region replicas.
SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
// have the same region as the source ARN.
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
// Specifies the storage throughput value for the read replica.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom or Amazon Aurora DB instances.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type to associate with the read replica.
//
// If you specify io1, io2, or gp3, you must also include a value for the Iops
// parameter.
//
// Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | standard
//
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified. Otherwise, gp2.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// Whether to upgrade the storage file system configuration on the read replica.
// This option migrates the read replica from the old storage file system layout
// to the preferred layout.
UpgradeStorageConfig *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its default
// processor features.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the read replica.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomIamInstanceProfile sets the CustomIamInstanceProfile field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCustomIamInstanceProfile(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.CustomIamInstanceProfile = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DestinationRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainAuthSecretArn sets the DomainAuthSecretArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomainAuthSecretArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DomainAuthSecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainDnsIps sets the DomainDnsIps field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomainDnsIps(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DomainDnsIps = v
return s
}
// SetDomainFqdn sets the DomainFqdn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomainFqdn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DomainFqdn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainOu sets the DomainOu field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomainOu(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.DomainOu = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicaMode sets the ReplicaMode field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetReplicaMode(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.ReplicaMode = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.SourceRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetUpgradeStorageConfig sets the UpgradeStorageConfig field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetUpgradeStorageConfig(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.UpgradeStorageConfig = &v
return s
}
// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated
// with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only
// to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible
// with that DB parameter group family.
//
// To list all of the available parameter group families for a DB engine, use
// the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily"
// --engine <engine>
//
// For example, to list all of the available parameter group families for the
// MySQL DB engine, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily"
// --engine mysql
//
// The output contains duplicates.
//
// The following are the valid DB engine values:
//
// * aurora-mysql
//
// * aurora-postgresql
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
//
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the DB parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The description for the DB parameter group.
//
// Description is a required field
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Tags to assign to the DB parameter group.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
}
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
}
if s.Description == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
// action.
DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value.
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput {
s.DBParameterGroup = v
return s
}
type CreateDBProxyEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB proxy endpoint to create.
//
// DBProxyEndpointName is a required field
DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the DB proxy associated with the DB proxy endpoint that you create.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The role of the DB proxy endpoint. The role determines whether the endpoint
// can be used for read/write or only read operations. The default is READ_WRITE.
// The only role that proxies for RDS for Microsoft SQL Server support is READ_WRITE.
TargetRole *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyEndpointTargetRole"`
// The VPC security group IDs for the DB proxy endpoint that you create. You
// can specify a different set of security group IDs than for the original DB
// proxy. The default is the default security group for the VPC.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
// The VPC subnet IDs for the DB proxy endpoint that you create. You can specify
// a different set of subnet IDs than for the original DB proxy.
//
// VpcSubnetIds is a required field
VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBProxyEndpointInput"}
if s.DBProxyEndpointName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyEndpointName"))
}
if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1))
}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if s.DBProxyName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyName", 1))
}
if s.VpcSubnetIds == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcSubnetIds"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetRole sets the TargetRole field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetTargetRole(v string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.TargetRole = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.VpcSubnetIds = v
return s
}
type CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DBProxyEndpoint object that is created by the API operation. The DB proxy
// endpoint that you create might provide capabilities such as read/write or
// read-only operations, or using a different VPC than the proxy's default VPC.
DBProxyEndpoint *DBProxyEndpoint `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxyEndpoint sets the DBProxyEndpoint field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoint(v *DBProxyEndpoint) *CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput {
s.DBProxyEndpoint = v
return s
}
type CreateDBProxyInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The authorization mechanism that the proxy uses.
//
// Auth is a required field
Auth []*UserAuthConfig `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The identifier for the proxy. This name must be unique for all proxies owned
// by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services
// Region. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII
// letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
// hyphens.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements
// in its logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior
// or the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
// in the logs.
DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The kinds of databases that the proxy can connect to. This value determines
// which database network protocol the proxy recognizes when it interprets network
// traffic to and from the database. For Aurora MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and
// RDS for MySQL databases, specify MYSQL. For Aurora PostgreSQL and RDS for
// PostgreSQL databases, specify POSTGRESQL. For RDS for Microsoft SQL Server,
// specify SQLSERVER.
//
// EngineFamily is a required field
EngineFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EngineFamily"`
// The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before
// the proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the
// connection timeout limit for the associated database.
IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for
// connections to the proxy. By enabling this setting, you can enforce encrypted
// TLS connections to the proxy.
RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
// secrets in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// An optional set of key-value pairs to associate arbitrary data of your choosing
// with the proxy.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// One or more VPC security group IDs to associate with the new proxy.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
// One or more VPC subnet IDs to associate with the new proxy.
//
// VpcSubnetIds is a required field
VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBProxyInput"}
if s.Auth == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Auth"))
}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if s.EngineFamily == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineFamily"))
}
if s.RoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
}
if s.VpcSubnetIds == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcSubnetIds"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAuth sets the Auth field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetAuth(v []*UserAuthConfig) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.Auth = v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetDebugLogging sets the DebugLogging field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetDebugLogging(v bool) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.DebugLogging = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineFamily sets the EngineFamily field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetEngineFamily(v string) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.EngineFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetIdleClientTimeout sets the IdleClientTimeout field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetIdleClientTimeout(v int64) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.IdleClientTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetRequireTLS sets the RequireTLS field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetRequireTLS(v bool) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.RequireTLS = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyInput {
s.VpcSubnetIds = v
return s
}
type CreateDBProxyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DBProxy structure corresponding to the new proxy.
DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBProxyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxy sets the DBProxy field's value.
func (s *CreateDBProxyOutput) SetDBProxy(v *DBProxy) *CreateDBProxyOutput {
s.DBProxy = v
return s
}
type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The description for the DB security group.
//
// DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field
DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// * Must not be "Default"
//
// Example: mysecuritygroup
//
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Tags to assign to the DB security group.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSecurityGroupInput"}
if s.DBSecurityGroupDescription == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupDescription"))
}
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput {
s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput {
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput {
s.DBSecurityGroup = v
return s
}
type CreateDBShardGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to create standby instances for the DB shard group. Valid
// values are the following:
//
// * 0 - Creates a single, primary DB instance for each physical shard. This
// is the default value, and the only one supported for the preview.
//
// * 1 - Creates a primary DB instance and a standby instance in a different
// Availability Zone (AZ) for each physical shard.
//
// * 2 - Creates a primary DB instance and two standby instances in different
// AZs for each physical shard.
ComputeRedundancy *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the primary DB cluster for the DB shard group.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the DB shard group.
//
// DBShardGroupIdentifier is a required field
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group in Aurora capacity units (ACUs).
//
// MaxACU is a required field
MaxACU *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether the DB shard group is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB shard group is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB shard group's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB shard group's VPC. Access to the DB shard group is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB shard group doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB shard group isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB shard
// group with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName
// is specified.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB shard group is private.
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB shard group is public.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB shard group is private.
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB shard group is public.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBShardGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBShardGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBShardGroupInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBShardGroupIdentifier"))
}
if s.MaxACU == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MaxACU"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetComputeRedundancy sets the ComputeRedundancy field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupInput) SetComputeRedundancy(v int64) *CreateDBShardGroupInput {
s.ComputeRedundancy = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBShardGroupInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupInput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBShardGroupInput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxACU sets the MaxACU field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupInput) SetMaxACU(v float64) *CreateDBShardGroupInput {
s.MaxACU = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBShardGroupInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
type CreateDBShardGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to create standby instances for the DB shard group. Valid
// values are the following:
//
// * 0 - Creates a single, primary DB instance for each physical shard. This
// is the default value, and the only one supported for the preview.
//
// * 1 - Creates a primary DB instance and a standby instance in a different
// Availability Zone (AZ) for each physical shard.
//
// * 2 - Creates a primary DB instance and two standby instances in different
// AZs for each physical shard.
ComputeRedundancy *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the primary DB cluster for the DB shard group.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB shard group.
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB shard
// group.
DBShardGroupResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The connection endpoint for the DB shard group.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group in Aurora capacity units (ACUs).
MaxACU *float64 `type:"double"`
// Indicates whether the DB shard group is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB shard group is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB shard group's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB shard group's VPC. Access to the DB shard group is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB shard group doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB shard group isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB shard
// group with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBShardGroup.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora Limitless Database.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The status of the DB shard group.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBShardGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBShardGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetComputeRedundancy sets the ComputeRedundancy field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetComputeRedundancy(v int64) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.ComputeRedundancy = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupResourceId sets the DBShardGroupResourceId field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupResourceId(v string) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxACU sets the MaxACU field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetMaxACU(v float64) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.MaxACU = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateDBShardGroupOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier for the DB snapshot.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be null, empty, or blank
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Example: my-snapshot-id
//
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSnapshotInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSnapshotInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CreateDBSnapshotOutput {
s.DBSnapshot = v
return s
}
type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The description for the DB subnet group.
//
// DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores,
// spaces, or hyphens.
//
// * Must not be default.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
//
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
//
// SubnetIds is a required field
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
// Tags to assign to the DB subnet group.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"}
if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription"))
}
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
}
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.SubnetIds = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// action.
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput {
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
return s
}
type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to activate the subscription. If the event notification
// subscription isn't activated, the subscription is created but not active.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of event categories for a particular source type (SourceType) that
// you want to subscribe to. You can see a list of the categories for a given
// source type in the "Amazon RDS event categories and event messages" section
// of the Amazon RDS User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.Messages.html)
// or the Amazon Aurora User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Events.Messages.html).
// You can also see this list by using the DescribeEventCategories operation.
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
// SNS automatically creates the ARN when you create a topic and subscribe to
// it.
//
// RDS doesn't support FIFO (first in, first out) topics. For more information,
// see Message ordering and deduplication (FIFO topics) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-fifo-topics.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide.
//
// SnsTopicArn is a required field
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned.
// If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier
// must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and
// hyphens. It can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
//
// * If the source type is a DB instance, a DBInstanceIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB cluster, a DBClusterIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName value
// must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName value
// must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB cluster snapshot, a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
// value must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is an RDS Proxy, a DBProxyName value must be supplied.
SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want
// to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you set this parameter
// to db-instance. For RDS Proxy events, specify db-proxy. If this value isn't
// specified, all events are returned.
//
// Valid Values:db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group
// | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot | db-proxy | zero-etl | custom-engine-version
// | blue-green-deployment
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the subscription.
//
// Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"}
if s.SnsTopicArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn"))
}
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s.Enabled = &v
return s
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s.EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SourceIds = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SubscriptionName = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// action.
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput {
s.EventSubscription = v
return s
}
type CreateGlobalClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. If you don't
// specify a name, Amazon Aurora doesn't create a database in the global database
// cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this
// case, Amazon Aurora uses the database name from the source DB cluster.
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the new global database
// cluster. The global database can't be deleted when deletion protection is
// enabled.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine to use for this global database cluster.
//
// Valid Values: aurora-mysql | aurora-postgresql
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this
// case, Amazon Aurora uses the engine of the source DB cluster.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The life cycle type for this global database cluster.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your global cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end
// of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting
// the value to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, creating
// the global cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard
// support date.
//
// This setting only applies to Aurora PostgreSQL-based global databases.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your global cluster into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your global cluster past the end of standard support for that
// engine version. For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Extended Support
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The engine version to use for this global database cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this
// case, Amazon Aurora uses the engine version of the source DB cluster.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The cluster identifier for this global database cluster. This parameter is
// stored as a lowercase string.
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to use as the primary cluster of the global
// database.
//
// If you provide a value for this parameter, don't specify values for the following
// settings because Amazon Aurora uses the values from the specified source
// DB cluster:
//
// * DatabaseName
//
// * Engine
//
// * EngineVersion
//
// * StorageEncrypted
SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable storage encryption for the new global database
// cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this
// case, Amazon Aurora uses the setting from the source DB cluster.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateGlobalClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateGlobalClusterInput {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
type CreateGlobalClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateGlobalClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value.
func (s *CreateGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *CreateGlobalClusterOutput {
s.GlobalCluster = v
return s
}
type CreateIntegrationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional set of non-secret key–value pairs that contains additional
// contextual information about the data. For more information, see Encryption
// context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
// in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// You can only include this parameter if you specify the KMSKeyId parameter.
AdditionalEncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Data filtering options for the integration. For more information, see Data
// filtering for Aurora zero-ETL integrations with Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/zero-etl.filtering.html).
//
// Valid for: Integrations with Aurora MySQL source DB clusters only
DataFilter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A description of the integration.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the integration.
//
// IntegrationName is a required field
IntegrationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Amazon Web Services Key Management System (Amazon Web Services KMS) key
// identifier for the key to use to encrypt the integration. If you don't specify
// an encryption key, RDS uses a default Amazon Web Services owned key.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the database to use as the source for replication.
//
// SourceArn is a required field
SourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the Redshift data warehouse to use as the target for replication.
//
// TargetArn is a required field
TargetArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateIntegrationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateIntegrationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateIntegrationInput"}
if s.DataFilter != nil && len(*s.DataFilter) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataFilter", 1))
}
if s.IntegrationName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IntegrationName"))
}
if s.IntegrationName != nil && len(*s.IntegrationName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IntegrationName", 1))
}
if s.SourceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceArn"))
}
if s.SourceArn != nil && len(*s.SourceArn) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SourceArn", 1))
}
if s.TargetArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetArn"))
}
if s.TargetArn != nil && len(*s.TargetArn) < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetArn", 20))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAdditionalEncryptionContext sets the AdditionalEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetAdditionalEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.AdditionalEncryptionContext = v
return s
}
// SetDataFilter sets the DataFilter field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetDataFilter(v string) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.DataFilter = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationName sets the IntegrationName field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetIntegrationName(v string) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.IntegrationName = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetSourceArn(v string) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetArn sets the TargetArn field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationInput) SetTargetArn(v string) *CreateIntegrationInput {
s.TargetArn = &v
return s
}
// A zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
type CreateIntegrationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The encryption context for the integration. For more information, see Encryption
// context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
// in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
AdditionalEncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The time when the integration was created, in Universal Coordinated Time
// (UTC).
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Data filters for the integration. These filters determine which tables from
// the source database are sent to the target Amazon Redshift data warehouse.
DataFilter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A description of the integration.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Any errors associated with the integration.
Errors []*IntegrationError `locationNameList:"IntegrationError" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the integration.
IntegrationArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the integration.
IntegrationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Key Management System (Amazon Web Services KMS) key
// identifier for the key used to to encrypt the integration.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the database used as the source for replication.
SourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The current status of the integration.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"IntegrationStatus"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the Redshift data warehouse used as the target for replication.
TargetArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateIntegrationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateIntegrationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAdditionalEncryptionContext sets the AdditionalEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetAdditionalEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.AdditionalEncryptionContext = v
return s
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDataFilter sets the DataFilter field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetDataFilter(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.DataFilter = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetErrors(v []*IntegrationError) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationArn sets the IntegrationArn field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetIntegrationArn(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.IntegrationArn = &v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationName sets the IntegrationName field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetIntegrationName(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.IntegrationName = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetSourceArn(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetArn sets the TargetArn field's value.
func (s *CreateIntegrationOutput) SetTargetArn(v string) *CreateIntegrationOutput {
s.TargetArn = &v
return s
}
type CreateOptionGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the engine to associate this option group with.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
//
// EngineName is a required field
EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be
// associated with.
//
// MajorEngineVersion is a required field
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The description of the option group.
//
// OptionGroupDescription is a required field
OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the name of the option group to be created.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Example: myoptiongroup
//
// OptionGroupName is a required field
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Tags to assign to the option group.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOptionGroupInput"}
if s.EngineName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName"))
}
if s.MajorEngineVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MajorEngineVersion"))
}
if s.OptionGroupDescription == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupDescription"))
}
if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetEngineName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
s.EngineName = &v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
s.OptionGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CreateOptionGroupOutput {
s.OptionGroup = v
return s
}
type CreateTenantDatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The character set for your tenant database. If you don't specify a value,
// the character set name defaults to AL32UTF8.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// The user-supplied DB instance identifier. RDS creates your tenant database
// in this DB instance. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The password for the master user in your tenant database.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 8 to 30 characters.
//
// * Can include any printable ASCII character except forward slash (/),
// double quote ("), at symbol (@), ampersand (&), or single quote (').
//
// MasterUserPassword is a sensitive parameter and its value will be
// replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CreateTenantDatabaseInput's
// String and GoString methods.
//
// MasterUserPassword is a required field
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
// The name for the master user account in your tenant database. RDS creates
// this user account in the tenant database and grants privileges to the master
// user. This parameter is case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters, numbers, or underscores.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
//
// MasterUsername is a required field
MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The NCHAR value for the tenant database.
NcharCharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The user-supplied name of the tenant database that you want to create in
// your DB instance. This parameter has the same constraints as DBName in CreateDBInstance.
//
// TenantDBName is a required field
TenantDBName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateTenantDatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateTenantDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTenantDatabaseInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.MasterUserPassword == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword"))
}
if s.MasterUsername == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername"))
}
if s.TenantDBName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TenantDBName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateTenantDatabaseInput {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateTenantDatabaseInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateTenantDatabaseInput {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateTenantDatabaseInput {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetNcharCharacterSetName sets the NcharCharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) SetNcharCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateTenantDatabaseInput {
s.NcharCharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateTenantDatabaseInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTenantDBName sets the TenantDBName field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseInput) SetTenantDBName(v string) *CreateTenantDatabaseInput {
s.TenantDBName = &v
return s
}
type CreateTenantDatabaseOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A tenant database in the DB instance. This data type is an element in the
// response to the DescribeTenantDatabases action.
TenantDatabase *TenantDatabase `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateTenantDatabaseOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateTenantDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTenantDatabase sets the TenantDatabase field's value.
func (s *CreateTenantDatabaseOutput) SetTenantDatabase(v *TenantDatabase) *CreateTenantDatabaseOutput {
s.TenantDatabase = v
return s
}
// A value that indicates the AMI information.
type CustomDBEngineVersionAMI struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A value that indicates the ID of the AMI.
ImageId *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates the status of a custom engine version (CEV).
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
func (s *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) SetImageId(v string) *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI {
s.ImageId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) SetStatus(v string) *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
type DBCluster struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity
// stream.
ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in
// the database activity stream.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
ActivityStreamKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change
// or access generate an activity stream event. The database session can handle
// these events either synchronously or asynchronously.
ActivityStreamMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"`
// The status of the database activity stream.
ActivityStreamStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"`
// For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, AllocatedStorage specifies
// the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, AllocatedStorage
// always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size isn't fixed, but
// instead automatically adjusts as needed.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A list of the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles
// that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with
// a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon Web
// Services on your behalf.
AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether minor version patches are applied automatically.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The time when a stopped DB cluster is restarted automatically.
AutomaticRestartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can
// be created.
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services
// Backup.
AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The number of change records stored for Backtrack.
BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords *int64 `type:"long"`
// The target backtrack window, in seconds. If this value is set to 0, backtracking
// is disabled for the DB cluster. Otherwise, backtracking is enabled.
BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`
// The number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The current capacity of an Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster. The capacity
// is 0 (zero) when the cluster is paused.
//
// For more information about Aurora Serverless v1, see Using Amazon Aurora
// Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The details of the DB instance’s server certificate.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CertificateDetails *CertificateDetails `type:"structure"`
// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is
// associated with.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// The ID of the clone group with which the DB cluster is associated.
CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Indicates whether tags are copied from the DB cluster to snapshots of the
// DB cluster.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB cluster is a clone of a DB cluster owned by a different
// Amazon Web Services account.
CrossAccountClone *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The custom endpoints associated with the DB cluster.
CustomEndpoints []*string `type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster.
DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
// The user-supplied identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is the unique
// key that identifies a DB cluster.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
DBClusterInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The list of DB instances that make up the DB cluster.
DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"`
// The list of option group memberships for this DB cluster.
DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"`
// Information about the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, including
// the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
DBSystemId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the initial database that was specified for the DB cluster when
// it was created, if one was provided. This same name is returned for the life
// of the DB cluster.
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster.
// This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever
// the KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed.
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB cluster.
DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"`
// The earliest time to which a DB cluster can be backtracked.
EarliestBacktrackTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
// restore.
EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch
// Logs.
//
// Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each
// DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// The connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The database engine used for this DB cluster.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The life cycle type for the DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateDBCluster.html).
EngineMode *string `type:"string"`
// The version of the database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether write forwarding is enabled for a secondary cluster in
// an Aurora global database. Because write forwarding takes time to enable,
// check the value of GlobalWriteForwardingStatus to confirm that the request
// has completed before using the write forwarding feature for this cluster.
GlobalWriteForwardingRequested *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The status of write forwarding for a secondary cluster in an Aurora global
// database.
GlobalWriteForwardingStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"WriteForwardingStatus"`
// The ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the HTTP endpoint is enabled for an Aurora DB cluster.
//
// When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API
// (RDS Data API) for running SQL queries on the DB cluster. You can also query
// your database from inside the RDS console with the RDS query editor.
//
// For more information, see Using RDS Data API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
HttpEndpointEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The next time you can modify the DB cluster to use the aurora-iopt1 storage
// type.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora DB clusters.
IOOptimizedNextAllowedModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// If StorageEncrypted is enabled, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier
// for the encrypted DB cluster.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore.
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The details for Aurora Limitless Database.
LimitlessDatabase *LimitlessDatabase `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether an Aurora DB cluster has in-cluster write forwarding enabled,
// not enabled, requested, or is in the process of enabling it.
LocalWriteForwardingStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"LocalWriteForwardingStatus"`
// The secret managed by RDS in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the
// master user password.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
MasterUserSecret *MasterUserSecret `type:"structure"`
// The master username for the DB cluster.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the DB cluster.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and
// the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// Information about pending changes to the DB cluster. This information is
// returned only when there are pending changes. Specific changes are identified
// by subelements.
PendingModifiedValues *ClusterPendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
// The progress of the operation as a percentage.
PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether Performance Insights is enabled for the DB cluster.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93
// (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// Default: 7 days
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The port that the database engine is listening on.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB cluster is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB cluster is publicly accessible and you connect from outside of
// the DB cluster's virtual private cloud (VPC), its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the public IP address. When you connect from within
// the same VPC as the DB cluster, the endpoint resolves to the private IP address.
// Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled by the security group it
// uses. That public access isn't permitted if the security group assigned to
// the DB cluster doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB cluster isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB cluster
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Reserved for future use.
RdsCustomClusterConfiguration *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// Contains one or more identifiers of the read replicas associated with this
// DB cluster.
ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"`
// The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster
// load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in
// a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint,
// Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the
// DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across
// multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster.
//
// If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is
// promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue
// sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can
// then reconnect to the reader endpoint.
ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a read replica.
ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine
// mode.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
ScalingConfigurationInfo *ScalingConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"`
// The scaling configuration for an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration *ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"`
// The current state of this DB cluster.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
StatusInfos []*DBClusterStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBClusterStatusInfo" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage throughput for the DB cluster. The throughput is automatically
// set based on the IOPS that you provision, and is not configurable.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type associated with the DB cluster.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to.
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBCluster) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBCluster) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName sets the ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName(v string) *DBCluster {
s.ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId sets the ActivityStreamKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster {
s.ActivityStreamKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamMode sets the ActivityStreamMode field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamMode(v string) *DBCluster {
s.ActivityStreamMode = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamStatus sets the ActivityStreamStatus field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamStatus(v string) *DBCluster {
s.ActivityStreamStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster {
s.AssociatedRoles = v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAutomaticRestartTime sets the AutomaticRestartTime field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetAutomaticRestartTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
s.AutomaticRestartTime = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster {
s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DBCluster {
s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords sets the BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.BacktrackWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCapacity sets the Capacity field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetCapacity(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.Capacity = &v
return s
}
// SetCertificateDetails sets the CertificateDetails field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetCertificateDetails(v *CertificateDetails) *DBCluster {
s.CertificateDetails = v
return s
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetCloneGroupId sets the CloneGroupId field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetCloneGroupId(v string) *DBCluster {
s.CloneGroupId = &v
return s
}
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetCrossAccountClone sets the CrossAccountClone field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetCrossAccountClone(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.CrossAccountClone = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomEndpoints sets the CustomEndpoints field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetCustomEndpoints(v []*string) *DBCluster {
s.CustomEndpoints = v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DBClusterArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterInstanceClass sets the DBClusterInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterInstanceClass(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DBClusterInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster {
s.DBClusterMembers = v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster {
s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DBSubnetGroup = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSystemId sets the DBSystemId field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSystemId(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DBSystemId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster {
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBCluster {
s.DomainMemberships = v
return s
}
// SetEarliestBacktrackTime sets the EarliestBacktrackTime field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestBacktrackTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
s.EarliestBacktrackTime = &v
return s
}
// SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v
return s
}
// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBCluster {
s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *DBCluster {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineMode(v string) *DBCluster {
s.EngineMode = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalWriteForwardingRequested sets the GlobalWriteForwardingRequested field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetGlobalWriteForwardingRequested(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.GlobalWriteForwardingRequested = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus sets the GlobalWriteForwardingStatus field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus(v string) *DBCluster {
s.GlobalWriteForwardingStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster {
s.HostedZoneId = &v
return s
}
// SetHttpEndpointEnabled sets the HttpEndpointEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetHttpEndpointEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.HttpEndpointEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetIOOptimizedNextAllowedModificationTime sets the IOOptimizedNextAllowedModificationTime field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetIOOptimizedNextAllowedModificationTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
s.IOOptimizedNextAllowedModificationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetIops(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
s.LatestRestorableTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLimitlessDatabase sets the LimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetLimitlessDatabase(v *LimitlessDatabase) *DBCluster {
s.LimitlessDatabase = v
return s
}
// SetLocalWriteForwardingStatus sets the LocalWriteForwardingStatus field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetLocalWriteForwardingStatus(v string) *DBCluster {
s.LocalWriteForwardingStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecret sets the MasterUserSecret field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUserSecret(v *MasterUserSecret) *DBCluster {
s.MasterUserSecret = v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBCluster {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetNetworkType(v string) *DBCluster {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) *DBCluster {
s.PendingModifiedValues = v
return s
}
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster {
s.PercentProgress = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBCluster {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration sets the RdsCustomClusterConfiguration field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration(v *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) *DBCluster {
s.RdsCustomClusterConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster {
s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster {
s.ReaderEndpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster {
s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetScalingConfigurationInfo sets the ScalingConfigurationInfo field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetScalingConfigurationInfo(v *ScalingConfigurationInfo) *DBCluster {
s.ScalingConfigurationInfo = v
return s
}
// SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration sets the ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration(v *ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo) *DBCluster {
s.ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBClusterStatusInfo) *DBCluster {
s.StatusInfos = v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *DBCluster {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageType(v string) *DBCluster {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBCluster {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster {
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// An automated backup of a DB cluster. It consists of system backups, transaction
// logs, and the database cluster properties that existed at the time you deleted
// the source cluster.
type DBClusterAutomatedBackup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, AllocatedStorage specifies
// the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, AllocatedStorage
// always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size isn't fixed, but
// instead automatically adjusts as needed.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Availability Zones where instances in the DB cluster can be created.
// For information on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see
// Regions and Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services
// Backup.
AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The retention period for the automated backups.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster.
DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backups.
DBClusterAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the source DB cluster, which can't be changed and which
// is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The resource ID for the source DB cluster, which can't be changed and which
// is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the database engine for this automated backup.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The engine mode of the database engine for the automated backup.
EngineMode *string `type:"string"`
// The version of the database engine for the automated backup.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the automated backup.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key ID for an automated backup.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The license model information for this DB cluster automated backup.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// The master user name of the automated backup.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The port number that the automated backup used for connections.
//
// Default: Inherits from the source DB cluster
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region associated with the automated backup.
Region *string `type:"string"`
// Earliest and latest time an instance can be restored to:
RestoreWindow *RestoreWindow `type:"structure"`
// A list of status information for an automated backup:
//
// * retained - Automated backups for deleted clusters.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the source DB cluster is encrypted.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage throughput for the automated backup. The throughput is automatically
// set based on the IOPS that you provision, and is not configurable.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type associated with the DB cluster.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// The VPC ID associated with the DB cluster.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterAutomatedBackup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterAutomatedBackup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.DBClusterArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBClusterAutomatedBackupsArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetDBClusterAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.DBClusterAutomatedBackupsArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetEngineMode(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.EngineMode = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetIops(v int64) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetRegion(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.Region = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreWindow sets the RestoreWindow field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetRestoreWindow(v *RestoreWindow) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.RestoreWindow = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetStorageType(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterAutomatedBackup {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon
// Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following
// actions:
//
// - CreateDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
//
// - ModifyDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DeleteDBClusterEndpoint
//
// For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints,
// see Endpoint.
type DBClusterEndpoint struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
// a lowercase string.
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
// for the whole life of the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DNS address of the endpoint.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
EndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
// inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't
// be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only
// secondary cluster in a global database.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterEndpoint) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterEndpoint) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.CustomEndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetEndpointType(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.EndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.ExcludedMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.StaticMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster.
type DBClusterMember struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of
// the DB cluster.
DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the cluster member is the primary DB instance for the DB
// cluster.
IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterMember) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value.
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value.
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember {
s.IsClusterWriter = &v
return s
}
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember {
s.PromotionTier = &v
return s
}
// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group.
type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group.
DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus {
s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
// action.
type DBClusterParameterGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group.
DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter
// group is compatible with.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter
// group.
Description *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// Describes an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role
// that is associated with a DB cluster.
type DBClusterRole struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the feature associated with the Amazon Web Services Identity
// and Access Management (IAM) role. For information about supported feature
// names, see DBEngineVersion.
FeatureName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the
// DB cluster.
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster.
// The Status property returns one of the following values:
//
// * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can
// be used to access other Amazon Web Services on your behalf.
//
// * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster.
//
// * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the
// DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other Amazon
// Web Services on your behalf.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterRole) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value.
func (s *DBClusterRole) SetFeatureName(v string) *DBClusterRole {
s.FeatureName = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// action.
type DBClusterSnapshot struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The allocated storage size of the DB cluster snapshot in gibibytes (GiB).
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster snapshot
// can be restored.
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
// The time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot
// was created from.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot.
DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
DBSystemId *string `type:"string"`
// The resource ID of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot was created
// from.
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The engine mode of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
EngineMode *string `type:"string"`
// The version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for
// the encrypted DB cluster snapshot.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// The master username for this DB cluster snapshot.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the snapshot.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The type of the DB cluster snapshot.
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
// If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot,
// the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise,
// a null value.
SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
// The status of this DB cluster snapshot. Valid statuses are the following:
//
// * available
//
// * copying
//
// * creating
Status *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage throughput for the DB cluster snapshot. The throughput is automatically
// set based on the IOPS that you provision, and is not configurable.
//
// This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora DB clusters.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSystemId sets the DBSystemId field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBSystemId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.DBSystemId = &v
return s
}
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineMode(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.EngineMode = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.PercentProgress = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.SnapshotType = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
//
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon
// Web Services accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
// see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
//
// The attribute named restore refers to the list of Amazon Web Services accounts
// that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For
// more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
AttributeName *string `type:"string"`
// The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
//
// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a
// list of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized to copy
// or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list,
// then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any Amazon
// Web Services account to copy or restore.
AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute {
s.AttributeName = &v
return s
}
// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute {
s.AttributeValues = v
return s
}
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon
// Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For
// more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot.
DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`
// The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply
// to.
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult {
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// Reserved for future use.
type DBClusterStatusInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Reserved for future use.
Message *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Reserved for future use.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
StatusType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterStatusInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBClusterStatusInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func (s *DBClusterStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBClusterStatusInfo {
s.Message = &v
return s
}
// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value.
func (s *DBClusterStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBClusterStatusInfo {
s.Normal = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBClusterStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterStatusInfo {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value.
func (s *DBClusterStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBClusterStatusInfo {
s.StatusType = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
type DBEngineVersion struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The creation time of the DB engine version.
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// JSON string that lists the installation files and parameters that RDS Custom
// uses to create a custom engine version (CEV). RDS Custom applies the patches
// in the order in which they're listed in the manifest. You can set the Oracle
// home, Oracle base, and UNIX/Linux user and group using the installation parameters.
// For more information, see JSON fields in the CEV manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-cev.preparing.html#custom-cev.preparing.manifest.fields)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
CustomDBEngineVersionManifest *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine.
DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates the source media provider of the AMI based on the
// usage operation. Applicable for RDS Custom for SQL Server.
DBEngineMediaType *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN of the custom engine version.
DBEngineVersionArn *string `type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine version.
DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database installation
// files.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 directory that contains the database installation files. If
// not specified, then no prefix is assumed.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API isn't specified.
DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`
// The name of the database engine.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch
// Logs.
ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
// The EC2 image
Image *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted CEV. This parameter
// is required for RDS Custom, but optional for Amazon RDS.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The major engine version of the CEV.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the DB engine version, either available or deprecated.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// A list of the supported CA certificate identifiers.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the supported DB engine modes.
SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of features supported by the DB engine.
//
// The supported features vary by DB engine and DB engine version.
//
// To determine the supported features for a specific DB engine and DB engine
// version using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine <engine_name> --engine-version
// <engine_version>
//
// For example, to determine the supported features for RDS for PostgreSQL version
// 13.3 using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --engine-version 13.3
//
// The supported features are listed under SupportedFeatureNames in the output.
SupportedFeatureNames []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by the Oracle DB engine for the NcharCharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedNcharCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter
// of the CreateDBInstance action.
SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL.
SupportsBabelfish *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports rotating the server certificate
// without rebooting the DB instance.
SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with a specific DB
// engine version.
SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports zero-ETL integrations with
// Amazon Redshift.
SupportsIntegrations *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports Aurora Limitless Database.
SupportsLimitlessDatabase *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports forwarding write operations
// from reader DB instances to the writer DB instance in the DB cluster. By
// default, write operations aren't allowed on reader DB instances.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
SupportsLocalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the log types specified
// by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs.
SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with a specific DB engine
// version.
SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas.
SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
// to.
ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBEngineVersion {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest sets the CustomDBEngineVersionManifest field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.CustomDBEngineVersionManifest = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DBEngineDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineMediaType sets the DBEngineMediaType field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineMediaType(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DBEngineMediaType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionArn sets the DBEngineVersionArn field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionArn(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DBEngineVersionArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion {
s.DefaultCharacterSet = v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.ExportableLogTypes = v
return s
}
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetImage(v *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) *DBEngineVersion {
s.Image = v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetStatus(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers sets the SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportedCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportedEngineModes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedFeatureNames sets the SupportedFeatureNames field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedFeatureNames(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportedFeatureNames = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets sets the SupportedNcharCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportedNcharCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportedTimezones = v
return s
}
// SetSupportsBabelfish sets the SupportsBabelfish field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsBabelfish(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsBabelfish = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart sets the SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsIntegrations sets the SupportsIntegrations field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsIntegrations(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsIntegrations = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase sets the SupportsLimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsLimitlessDatabase = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding sets the SupportsLocalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsLocalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
s.SupportsReadReplica = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBEngineVersion {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value.
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion {
s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v
return s
}
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
type DBInstance struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether engine-native audit fields are included in the database
// activity stream.
ActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity
// stream.
ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in
// the database activity stream. The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier
// is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
ActivityStreamKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change
// or access generate an activity stream event. RDS for Oracle always handles
// these events asynchronously.
ActivityStreamMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"`
// The status of the policy state of the activity stream.
ActivityStreamPolicyStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamPolicyStatus"`
// The status of the database activity stream.
ActivityStreamStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"`
// The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) allocated for the DB instance.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles associated
// with the DB instance.
AssociatedRoles []*DBInstanceRole `locationNameList:"DBInstanceRole" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether minor version patches are applied automatically.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The time when a stopped DB instance is restarted automatically.
AutomaticRestartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The automation mode of the RDS Custom DB instance: full or all paused. If
// full, the DB instance automates monitoring and instance recovery. If all
// paused, the instance pauses automation for the duration set by --resume-full-automation-mode-minutes.
AutomationMode *string `type:"string" enum:"AutomationMode"`
// The name of the Availability Zone where the DB instance is located.
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services
// Backup.
AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The location where automated backups and manual snapshots are stored: Amazon
// Web Services Outposts or the Amazon Web Services Region.
BackupTarget *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The details of the DB instance's server certificate.
CertificateDetails *CertificateDetails `type:"structure"`
// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is
// associated with.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the
// DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Copying tags to
// snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting this value for an Aurora
// DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting. For more information,
// see DBCluster.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The instance profile associated with the underlying Amazon EC2 instance of
// an RDS Custom DB instance. The instance profile must meet the following requirements:
//
// * The profile must exist in your account.
//
// * The profile must have an IAM role that Amazon EC2 has permissions to
// assume.
//
// * The instance profile name and the associated IAM role name must start
// with the prefix AWSRDSCustom.
//
// For the list of permissions required for the IAM role, see Configure IAM
// and your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-setup-orcl.html#custom-setup-orcl.iam-vpc)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
CustomIamInstanceProfile *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) is enabled for an RDS
// on Outposts DB instance.
//
// A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost
// subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can
// provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of
// its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on
// Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing)
// in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide.
CustomerOwnedIpEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, indicates the name of the
// DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance.
DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The list of replicated automated backups associated with the DB instance.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" type:"list"`
// The name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique key
// that identifies a DB instance.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The current state of this database.
//
// For information about DB instance statuses, see Viewing DB instance status
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/accessing-monitoring.html#Overview.DBInstance.Status)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`
// The initial database name that you provided (if required) when you created
// the DB instance. This name is returned for the life of your DB instance.
// For an RDS for Oracle CDB instance, the name identifies the PDB rather than
// the CDB.
DBName *string `type:"string"`
// The list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance.
DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`
// A list of DB security group elements containing DBSecurityGroup.Name and
// DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
// Information about the subnet group associated with the DB instance, including
// the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
// The Oracle system ID (Oracle SID) for a container database (CDB). The Oracle
// SID is also the name of the CDB. This setting is only valid for RDS Custom
// DB instances.
DBSystemId *string `type:"string"`
// The port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is part of a
// DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port.
DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance.
// This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever
// the Amazon Web Services KMS key for the DB instance is accessed.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. For more information,
// see Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance.
DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"`
// A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch
// Logs.
//
// Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each
// DB engine, see Monitoring Amazon RDS log files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// The connection endpoint for the DB instance.
//
// The endpoint might not be shown for instances with the status of creating.
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
// The database engine used for this DB instance.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The life cycle type for the DB instance.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBInstance.
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The version of the database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that
// receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.
EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled for the DB instance.
//
// For a list of engine versions that support IAM database authentication, see
// IAM database authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RDS_Fea_Regions_DB-eng.Feature.IamDatabaseAuthentication.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and IAM database authentication in Aurora (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.Aurora_Fea_Regions_DB-eng.Feature.IAMdbauth.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The date and time when the DB instance was created.
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the DB instance.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Indicates whether an upgrade is recommended for the storage file system configuration
// on the DB instance. To migrate to the preferred configuration, you can either
// create a blue/green deployment, or create a read replica from the DB instance.
// For more information, see Upgrading the storage file system for a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.UpgradeFileSystem).
IsStorageConfigUpgradeAvailable *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If StorageEncrypted is enabled, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier
// for the encrypted DB instance.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The latest time to which a database in this DB instance can be restored with
// point-in-time restore.
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The license model information for this DB instance. This setting doesn't
// apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// The listener connection endpoint for SQL Server Always On.
ListenerEndpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
// The secret managed by RDS in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the
// master user password.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
MasterUserSecret *MasterUserSecret `type:"structure"`
// The master username for the DB instance.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically
// scale the storage of the DB instance.
MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the DB instance.
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. This setting
// doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is in the multi-tenant configuration (TRUE)
// or the single-tenant configuration (FALSE).
MultiTenant *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the NCHAR character set for the Oracle DB instance. This character
// set specifies the Unicode encoding for data stored in table columns of type
// NCHAR, NCLOB, or NVARCHAR2.
NcharCharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4
// and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The list of option group memberships for this DB instance.
OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"`
// Information about pending changes to the DB instance. This information is
// returned only when there are pending changes. Specific changes are identified
// by subelements.
PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
// The progress of the storage optimization operation as a percentage.
PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance.
PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93
// (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// Default: 7 days
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// The order of priority in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary
// instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information,
// see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.AuroraHighAvailability.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB instance is publicly accessible and you connect from outside
// of the DB instance's virtual private cloud (VPC), its Domain Name System
// (DNS) endpoint resolves to the public IP address. When you connect from within
// the same VPC as the DB instance, the endpoint resolves to the private IP
// address. Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled by the security
// group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the security group assigned
// to the DB cluster doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBInstance.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The identifiers of Aurora DB clusters to which the RDS DB instance is replicated
// as a read replica. For example, when you create an Aurora read replica of
// an RDS for MySQL DB instance, the Aurora MySQL DB cluster for the Aurora
// read replica is shown. This output doesn't contain information about cross-Region
// Aurora read replicas.
//
// Currently, each RDS DB instance can have only one Aurora read replica.
ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"`
// The identifiers of the read replicas associated with this DB instance.
ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"`
// The identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB instance is a read replica.
ReadReplicaSourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is a read replica.
ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The open mode of an Oracle read replica. The default is open-read-only. For
// more information, see Working with Oracle Read Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This attribute is only supported in RDS for Oracle.
ReplicaMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaMode"`
// The number of minutes to pause the automation. When the time period ends,
// RDS Custom resumes full automation. The minimum value is 60 (default). The
// maximum value is 1,440.
ResumeFullAutomationModeTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB
// instance with multi-AZ support.
SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The status of a read replica. If the DB instance isn't a read replica, the
// value is blank.
StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance is encrypted.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage throughput for the DB instance.
//
// This setting applies only to the gp3 storage type.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type associated with the DB instance.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE
// encryption.
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
// The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is
// empty. Timezone content appears only for RDS for Db2 and RDS for SQL Server
// DB instances that were created with a time zone specified.
Timezone *string `type:"string"`
// The list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups that the DB instance belongs to.
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstance) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstance) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded sets the ActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.ActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName sets the ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId sets the ActivityStreamKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ActivityStreamKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamMode sets the ActivityStreamMode field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamMode(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ActivityStreamMode = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamPolicyStatus sets the ActivityStreamPolicyStatus field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamPolicyStatus(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ActivityStreamPolicyStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetActivityStreamStatus sets the ActivityStreamStatus field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamStatus(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ActivityStreamStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBInstanceRole) *DBInstance {
s.AssociatedRoles = v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAutomaticRestartTime sets the AutomaticRestartTime field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetAutomaticRestartTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
s.AutomaticRestartTime = &v
return s
}
// SetAutomationMode sets the AutomationMode field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetAutomationMode(v string) *DBInstance {
s.AutomationMode = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DBInstance {
s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupTarget sets the BackupTarget field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupTarget(v string) *DBInstance {
s.BackupTarget = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCertificateDetails sets the CertificateDetails field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetCertificateDetails(v *CertificateDetails) *DBInstance {
s.CertificateDetails = v
return s
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomIamInstanceProfile sets the CustomIamInstanceProfile field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetCustomIamInstanceProfile(v string) *DBInstance {
s.CustomIamInstanceProfile = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomerOwnedIpEnabled sets the CustomerOwnedIpEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetCustomerOwnedIpEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.CustomerOwnedIpEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DBInstanceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) *DBInstance {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications = v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DBInstanceStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DBName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance {
s.DBParameterGroups = v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance {
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance {
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
return s
}
// SetDBSystemId sets the DBSystemId field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSystemId(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DBSystemId = &v
return s
}
// SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.DbInstancePort = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance {
s.DomainMemberships = v
return s
}
// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBInstance {
s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance {
s.Endpoint = v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *DBInstance {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance {
s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
s.InstanceCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetIsStorageConfigUpgradeAvailable sets the IsStorageConfigUpgradeAvailable field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetIsStorageConfigUpgradeAvailable(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.IsStorageConfigUpgradeAvailable = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
s.LatestRestorableTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetListenerEndpoint sets the ListenerEndpoint field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetListenerEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance {
s.ListenerEndpoint = v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecret sets the MasterUserSecret field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUserSecret(v *MasterUserSecret) *DBInstance {
s.MasterUserSecret = v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiTenant sets the MultiTenant field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiTenant(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.MultiTenant = &v
return s
}
// SetNcharCharacterSetName sets the NcharCharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetNcharCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance {
s.NcharCharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetNetworkType(v string) *DBInstance {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance {
s.OptionGroupMemberships = v
return s
}
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance {
s.PendingModifiedValues = v
return s
}
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBInstance {
s.PercentProgress = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBInstance {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *DBInstance {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.PromotionTier = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance {
s.ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance {
s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetReadReplicaSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ReadReplicaSourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicaMode sets the ReplicaMode field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetReplicaMode(v string) *DBInstance {
s.ReplicaMode = &v
return s
}
// SetResumeFullAutomationModeTime sets the ResumeFullAutomationModeTime field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetResumeFullAutomationModeTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
s.ResumeFullAutomationModeTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance {
s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance {
s.StatusInfos = v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *DBInstance {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBInstance {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance {
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance {
s.Timezone = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance {
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction
// logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted
// the source instance.
type DBInstanceAutomatedBackup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The allocated storage size for the the automated backup in gibibytes (GiB).
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Availability Zone that the automated backup was created in. For information
// on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability
// Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services
// Backup.
AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The retention period for the automated backups.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The location where automated backups are stored: Amazon Web Services Outposts
// or the Amazon Web Services Region.
BackupTarget *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backups.
DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the replicated automated backups.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"`
// The list of replications to different Amazon Web Services Regions associated
// with the automated backup.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" type:"list"`
// The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which
// is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The resource ID for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which
// is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the automated backup is encrypted.
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the database engine for this automated backup.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The version of the database engine for the automated backup.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// True if mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM)
// accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The date and time when the DB instance was created.
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the automated backup.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key ID for an automated backup.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The license model information for the automated backup.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// The master user name of an automated backup.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the automatic backup is for a DB instance in the multi-tenant
// configuration (TRUE) or the single-tenant configuration (FALSE).
MultiTenant *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The option group the automated backup is associated with. If omitted, the
// default option group for the engine specified is used.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The port number that the automated backup used for connections.
//
// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region associated with the automated backup.
Region *string `type:"string"`
// The earliest and latest time a DB instance can be restored to.
RestoreWindow *RestoreWindow `type:"structure"`
// A list of status information for an automated backup:
//
// * active - Automated backups for current instances.
//
// * retained - Automated backups for deleted instances.
//
// * creating - Automated backups that are waiting for the first automated
// snapshot to be available.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The storage throughput for the automated backup.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type associated with the automated backup.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN from the key store with which the automated backup is associated
// for TDE encryption.
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
// The time zone of the automated backup. In most cases, the Timezone element
// is empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances
// that were created with a time zone specified.
Timezone *string `type:"string"`
// The VPC ID associated with the DB instance.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupTarget sets the BackupTarget field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetBackupTarget(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.BackupTarget = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.DBInstanceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications = v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.Encrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.InstanceCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiTenant sets the MultiTenant field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetMultiTenant(v bool) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.MultiTenant = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetPort(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetRegion(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.Region = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreWindow sets the RestoreWindow field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetRestoreWindow(v *RestoreWindow) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.RestoreWindow = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.Timezone = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// Automated backups of a DB instance replicated to another Amazon Web Services
// Region. They consist of system backups, transaction logs, and database instance
// properties.
type DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v
return s
}
// Information about an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM)
// role that is associated with a DB instance.
type DBInstanceRole struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the feature associated with the Amazon Web Services Identity
// and Access Management (IAM) role. For information about supported feature
// names, see DBEngineVersion.
FeatureName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the
// DB instance.
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Information about the state of association between the IAM role and the DB
// instance. The Status property returns one of the following values:
//
// * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB instance and can
// be used to access other Amazon Web Services services on your behalf.
//
// * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB instance.
//
// * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB instance, but the
// DB instance is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other
// Amazon Web Services services on your behalf.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceRole) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceRole) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceRole) SetFeatureName(v string) *DBInstanceRole {
s.FeatureName = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBInstanceRole {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceRole {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance.
type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance
// isn't in an error state, this value is blank.
Message *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the instance is operating normally (TRUE) or is in an error
// state (FALSE).
Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values
// can be replicating, replication stop point set, replication stop point reached,
// error, stopped, or terminated.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// This value is currently "read replication."
StatusType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
s.Message = &v
return s
}
// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
s.Normal = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value.
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
s.StatusType = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
// action.
type DBParameterGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group.
DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter group is
// compatible with.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group.
Description *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value.
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup
// or ResetDBParameterGroup operation.
type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB parameter group.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupNameMessage {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// The status of the DB parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
//
// - CreateDBInstance
//
// - CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
//
// - DeleteDBInstance
//
// - ModifyDBInstance
//
// - RebootDBInstance
//
// - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
type DBParameterGroupStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB parameter group.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The status of parameter updates.
ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.
func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus {
s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v
return s
}
// The data structure representing a proxy managed by the RDS Proxy.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxies action.
type DBProxy struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// One or more data structures specifying the authorization mechanism to connect
// to the associated RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.
Auth []*UserAuthConfigInfo `type:"list"`
// The date and time when the proxy was first created.
CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the proxy.
DBProxyArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the proxy. This name must be unique for all proxies owned
// by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services
// Region.
DBProxyName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements
// in its logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior
// or the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
// in the logs.
DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The endpoint that you can use to connect to the DB proxy. You include the
// endpoint value in the connection string for a database client application.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The kinds of databases that the proxy can connect to. This value determines
// which database network protocol the proxy recognizes when it interprets network
// traffic to and from the database. MYSQL supports Aurora MySQL, RDS for MariaDB,
// and RDS for MySQL databases. POSTGRESQL supports Aurora PostgreSQL and RDS
// for PostgreSQL databases. SQLSERVER supports RDS for Microsoft SQL Server
// databases.
EngineFamily *string `type:"string"`
// The number of seconds a connection to the proxy can have no activity before
// the proxy drops the client connection. The proxy keeps the underlying database
// connection open and puts it back into the connection pool for reuse by later
// connection requests.
//
// Default: 1800 (30 minutes)
//
// Constraints: 1 to 28,800
IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Indicates whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for
// connections to the proxy.
RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
// Amazon Secrets Manager.
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The current status of this proxy. A status of available means the proxy is
// ready to handle requests. Other values indicate that you must wait for the
// proxy to be ready, or take some action to resolve an issue.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyStatus"`
// The date and time when the proxy was last updated.
UpdatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Provides the VPC ID of the DB proxy.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the proxy belongs to.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
// The EC2 subnet IDs for the proxy.
VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxy) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxy) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAuth sets the Auth field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetAuth(v []*UserAuthConfigInfo) *DBProxy {
s.Auth = v
return s
}
// SetCreatedDate sets the CreatedDate field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxy {
s.CreatedDate = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyArn sets the DBProxyArn field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetDBProxyArn(v string) *DBProxy {
s.DBProxyArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DBProxy {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetDebugLogging sets the DebugLogging field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetDebugLogging(v bool) *DBProxy {
s.DebugLogging = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBProxy {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineFamily sets the EngineFamily field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetEngineFamily(v string) *DBProxy {
s.EngineFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetIdleClientTimeout sets the IdleClientTimeout field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetIdleClientTimeout(v int64) *DBProxy {
s.IdleClientTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetRequireTLS sets the RequireTLS field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetRequireTLS(v bool) *DBProxy {
s.RequireTLS = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBProxy {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetStatus(v string) *DBProxy {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetUpdatedDate sets the UpdatedDate field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetUpdatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxy {
s.UpdatedDate = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetVpcId(v string) *DBProxy {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DBProxy {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value.
func (s *DBProxy) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *DBProxy {
s.VpcSubnetIds = v
return s
}
// The data structure representing an endpoint associated with a DB proxy. RDS
// automatically creates one endpoint for each DB proxy. For Aurora DB clusters,
// you can associate additional endpoints with the same DB proxy. These endpoints
// can be read/write or read-only. They can also reside in different VPCs than
// the associated DB proxy.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyEndpoints
// operation.
type DBProxyEndpoint struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The date and time when the DB proxy endpoint was first created.
CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB proxy endpoint.
DBProxyEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The name for the DB proxy endpoint. An identifier must begin with a letter
// and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with
// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
DBProxyEndpointName *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the DB proxy that is associated with this DB proxy endpoint.
DBProxyName *string `type:"string"`
// The endpoint that you can use to connect to the DB proxy. You include the
// endpoint value in the connection string for a database client application.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether this endpoint is the default endpoint for the associated
// DB proxy. Default DB proxy endpoints always have read/write capability. Other
// endpoints that you associate with the DB proxy can be either read/write or
// read-only.
IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The current status of this DB proxy endpoint. A status of available means
// the endpoint is ready to handle requests. Other values indicate that you
// must wait for the endpoint to be ready, or take some action to resolve an
// issue.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyEndpointStatus"`
// A value that indicates whether the DB proxy endpoint can be used for read/write
// or read-only operations.
TargetRole *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyEndpointTargetRole"`
// Provides the VPC ID of the DB proxy endpoint.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB proxy endpoint belongs
// to.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB proxy endpoint.
VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxyEndpoint) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxyEndpoint) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreatedDate sets the CreatedDate field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.CreatedDate = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyEndpointArn sets the DBProxyEndpointArn field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetDBProxyEndpointArn(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.DBProxyEndpointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetIsDefault(v bool) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.IsDefault = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetRole sets the TargetRole field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetTargetRole(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.TargetRole = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetVpcId(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value.
func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *DBProxyEndpoint {
s.VpcSubnetIds = v
return s
}
// Contains the details for an RDS Proxy target. It represents an RDS DB instance
// or Aurora DB cluster that the proxy can connect to. One or more targets are
// associated with an RDS Proxy target group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyTargets
// action.
type DBProxyTarget struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The writer endpoint for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The port that the RDS Proxy uses to connect to the target RDS DB instance
// or Aurora DB cluster.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The identifier representing the target. It can be the instance identifier
// for an RDS DB instance, or the cluster identifier for an Aurora DB cluster.
RdsResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates whether the target of the proxy can be used for read/write
// or read-only operations.
Role *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetRole"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.
TargetArn *string `type:"string"`
// Information about the connection health of the RDS Proxy target.
TargetHealth *TargetHealth `type:"structure"`
// The DB cluster identifier when the target represents an Aurora DB cluster.
// This field is blank when the target represents an RDS DB instance.
TrackedClusterId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the kind of database, such as an RDS DB instance or an Aurora DB
// cluster, that the target represents.
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetType"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxyTarget) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxyTarget) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBProxyTarget {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetPort(v int64) *DBProxyTarget {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetRdsResourceId sets the RdsResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetRdsResourceId(v string) *DBProxyTarget {
s.RdsResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetRole(v string) *DBProxyTarget {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetArn sets the TargetArn field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetTargetArn(v string) *DBProxyTarget {
s.TargetArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetHealth sets the TargetHealth field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetTargetHealth(v *TargetHealth) *DBProxyTarget {
s.TargetHealth = v
return s
}
// SetTrackedClusterId sets the TrackedClusterId field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetTrackedClusterId(v string) *DBProxyTarget {
s.TrackedClusterId = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetType(v string) *DBProxyTarget {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// Represents a set of RDS DB instances, Aurora DB clusters, or both that a
// proxy can connect to. Currently, each target group is associated with exactly
// one RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups
// action.
type DBProxyTargetGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The settings that determine the size and behavior of the connection pool
// for the target group.
ConnectionPoolConfig *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"`
// The date and time when the target group was first created.
CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The identifier for the RDS proxy associated with this target group.
DBProxyName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether this target group is the first one used for connection
// requests by the associated proxy. Because each proxy is currently associated
// with a single target group, currently this setting is always true.
IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The current status of this target group. A status of available means the
// target group is correctly associated with a database. Other values indicate
// that you must wait for the target group to be ready, or take some action
// to resolve an issue.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the target group.
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the target group. This name must be unique for all target
// groups owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon
// Web Services Region.
TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The date and time when the target group was last updated.
UpdatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxyTargetGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBProxyTargetGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionPoolConfig sets the ConnectionPoolConfig field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetConnectionPoolConfig(v *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.ConnectionPoolConfig = v
return s
}
// SetCreatedDate sets the CreatedDate field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.CreatedDate = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetIsDefault(v bool) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.IsDefault = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetStatus(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.TargetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetUpdatedDate sets the UpdatedDate field's value.
func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetUpdatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxyTargetGroup {
s.UpdatedDate = &v
return s
}
// The recommendation for your DB instances, DB clusters, and DB parameter groups.
type DBRecommendation struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Additional information about the recommendation. The information might contain
// markdown.
AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`
// The category of the recommendation.
//
// Valid values:
//
// * performance efficiency
//
// * security
//
// * reliability
//
// * cost optimization
//
// * operational excellence
//
// * sustainability
Category *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the recommendation was created. For example, 2023-09-28T01:13:53.931000+00:00.
CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// A detailed description of the recommendation. The description might contain
// markdown.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// A short description of the issue identified for this recommendation. The
// description might contain markdown.
Detection *string `type:"string"`
// A short description that explains the possible impact of an issue.
Impact *string `type:"string"`
// Details of the issue that caused the recommendation.
IssueDetails *IssueDetails `type:"structure"`
// A link to documentation that provides additional information about the recommendation.
Links []*DocLink `type:"list"`
// The reason why this recommendation was created. The information might contain
// markdown.
Reason *string `type:"string"`
// A short description of the recommendation to resolve an issue. The description
// might contain markdown.
Recommendation *string `type:"string"`
// The unique identifier of the recommendation.
RecommendationId *string `type:"string"`
// A list of recommended actions.
RecommendedActions []*RecommendedAction `type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RDS resource associated with the recommendation.
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The severity level of the recommendation. The severity level can help you
// decide the urgency with which to address the recommendation.
//
// Valid values:
//
// * high
//
// * medium
//
// * low
//
// * informational
Severity *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services service that generated the recommendations.
Source *string `type:"string"`
// The current status of the recommendation.
//
// Valid values:
//
// * active - The recommendations which are ready for you to apply.
//
// * pending - The applied or scheduled recommendations which are in progress.
//
// * resolved - The recommendations which are completed.
//
// * dismissed - The recommendations that you dismissed.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// A short description of the recommendation type. The description might contain
// markdown.
TypeDetection *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates the type of recommendation. This value determines
// how the description is rendered.
TypeId *string `type:"string"`
// A short description that summarizes the recommendation to fix all the issues
// of the recommendation type. The description might contain markdown.
TypeRecommendation *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the recommendation was last updated.
UpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBRecommendation) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBRecommendation) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.AdditionalInfo = &v
return s
}
// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetCategory(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Category = &v
return s
}
// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *DBRecommendation {
s.CreatedTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetDescription(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetDetection sets the Detection field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetDetection(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Detection = &v
return s
}
// SetImpact sets the Impact field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetImpact(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Impact = &v
return s
}
// SetIssueDetails sets the IssueDetails field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetIssueDetails(v *IssueDetails) *DBRecommendation {
s.IssueDetails = v
return s
}
// SetLinks sets the Links field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetLinks(v []*DocLink) *DBRecommendation {
s.Links = v
return s
}
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetReason(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Reason = &v
return s
}
// SetRecommendation sets the Recommendation field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetRecommendation(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Recommendation = &v
return s
}
// SetRecommendationId sets the RecommendationId field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetRecommendationId(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.RecommendationId = &v
return s
}
// SetRecommendedActions sets the RecommendedActions field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetRecommendedActions(v []*RecommendedAction) *DBRecommendation {
s.RecommendedActions = v
return s
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetResourceArn(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetSeverity(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Severity = &v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetSource(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Source = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetStatus(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTypeDetection sets the TypeDetection field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetTypeDetection(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.TypeDetection = &v
return s
}
// SetTypeId sets the TypeId field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetTypeId(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.TypeId = &v
return s
}
// SetTypeRecommendation sets the TypeRecommendation field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetTypeRecommendation(v string) *DBRecommendation {
s.TypeRecommendation = &v
return s
}
// SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *DBRecommendation) SetUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *DBRecommendation {
s.UpdatedTime = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
type DBSecurityGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group.
DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the description of the DB security group.
DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the name of the DB security group.
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements.
EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
// Contains a list of IPRange elements.
IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`
// Provides the Amazon Web Services ID of the owner of a specific DB security
// group.
OwnerId *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the VpcId of the DB security group.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupArn sets the DBSecurityGroupArn field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupArn(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
s.DBSecurityGroupArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *DBSecurityGroup {
s.EC2SecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *DBSecurityGroup {
s.IPRanges = v
return s
}
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetOwnerId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
s.OwnerId = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
//
// - ModifyDBInstance
//
// - RebootDBInstance
//
// - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
//
// - RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB security group.
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the DB security group.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership {
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type DBShardGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to create standby instances for the DB shard group. Valid
// values are the following:
//
// * 0 - Creates a single, primary DB instance for each physical shard. This
// is the default value, and the only one supported for the preview.
//
// * 1 - Creates a primary DB instance and a standby instance in a different
// Availability Zone (AZ) for each physical shard.
//
// * 2 - Creates a primary DB instance and two standby instances in different
// AZs for each physical shard.
ComputeRedundancy *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the primary DB cluster for the DB shard group.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB shard group.
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB shard
// group.
DBShardGroupResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The connection endpoint for the DB shard group.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group in Aurora capacity units (ACUs).
MaxACU *float64 `type:"double"`
// Indicates whether the DB shard group is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB shard group is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB shard group's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB shard group's VPC. Access to the DB shard group is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB shard group doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB shard group isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB shard
// group with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBShardGroup.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora Limitless Database.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The status of the DB shard group.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBShardGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBShardGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetComputeRedundancy sets the ComputeRedundancy field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetComputeRedundancy(v int64) *DBShardGroup {
s.ComputeRedundancy = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBShardGroup {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *DBShardGroup {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupResourceId sets the DBShardGroupResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetDBShardGroupResourceId(v string) *DBShardGroup {
s.DBShardGroupResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBShardGroup {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxACU sets the MaxACU field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetMaxACU(v float64) *DBShardGroup {
s.MaxACU = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBShardGroup {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBShardGroup) SetStatus(v string) *DBShardGroup {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
type DBSnapshot struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB).
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in
// at the time of the DB snapshot.
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot
// was created from.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot.
DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot.
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database
// instance that manages your database files. The Oracle SID is also the name
// of your CDB.
DBSystemId *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which
// is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB snapshot is encrypted.
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies the name of the database engine.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the version of the database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies the time in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) when the DB instance,
// from which the snapshot was taken, was created.
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB
// instance at the time of the snapshot.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// If Encrypted is true, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the
// encrypted DB snapshot.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the master username for the DB snapshot.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the snapshot is of a DB instance using the multi-tenant
// configuration (TRUE) or the single-tenant configuration (FALSE).
MultiTenant *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the time of the CreateDBSnapshot operation in Coordinated Universal
// Time (UTC). Doesn't change when the snapshot is copied.
OriginalSnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time
// of the snapshot.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance when the DB snapshot was created.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// Specifies when the snapshot was taken in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
// Changes for the copy when the snapshot is copied.
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The timestamp of the most recent transaction applied to the database that
// you're backing up. Thus, if you restore a snapshot, SnapshotDatabaseTime
// is the most recent transaction in the restored DB instance. In contrast,
// originalSnapshotCreateTime specifies the system time that the snapshot completed.
//
// If you back up a read replica, you can determine the replica lag by comparing
// SnapshotDatabaseTime with originalSnapshotCreateTime. For example, if originalSnapshotCreateTime
// is two hours later than SnapshotDatabaseTime, then the replica lag is two
// hours.
SnapshotDatabaseTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies where manual snapshots are stored: Amazon Web Services Outposts
// or the Amazon Web Services Region.
SnapshotTarget *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the type of the DB snapshot.
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
// The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied
// from. It only has a value in the case of a cross-account or cross-Region
// copy.
SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied
// from.
SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the status of this DB snapshot.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the storage throughput for the DB snapshot.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
// The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is
// empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL
// Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified.
Timezone *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshot) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotArn sets the DBSnapshotArn field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotArn(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.DBSnapshotArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSystemId sets the DBSystemId field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSystemId(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.DBSystemId = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *DBSnapshot {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBSnapshot {
s.Encrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBSnapshot {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot {
s.InstanceCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIops(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiTenant sets the MultiTenant field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetMultiTenant(v bool) *DBSnapshot {
s.MultiTenant = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetOriginalSnapshotCreateTime sets the OriginalSnapshotCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOriginalSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot {
s.OriginalSnapshotCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
s.PercentProgress = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *DBSnapshot {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot {
s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotDatabaseTime sets the SnapshotDatabaseTime field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotDatabaseTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot {
s.SnapshotDatabaseTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotTarget sets the SnapshotTarget field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotTarget(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.SnapshotTarget = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.SnapshotType = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.SourceRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStorageType(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBSnapshot {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTimezone(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.Timezone = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSnapshot {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute
//
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services
// accounts to restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
// API.
type DBSnapshotAttribute struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute.
//
// The attribute named restore refers to the list of Amazon Web Services accounts
// that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For
// more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
AttributeName *string `type:"string"`
// The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute.
//
// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a
// list of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized to copy
// or restore the manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then
// the manual DB snapshot is public and available for any Amazon Web Services
// account to copy or restore.
AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBSnapshotAttribute {
s.AttributeName = &v
return s
}
// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBSnapshotAttribute {
s.AttributeValues = v
return s
}
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services
// accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see
// the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot.
DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`
// The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to.
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshotAttributes sets the DBSnapshotAttributes field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBSnapshotAttribute) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult {
s.DBSnapshotAttributes = v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of a tenant database in a snapshot of a DB instance.
type DBSnapshotTenantDatabase struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the character set of a tenant database.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// The ID for the DB instance that contains the tenant databases.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the snapshot of the DB instance.
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the snapshot tenant database.
DBSnapshotTenantDatabaseARN *string `type:"string"`
// The resource identifier of the source CDB instance. This identifier can't
// be changed and is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the database engine.
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
// The master username of the tenant database.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The NCHAR character set name of the tenant database.
NcharCharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// The type of DB snapshot.
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The name of the tenant database.
TenantDBName *string `type:"string"`
// The time the DB snapshot was taken, specified in Coordinated Universal Time
// (UTC). If you copy the snapshot, the creation time changes.
TenantDatabaseCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The resource ID of the tenant database.
TenantDatabaseResourceId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotTenantDatabaseARN sets the DBSnapshotTenantDatabaseARN field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetDBSnapshotTenantDatabaseARN(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.DBSnapshotTenantDatabaseARN = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetEngineName(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.EngineName = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetNcharCharacterSetName sets the NcharCharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetNcharCharacterSetName(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.NcharCharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.SnapshotType = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetTenantDBName sets the TenantDBName field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetTenantDBName(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.TenantDBName = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDatabaseCreateTime sets the TenantDatabaseCreateTime field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetTenantDatabaseCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.TenantDatabaseCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDatabaseResourceId sets the TenantDatabaseResourceId field's value.
func (s *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) SetTenantDatabaseResourceId(v string) *DBSnapshotTenantDatabase {
s.TenantDatabaseResourceId = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// action.
type DBSubnetGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group.
DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the description of the DB subnet group.
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB subnet group.
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the status of the DB subnet group.
SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
// Contains a list of Subnet elements.
Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`
// The network type of the DB subnet group.
//
// Valid values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
//
// A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and the IPv6
// protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
SupportedNetworkTypes []*string `type:"list"`
// Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value.
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value.
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup {
s.Subnets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedNetworkTypes sets the SupportedNetworkTypes field's value.
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSupportedNetworkTypes(v []*string) *DBSubnetGroup {
s.SupportedNetworkTypes = v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The unique identifier of the blue/green deployment to delete. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match an existing blue/green deployment identifier.
//
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier is a required field
BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether to delete the resources in the green environment. You can't
// specify this option if the blue/green deployment status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_BlueGreenDeployment.html)
// is SWITCHOVER_COMPLETED.
DeleteTarget *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput"}
if s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier"))
}
if s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier != nil && len(*s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier sets the BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier(v string) *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteTarget sets the DeleteTarget field's value.
func (s *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetDeleteTarget(v bool) *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.DeleteTarget = &v
return s
}
type DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Details about a blue/green deployment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
BlueGreenDeployment *BlueGreenDeployment `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBlueGreenDeployment sets the BlueGreenDeployment field's value.
func (s *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) SetBlueGreenDeployment(v *BlueGreenDeployment) *DeleteBlueGreenDeploymentOutput {
s.BlueGreenDeployment = v
return s
}
type DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The database engine. RDS Custom for Oracle supports the following values:
//
// * custom-oracle-ee
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * custom-oracle-se2
//
// * custom-oracle-se2-cdb
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The custom engine version (CEV) for your DB instance. This option is required
// for RDS Custom, but optional for Amazon RDS. The combination of Engine and
// EngineVersion is unique per customer per Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// EngineVersion is a required field
EngineVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput"}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if s.Engine != nil && len(*s.Engine) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Engine", 1))
}
if s.EngineVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineVersion"))
}
if s.EngineVersion != nil && len(*s.EngineVersion) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EngineVersion", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetEngine(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
type DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The creation time of the DB engine version.
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// JSON string that lists the installation files and parameters that RDS Custom
// uses to create a custom engine version (CEV). RDS Custom applies the patches
// in the order in which they're listed in the manifest. You can set the Oracle
// home, Oracle base, and UNIX/Linux user and group using the installation parameters.
// For more information, see JSON fields in the CEV manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-cev.preparing.html#custom-cev.preparing.manifest.fields)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
CustomDBEngineVersionManifest *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine.
DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates the source media provider of the AMI based on the
// usage operation. Applicable for RDS Custom for SQL Server.
DBEngineMediaType *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN of the custom engine version.
DBEngineVersionArn *string `type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine version.
DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database installation
// files.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 directory that contains the database installation files. If
// not specified, then no prefix is assumed.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API isn't specified.
DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`
// The name of the database engine.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch
// Logs.
ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
// The EC2 image
Image *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted CEV. This parameter
// is required for RDS Custom, but optional for Amazon RDS.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The major engine version of the CEV.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the DB engine version, either available or deprecated.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// A list of the supported CA certificate identifiers.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the supported DB engine modes.
SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of features supported by the DB engine.
//
// The supported features vary by DB engine and DB engine version.
//
// To determine the supported features for a specific DB engine and DB engine
// version using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine <engine_name> --engine-version
// <engine_version>
//
// For example, to determine the supported features for RDS for PostgreSQL version
// 13.3 using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --engine-version 13.3
//
// The supported features are listed under SupportedFeatureNames in the output.
SupportedFeatureNames []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by the Oracle DB engine for the NcharCharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedNcharCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter
// of the CreateDBInstance action.
SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL.
SupportsBabelfish *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports rotating the server certificate
// without rebooting the DB instance.
SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with a specific DB
// engine version.
SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports zero-ETL integrations with
// Amazon Redshift.
SupportsIntegrations *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports Aurora Limitless Database.
SupportsLimitlessDatabase *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports forwarding write operations
// from reader DB instances to the writer DB instance in the DB cluster. By
// default, write operations aren't allowed on reader DB instances.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
SupportsLocalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the log types specified
// by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs.
SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with a specific DB engine
// version.
SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas.
SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
// to.
ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest sets the CustomDBEngineVersionManifest field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.CustomDBEngineVersionManifest = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineMediaType sets the DBEngineMediaType field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineMediaType(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineMediaType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionArn sets the DBEngineVersionArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineVersionArn(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineVersionArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DefaultCharacterSet = v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetEngine(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.ExportableLogTypes = v
return s
}
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetImage(v *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Image = v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers sets the SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers(v []*string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedEngineModes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedFeatureNames sets the SupportedFeatureNames field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedFeatureNames(v []*string) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedFeatureNames = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets sets the SupportedNcharCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedNcharCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedTimezones = v
return s
}
// SetSupportsBabelfish sets the SupportsBabelfish field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsBabelfish(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsBabelfish = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart sets the SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsIntegrations sets the SupportsIntegrations field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsIntegrations(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsIntegrations = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase sets the SupportsLimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLimitlessDatabase = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding sets the SupportsLocalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLocalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsReadReplica = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value.
func (s *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DeleteCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier for the source DB cluster, which can't be changed and which
// is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// DbClusterResourceId is a required field
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput"}
if s.DbClusterResourceId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DbClusterResourceId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupInput {
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An automated backup of a DB cluster. It consists of system backups, transaction
// logs, and the database cluster properties that existed at the time you deleted
// the source cluster.
DBClusterAutomatedBackup *DBClusterAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterAutomatedBackup sets the DBClusterAutomatedBackup field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput) SetDBClusterAutomatedBackup(v *DBClusterAutomatedBackup) *DeleteDBClusterAutomatedBackupOutput {
s.DBClusterAutomatedBackup = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier associated with the custom endpoint. This parameter is stored
// as a lowercase string.
//
// DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput"}
if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon
// Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following
// actions:
//
// - CreateDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
//
// - ModifyDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DeleteDBClusterEndpoint
//
// For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints,
// see Endpoint.
type DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
// a lowercase string.
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
// for the whole life of the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DNS address of the endpoint.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
EndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
// inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't
// be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only
// secondary cluster in a global database.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.CustomEndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.EndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.ExcludedMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.StaticMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether to remove automated backups immediately after the DB cluster
// is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default is to remove
// automated backups immediately after the DB cluster is deleted.
//
// You must delete automated backups for Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB clusters. For
// more information about managing automated backups for RDS Multi-AZ DB clusters,
// see Managing automated backups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ManagingAutomatedBackups.html).
DeleteAutomatedBackups *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created
// when SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled.
//
// Specifying this parameter and also skipping the creation of a final DB cluster
// snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter results in an error.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to skip the creation of a final DB cluster snapshot before
// the DB cluster is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is
// created. If skip isn't specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before
// the DB cluster is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the DB cluster
// snapshot is created. By default, this parameter is disabled.
//
// You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot
// is disabled.
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteAutomatedBackups sets the DeleteAutomatedBackups field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDeleteAutomatedBackups(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
s.DeleteAutomatedBackups = &v
return s
}
// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
//
// * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group.
//
// * Can't be associated with any DB clusters.
//
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.
//
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available
// state.
//
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// action.
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
return s
}
// Parameter input for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation.
type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups to delete, for example,
// arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which
// is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction
// logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted
// the source instance.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the name of an existing DB instance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance
// is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default is to remove
// automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted.
DeleteAutomatedBackups *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when the SkipFinalSnapshot
// parameter is disabled.
//
// If you enable this parameter and also enable SkipFinalShapshot, the command
// results in an error.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// * Can't be specified when deleting a read replica.
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to skip the creation of a final DB snapshot before deleting
// the instance. If you enable this parameter, RDS doesn't create a DB snapshot.
// If you don't enable this parameter, RDS creates a DB snapshot before the
// DB instance is deleted. By default, skip isn't enabled, and the DB snapshot
// is created.
//
// If you don't enable this parameter, you must specify the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier
// parameter.
//
// When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, incompatible-restore,
// or incompatible-network, RDS can delete the instance only if you enable this
// parameter.
//
// If you delete a read replica or an RDS Custom instance, you must enable this
// setting.
//
// This setting is required for RDS Custom.
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteAutomatedBackups sets the DeleteAutomatedBackups field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDeleteAutomatedBackups(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
s.DeleteAutomatedBackups = &v
return s
}
// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group
//
// * You can't delete a default DB parameter group
//
// * Can't be associated with any DB instances
//
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB proxy endpoint to delete.
//
// DBProxyEndpointName is a required field
DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput"}
if s.DBProxyEndpointName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyEndpointName"))
}
if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The data structure representing the details of the DB proxy endpoint that
// you delete.
DBProxyEndpoint *DBProxyEndpoint `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxyEndpoint sets the DBProxyEndpoint field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoint(v *DBProxyEndpoint) *DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput {
s.DBProxyEndpoint = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBProxyInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB proxy to delete.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBProxyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBProxyInput"}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBProxyInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DeleteDBProxyInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBProxyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The data structure representing the details of the DB proxy that you delete.
DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBProxyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxy sets the DBProxy field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBProxyOutput) SetDBProxy(v *DBProxy) *DeleteDBProxyOutput {
s.DBProxy = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB security group to delete.
//
// You can't delete the default DB security group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// * Must not be "Default"
//
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput"}
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput {
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteDBShardGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Teh name of the DB shard group to delete.
//
// DBShardGroupIdentifier is a required field
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBShardGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBShardGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBShardGroupInput"}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBShardGroupIdentifier"))
}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier != nil && len(*s.DBShardGroupIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBShardGroupIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupInput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBShardGroupInput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBShardGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to create standby instances for the DB shard group. Valid
// values are the following:
//
// * 0 - Creates a single, primary DB instance for each physical shard. This
// is the default value, and the only one supported for the preview.
//
// * 1 - Creates a primary DB instance and a standby instance in a different
// Availability Zone (AZ) for each physical shard.
//
// * 2 - Creates a primary DB instance and two standby instances in different
// AZs for each physical shard.
ComputeRedundancy *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the primary DB cluster for the DB shard group.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB shard group.
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB shard
// group.
DBShardGroupResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The connection endpoint for the DB shard group.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group in Aurora capacity units (ACUs).
MaxACU *float64 `type:"double"`
// Indicates whether the DB shard group is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB shard group is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB shard group's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB shard group's VPC. Access to the DB shard group is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB shard group doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB shard group isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB shard
// group with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBShardGroup.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora Limitless Database.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The status of the DB shard group.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetComputeRedundancy sets the ComputeRedundancy field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetComputeRedundancy(v int64) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.ComputeRedundancy = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupResourceId sets the DBShardGroupResourceId field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupResourceId(v string) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxACU sets the MaxACU field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetMaxACU(v float64) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.MaxACU = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB snapshot identifier.
//
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available
// state.
//
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSnapshotInput"}
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput {
s.DBSnapshot = v
return s
}
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the database subnet group to delete.
//
// You can't delete the default subnet group.
//
// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
// default.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
//
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"}
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete.
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"}
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SubscriptionName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// action.
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput {
s.EventSubscription = v
return s
}
type DeleteGlobalClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The cluster identifier of the global database cluster being deleted.
//
// GlobalClusterIdentifier is a required field
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteGlobalClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteGlobalClusterInput"}
if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GlobalClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteGlobalClusterInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type DeleteGlobalClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value.
func (s *DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *DeleteGlobalClusterOutput {
s.GlobalCluster = v
return s
}
type DeleteIntegrationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The unique identifier of the integration.
//
// IntegrationIdentifier is a required field
IntegrationIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteIntegrationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteIntegrationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteIntegrationInput"}
if s.IntegrationIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IntegrationIdentifier"))
}
if s.IntegrationIdentifier != nil && len(*s.IntegrationIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IntegrationIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetIntegrationIdentifier sets the IntegrationIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationInput) SetIntegrationIdentifier(v string) *DeleteIntegrationInput {
s.IntegrationIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// A zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
type DeleteIntegrationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The encryption context for the integration. For more information, see Encryption
// context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
// in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
AdditionalEncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The time when the integration was created, in Universal Coordinated Time
// (UTC).
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Data filters for the integration. These filters determine which tables from
// the source database are sent to the target Amazon Redshift data warehouse.
DataFilter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A description of the integration.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Any errors associated with the integration.
Errors []*IntegrationError `locationNameList:"IntegrationError" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the integration.
IntegrationArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the integration.
IntegrationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Key Management System (Amazon Web Services KMS) key
// identifier for the key used to to encrypt the integration.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the database used as the source for replication.
SourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The current status of the integration.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"IntegrationStatus"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the Redshift data warehouse used as the target for replication.
TargetArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteIntegrationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteIntegrationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAdditionalEncryptionContext sets the AdditionalEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetAdditionalEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.AdditionalEncryptionContext = v
return s
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDataFilter sets the DataFilter field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetDataFilter(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.DataFilter = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetDescription(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetErrors(v []*IntegrationError) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationArn sets the IntegrationArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetIntegrationArn(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.IntegrationArn = &v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationName sets the IntegrationName field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetIntegrationName(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.IntegrationName = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetSourceArn(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetArn sets the TargetArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteIntegrationOutput) SetTargetArn(v string) *DeleteIntegrationOutput {
s.TargetArn = &v
return s
}
type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the option group to be deleted.
//
// You can't delete default option groups.
//
// OptionGroupName is a required field
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOptionGroupInput"}
if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DeleteOptionGroupInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteTenantDatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied identifier for the DB instance that contains the tenant
// database that you want to delete.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when the SkipFinalSnapshot
// parameter is disabled.
//
// If you enable this parameter and also enable SkipFinalShapshot, the command
// results in an error.
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to skip the creation of a final DB snapshot before removing
// the tenant database from your DB instance. If you enable this parameter,
// RDS doesn't create a DB snapshot. If you don't enable this parameter, RDS
// creates a DB snapshot before it deletes the tenant database. By default,
// RDS doesn't skip the final snapshot. If you don't enable this parameter,
// you must specify the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter.
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The user-supplied name of the tenant database that you want to remove from
// your DB instance. Amazon RDS deletes the tenant database with this name.
// This parameter isn’t case-sensitive.
//
// TenantDBName is a required field
TenantDBName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTenantDatabaseInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.TenantDBName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TenantDBName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput {
s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value.
func (s *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput {
s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDBName sets the TenantDBName field's value.
func (s *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput) SetTenantDBName(v string) *DeleteTenantDatabaseInput {
s.TenantDBName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A tenant database in the DB instance. This data type is an element in the
// response to the DescribeTenantDatabases action.
TenantDatabase *TenantDatabase `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTenantDatabase sets the TenantDatabase field's value.
func (s *DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput) SetTenantDatabase(v *TenantDatabase) *DeleteTenantDatabaseOutput {
s.TenantDatabase = v
return s
}
type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// One or more DB cluster identifiers.
DBClusterIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// One or more DB instance identifiers.
DBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup.
TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput"}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifiers sets the DBClusterIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the DBInstanceIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.TargetGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action.
type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name,
// a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota.
AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAccountQuotas sets the AccountQuotas field's value.
func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountQuotas(v []*AccountQuota) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput {
s.AccountQuotas = v
return s
}
type DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The blue/green deployment identifier. If you specify this parameter, the
// response only includes information about the specific blue/green deployment.
// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match an existing blue/green deployment identifier.
BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more blue/green deployments to describe.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * blue-green-deployment-identifier - Accepts system-generated identifiers
// for blue/green deployments. The results list only includes information
// about the blue/green deployments with the specified identifiers.
//
// * blue-green-deployment-name - Accepts user-supplied names for blue/green
// deployments. The results list only includes information about the blue/green
// deployments with the specified names.
//
// * source - Accepts source databases for a blue/green deployment. The results
// list only includes information about the blue/green deployments with the
// specified source databases.
//
// * target - Accepts target databases for a blue/green deployment. The results
// list only includes information about the blue/green deployments with the
// specified target databases.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeBlueGreenDeployments
// request. If you specify this parameter, the response only includes records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a minimum of 20.
//
// * Can't exceed 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput"}
if s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier != nil && len(*s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier", 1))
}
if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier sets the BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier(v string) *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput {
s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of blue/green deployments in the current account and Amazon Web Services
// Region.
BlueGreenDeployments []*BlueGreenDeployment `type:"list"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeBlueGreenDeployments
// request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBlueGreenDeployments sets the BlueGreenDeployments field's value.
func (s *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput) SetBlueGreenDeployments(v []*BlueGreenDeployment) *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput {
s.BlueGreenDeployments = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeBlueGreenDeploymentsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified,
// information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match an existing CertificateIdentifier.
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
s.CertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action.
type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of Certificate objects for the Amazon Web Services account.
Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"`
// The default root CA for new databases created by your Amazon Web Services
// account. This is either the root CA override set on your Amazon Web Services
// account or the system default CA for the Region if no override exists. To
// override the default CA, use the ModifyCertificates operation.
DefaultCertificateForNewLaunches *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeCertificatesOutput {
s.Certificates = v
return s
}
// SetDefaultCertificateForNewLaunches sets the DefaultCertificateForNewLaunches field's value.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetDefaultCertificateForNewLaunches(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput {
s.DefaultCertificateForNewLaunches = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// (Optional) The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is
// specified, it must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster. It returns
// information from the specific DB cluster's automated backup. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The resource ID of the DB cluster that is the source of the automated backup.
// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies which resources to return based on status.
//
// Supported filters are the following:
//
// * status retained - Automated backups for deleted clusters and after backup
// replication is stopped.
//
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and Amazon Resource Names
// (ARNs). The results list includes only information about the DB cluster
// automated backups identified by these ARNs.
//
// * db-cluster-resource-id - Accepts DB resource identifiers and Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list includes only information about
// the DB cluster resources identified by these ARNs.
//
// Returns all resources by default. The status for each resource is specified
// in the response.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBClusterAutomatedBackup backups.
DBClusterAutomatedBackups []*DBClusterAutomatedBackup `locationNameList:"DBClusterAutomatedBackup" type:"list"`
// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterAutomatedBackups sets the DBClusterAutomatedBackups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput) SetDBClusterAutomatedBackups(v []*DBClusterAutomatedBackup) *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput {
s.DBClusterAutomatedBackups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterAutomatedBackupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If specified, this value is the backtrack identifier of the backtrack to
// be described.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain a valid universally unique identifier (UUID). For more
// information about UUIDs, see Universally unique identifier (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).
//
// Example: 123e4567-e89b-12d3-a456-426655440000
BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be described. This parameter
// is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster1
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters
// include the following:
//
// * db-cluster-backtrack-id - Accepts backtrack identifiers. The results
// list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these
// identifiers.
//
// * db-cluster-backtrack-status - Accepts any of the following backtrack
// status values: applying completed failed pending The results list includes
// information about only the backtracks identified by these values.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBacktrackIdentifier sets the BacktrackIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetBacktrackIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput {
s.BacktrackIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
// action.
type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains a list of backtracks for the user.
DBClusterBacktracks []*BacktrackDBClusterOutput `locationNameList:"DBClusterBacktrack" type:"list"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
// request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterBacktracks sets the DBClusterBacktracks field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) SetDBClusterBacktracks(v []*BacktrackDBClusterOutput) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput {
s.DBClusterBacktracks = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the endpoint to describe. This parameter is stored as a
// lowercase string.
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A set of name-value pairs that define which endpoints to include in the output.
// The filters are specified as name-value pairs, in the format Name=endpoint_type,Values=endpoint_type1,endpoint_type2,....
// Name can be one of: db-cluster-endpoint-type, db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type,
// db-cluster-endpoint-id, db-cluster-endpoint-status. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-type
// filter can be one or more of: reader, writer, custom. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type
// filter can be one or more of: reader, any. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-status
// filter can be one or more of: available, creating, deleting, inactive, modifying.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of the endpoints associated with the cluster and matching
// any filter conditions.
DBClusterEndpoints []*DBClusterEndpoint `locationNameList:"DBClusterEndpointList" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterEndpoints sets the DBClusterEndpoints field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) SetDBClusterEndpoints(v []*DBClusterEndpoint) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpoints = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
// for.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
//
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A specific source to return parameters for.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * user
//
// * engine
//
// * service
Source *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"}
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
s.Source = &v
return s
}
// Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters
// in the DB cluster parameter group.
type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
//
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"}
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon
// Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For
// more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for.
// This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
// parameter. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't
// be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value
// is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot.
//
// * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
// must also be specified.
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A specific DB cluster resource ID to describe.
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more DB cluster snapshots to describe.
//
// Supported filters:
//
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs).
//
// * db-cluster-snapshot-id - Accepts DB cluster snapshot identifiers.
//
// * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB cluster snapshots.
//
// * engine - Accepts names of database engines.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public
// and can be copied or restored by any Amazon Web Services account. By default,
// the public snapshots are not included.
//
// You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
// API action.
IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other
// Amazon Web Services accounts that this Amazon Web Services account has been
// given permission to copy or restore. By default, these snapshots are not
// included.
//
// You can give an Amazon Web Services account permission to restore a manual
// DB cluster snapshot from another Amazon Web Services account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
// API action.
IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the
// following values:
//
// * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically
// taken by Amazon RDS for my Amazon Web Services account.
//
// * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared
// to my Amazon Web Services account.
//
// * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
//
// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
// DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots
// with these results by enabling the IncludeShared parameter. You can include
// public DB cluster snapshots with these results by enabling the IncludePublic
// parameter.
//
// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
// when SnapshotType is set to public.
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.IncludePublic = &v
return s
}
// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.IncludeShared = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
s.SnapshotType = &v
return s
}
// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call
// to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user.
DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput {
s.DBClusterSnapshots = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
// of the DB cluster. If this parameter is specified, information for only the
// specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match an existing DB cluster identifier.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe.
//
// Supported Filters:
//
// * clone-group-id - Accepts clone group identifiers. The results list only
// includes information about the DB clusters associated with these clone
// groups.
//
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list only includes information about
// the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
//
// * db-cluster-resource-id - Accepts DB cluster resource identifiers. The
// results list will only include information about the DB clusters identified
// by these DB cluster resource identifiers.
//
// * domain - Accepts Active Directory directory IDs. The results list only
// includes information about the DB clusters associated with these domains.
//
// * engine - Accepts engine names. The results list only includes information
// about the DB clusters for these engines.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether the output includes information about clusters shared from
// other Amazon Web Services accounts.
IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request.
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
s.IncludeShared = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters
// action.
type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains a list of DB clusters for the user.
DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusters request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput {
s.DBClusters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match an existing DB parameter group family.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to return only the default version of the specified engine
// or the engine and major version combination.
DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine to return version details for.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * aurora-mysql
//
// * aurora-postgresql
//
// * custom-oracle-ee
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * custom-oracle-se2
//
// * custom-oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// A specific database engine version to return details for.
//
// Example: 5.1.49
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more DB engine versions to describe.
//
// Supported filters:
//
// * db-parameter-group-family - Accepts parameter groups family names. The
// results list only includes information about the DB engine versions for
// these parameter group families.
//
// * engine - Accepts engine names. The results list only includes information
// about the DB engine versions for these engines.
//
// * engine-mode - Accepts DB engine modes. The results list only includes
// information about the DB engine versions for these engine modes. Valid
// DB engine modes are the following: global multimaster parallelquery provisioned
// serverless
//
// * engine-version - Accepts engine versions. The results list only includes
// information about the DB engine versions for these engine versions.
//
// * status - Accepts engine version statuses. The results list only includes
// information about the DB engine versions for these statuses. Valid statuses
// are the following: available deprecated
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to also list the engine versions that aren't available.
// The default is to list only available engine versions.
IncludeAll *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to list the supported character sets for each engine version.
//
// If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName
// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
// character sets for each engine version.
//
// For RDS Custom, the default is not to list supported character sets. If you
// enable this parameter, RDS Custom returns no results.
ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to list the supported time zones for each engine version.
//
// If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports the TimeZone
// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
// time zones for each engine version.
//
// For RDS Custom, the default is not to list supported time zones. If you enable
// this parameter, RDS Custom returns no results.
ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
// in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.DefaultOnly = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetIncludeAll sets the IncludeAll field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetIncludeAll(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.IncludeAll = &v
return s
}
// SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v
return s
}
// SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions
// action.
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBEngineVersion elements.
DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput {
s.DBEngineVersions = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// Parameter input for DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups.
type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups, for example,
// arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"`
// (Optional) The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified,
// it must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. It returns information
// from the specific DB instance's automated backup. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The resource ID of the DB instance that is the source of the automated backup.
// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies which resources to return based on status.
//
// Supported filters are the following:
//
// * status active - Automated backups for current instances. creating -
// Automated backups that are waiting for the first automated snapshot to
// be available. retained - Automated backups for deleted instances and after
// backup replication is stopped.
//
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and Amazon Resource
// Names (ARNs). The results list includes only information about the DB
// instance automated backups identified by these ARNs.
//
// * dbi-resource-id - Accepts DB resource identifiers and Amazon Resource
// Names (ARNs). The results list includes only information about the DB
// instance resources identified by these ARNs.
//
// Returns all resources by default. The status for each resource is specified
// in the response.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups
// action.
type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBInstanceAutomatedBackup instances.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackups []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackup" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackups sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackups(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied instance identifier or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of
// the DB instance. If this parameter is specified, information from only the
// specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DB instance.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe.
//
// Supported Filters:
//
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list only includes information about
// the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
//
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list only includes information about
// the DB instances identified by these ARNs.
//
// * dbi-resource-id - Accepts DB instance resource identifiers. The results
// list only includes information about the DB instances identified by these
// DB instance resource identifiers.
//
// * domain - Accepts Active Directory directory IDs. The results list only
// includes information about the DB instances associated with these domains.
//
// * engine - Accepts engine names. The results list only includes information
// about the DB instances for these engines.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request.
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances
// action.
type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBInstance instances.
DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords .
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput {
s.DBInstances = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles.
type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written.
LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`
// The name of the log file for the specified DB instance.
LogFileName *string `type:"string"`
// The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance.
Size *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLastWritten sets the LastWritten field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails {
s.LastWritten = &v
return s
}
// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLogFileName(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails {
s.LogFileName = &v
return s
}
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails {
s.Size = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
// you want to list.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date,
// in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds.
FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`
// Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size.
FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`
// Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified
// string.
FilenameContains *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBLogFilesInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFileLastWritten sets the FileLastWritten field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
s.FileLastWritten = &v
return s
}
// SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
s.FileSize = &v
return s
}
// SetFilenameContains sets the FilenameContains field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilenameContains(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
s.FilenameContains = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles.
type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB log files returned.
DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBLogFiles request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDescribeDBLogFiles sets the DescribeDBLogFiles field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetDescribeDBLogFiles(v []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput {
s.DescribeDBLogFiles = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups
// action.
type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBParameterGroup instances.
DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput {
s.DBParameterGroups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBParametersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
//
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The parameter types to return.
//
// Default: All parameter types returned
//
// Valid Values: user | system | engine-default
Source *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"}
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
s.Source = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters
// action.
type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// A list of Parameter values.
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxiesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB proxy. If you omit this parameter, the output includes
// information about all DB proxies owned by your Amazon Web Services account
// ID.
DBProxyName *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter is not currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxiesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxiesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxiesInput"}
if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxiesInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxiesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxiesInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxiesInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxiesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A return value representing an arbitrary number of DBProxy data structures.
DBProxies []*DBProxy `type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxiesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxiesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxies sets the DBProxies field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxiesOutput) SetDBProxies(v []*DBProxy) *DescribeDBProxiesOutput {
s.DBProxies = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxiesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxiesOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of a DB proxy endpoint to describe. If you omit this parameter,
// the output includes information about all DB proxy endpoints associated with
// the specified proxy.
DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the DB proxy whose endpoints you want to describe. If you omit
// this parameter, the output includes information about all DB proxy endpoints
// associated with all your DB proxies.
DBProxyName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// This parameter is not currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput"}
if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1))
}
if s.DBProxyName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyName", 1))
}
if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput {
s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of ProxyEndpoint objects returned by the API operation.
DBProxyEndpoints []*DBProxyEndpoint `type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxyEndpoints sets the DBProxyEndpoints field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoints(v []*DBProxyEndpoint) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput {
s.DBProxyEndpoints = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DBProxy associated with the target group.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// This parameter is not currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe.
TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput"}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput {
s.TargetGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// An arbitrary number of DBProxyTargetGroup objects, containing details of
// the corresponding target groups.
TargetGroups []*DBProxyTargetGroup `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*DBProxyTargetGroup) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput {
s.TargetGroups = v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DBProxyTarget to describe.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// This parameter is not currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe.
TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput"}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.TargetGroupName = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// An arbitrary number of DBProxyTarget objects, containing details of the corresponding
// targets.
Targets []*DBProxyTarget `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) SetTargets(v []*DBProxyTarget) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput {
s.Targets = v
return s
}
type DescribeDBRecommendationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A filter that specifies one or more recommendations to describe.
//
// Supported Filters:
//
// * recommendation-id - Accepts a list of recommendation identifiers. The
// results list only includes the recommendations whose identifier is one
// of the specified filter values.
//
// * status - Accepts a list of recommendation statuses. Valid values: active
// - The recommendations which are ready for you to apply. pending - The
// applied or scheduled recommendations which are in progress. resolved -
// The recommendations which are completed. dismissed - The recommendations
// that you dismissed. The results list only includes the recommendations
// whose status is one of the specified filter values.
//
// * severity - Accepts a list of recommendation severities. The results
// list only includes the recommendations whose severity is one of the specified
// filter values. Valid values: high medium low informational
//
// * type-id - Accepts a list of recommendation type identifiers. The results
// list only includes the recommendations whose type is one of the specified
// filter values.
//
// * dbi-resource-id - Accepts a list of database resource identifiers. The
// results list only includes the recommendations that generated for the
// specified databases.
//
// * cluster-resource-id - Accepts a list of cluster resource identifiers.
// The results list only includes the recommendations that generated for
// the specified clusters.
//
// * pg-arn - Accepts a list of parameter group ARNs. The results list only
// includes the recommendations that generated for the specified parameter
// groups.
//
// * cluster-pg-arn - Accepts a list of cluster parameter group ARNs. The
// results list only includes the recommendations that generated for the
// specified cluster parameter groups.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// A filter to include only the recommendations that were updated after this
// specified time.
LastUpdatedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// A filter to include only the recommendations that were updated before this
// specified time.
LastUpdatedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The language that you choose to return the list of recommendations.
//
// Valid values:
//
// * en
//
// * en_UK
//
// * de
//
// * es
//
// * fr
//
// * id
//
// * it
//
// * ja
//
// * ko
//
// * pt_BR
//
// * zh_TW
//
// * zh_CN
Locale *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBRecommendations
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of recommendations to include in the response. If more
// records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called
// a marker is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining
// results.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBRecommendationsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdatedAfter sets the LastUpdatedAfter field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) SetLastUpdatedAfter(v time.Time) *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput {
s.LastUpdatedAfter = &v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdatedBefore sets the LastUpdatedBefore field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) SetLastUpdatedBefore(v time.Time) *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput {
s.LastUpdatedBefore = &v
return s
}
// SetLocale sets the Locale field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) SetLocale(v string) *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput {
s.Locale = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBRecommendationsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of recommendations which is returned from DescribeDBRecommendations
// API request.
DBRecommendations []*DBRecommendation `type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DBRecommendationsMessage
// request. This token can be used later in a DescribeDBRecomendations request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBRecommendations sets the DBRecommendations field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput) SetDBRecommendations(v []*DBRecommendation) *DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput {
s.DBRecommendations = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBRecommendationsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB security group to return details for.
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBSecurityGroup instances.
DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroup) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput {
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBShardGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied DB shard group identifier or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
// of the DB shard group. If this parameter is specified, information for only
// the specific DB shard group is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match an existing DB shard group identifier.
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more DB shard groups to describe.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBShardGroups
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100
MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBShardGroupsInput"}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier != nil && len(*s.DBShardGroupIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBShardGroupIdentifier", 1))
}
if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBShardGroupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains a list of DB shard groups for the user.
DBShardGroups []*DBShardGroup `locationNameList:"DBShardGroup" type:"list"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusters request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBShardGroups sets the DBShardGroups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput) SetDBShardGroups(v []*DBShardGroup) *DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput {
s.DBShardGroups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBShardGroupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for.
//
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput"}
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services
// accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see
// the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput {
s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v
return s
}
type DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the DB instance used to create the DB snapshots. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The ID of a DB snapshot that contains the tenant databases to describe. This
// value is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If you specify this parameter, the value must match the ID of an existing
// DB snapshot.
//
// * If you specify an automatic snapshot, you must also specify SnapshotType.
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A specific DB resource identifier to describe.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more tenant databases to describe.
//
// Supported filters:
//
// * tenant-db-name - Tenant database names. The results list only includes
// information about the tenant databases that match these tenant DB names.
//
// * tenant-database-resource-id - Tenant database resource identifiers.
// The results list only includes information about the tenant databases
// contained within the DB snapshots.
//
// * dbi-resource-id - DB instance resource identifiers. The results list
// only includes information about snapshots containing tenant databases
// contained within the DB instances identified by these resource identifiers.
//
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs).
//
// * db-snapshot-id - Accepts DB snapshot identifiers.
//
// * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB snapshots.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabases
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The type of DB snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following
// values:
//
// * automated – All DB snapshots that have been automatically taken by
// Amazon RDS for my Amazon Web Services account.
//
// * manual – All DB snapshots that have been taken by my Amazon Web Services
// account.
//
// * shared – All manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my Amazon
// Web Services account.
//
// * public – All DB snapshots that have been marked as public.
//
// * awsbackup – All DB snapshots managed by the Amazon Web Services Backup
// service.
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesInput {
s.SnapshotType = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DB snapshot tenant databases.
DBSnapshotTenantDatabases []*DBSnapshotTenantDatabase `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotTenantDatabase" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshotTenantDatabases sets the DBSnapshotTenantDatabases field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput) SetDBSnapshotTenantDatabases(v []*DBSnapshotTenantDatabase) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput {
s.DBSnapshotTenantDatabases = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotTenantDatabasesOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This
// parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This value is stored as a
// lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot.
//
// * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
// must also be specified.
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A specific DB resource ID to describe.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more DB snapshots to describe.
//
// Supported filters:
//
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs).
//
// * db-snapshot-id - Accepts DB snapshot identifiers.
//
// * dbi-resource-id - Accepts identifiers of source DB instances.
//
// * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB snapshots.
//
// * engine - Accepts names of database engines.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public
// and can be copied or restored by any Amazon Web Services account. By default,
// the public snapshots are not included.
//
// You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
// API.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other
// Amazon Web Services accounts that this Amazon Web Services account has been
// given permission to copy or restore. By default, these snapshots are not
// included.
//
// You can give an Amazon Web Services account permission to restore a manual
// DB snapshot from another Amazon Web Services account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
// API action.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request.
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following
// values:
//
// * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken
// by Amazon RDS for my Amazon Web Services account.
//
// * manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my Amazon Web
// Services account.
//
// * shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my
// Amazon Web Services account.
//
// * public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public.
//
// * awsbackup - Return the DB snapshots managed by the Amazon Web Services
// Backup service. For information about Amazon Web Services Backup, see
// the Amazon Web Services Backup Developer Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/aws-backup/latest/devguide/whatisbackup.html)
// The awsbackup type does not apply to Aurora.
//
// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
// snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in
// the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these
// results by enabling the IncludeShared parameter. You can include public snapshots
// with these results by enabling the IncludePublic parameter.
//
// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
// when SnapshotType is set to public.
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.IncludePublic = &v
return s
}
// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.IncludeShared = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
s.SnapshotType = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots
// action.
type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBSnapshot instances.
DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshots sets the DBSnapshots field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetDBSnapshots(v []*DBSnapshot) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput {
s.DBSnapshots = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// action.
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBSubnetGroup instances.
DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput {
s.DBSubnetGroups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter
// information for.
//
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"}
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// action.
EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput {
s.EngineDefaults = v
return s
}
type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB parameter group family.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * aurora-mysql5.7
//
// * aurora-mysql8.0
//
// * aurora-postgresql10
//
// * aurora-postgresql11
//
// * aurora-postgresql12
//
// * aurora-postgresql13
//
// * aurora-postgresql14
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-19
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-cdb-19
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb10.2
//
// * mariadb10.3
//
// * mariadb10.4
//
// * mariadb10.5
//
// * mariadb10.6
//
// * mysql5.7
//
// * mysql8.0
//
// * oracle-ee-19
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb-19
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb-21
//
// * oracle-se2-19
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb-19
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb-21
//
// * postgres10
//
// * postgres11
//
// * postgres12
//
// * postgres13
//
// * postgres14
//
// * sqlserver-ee-11.0
//
// * sqlserver-ee-12.0
//
// * sqlserver-ee-13.0
//
// * sqlserver-ee-14.0
//
// * sqlserver-ee-15.0
//
// * sqlserver-ex-11.0
//
// * sqlserver-ex-12.0
//
// * sqlserver-ex-13.0
//
// * sqlserver-ex-14.0
//
// * sqlserver-ex-15.0
//
// * sqlserver-se-11.0
//
// * sqlserver-se-12.0
//
// * sqlserver-se-13.0
//
// * sqlserver-se-14.0
//
// * sqlserver-se-15.0
//
// * sqlserver-web-11.0
//
// * sqlserver-web-12.0
//
// * sqlserver-web-13.0
//
// * sqlserver-web-14.0
//
// * sqlserver-web-15.0
//
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"}
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// action.
EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput {
s.EngineDefaults = v
return s
}
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The type of source that is generating the events. For RDS Proxy events, specify
// db-proxy.
//
// Valid Values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group
// | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot | db-proxy
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories operation.
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of EventCategoriesMap data types.
EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput {
s.EventCategoriesMapList = v
return s
}
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe.
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
s.SubscriptionName = &v
return s
}
// Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of EventSubscriptions data types.
EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
s.EventSubscriptionsList = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of minutes to retrieve events for.
//
// Default: 60
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
//
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification
// subscription.
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request.
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not
// specified, then all sources are included in the response.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
//
// * If the source type is a DB instance, a DBInstanceIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB cluster, a DBClusterIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName value
// must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName value
// must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier value must
// be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is a DB cluster snapshot, a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
// value must be supplied.
//
// * If the source type is an RDS Proxy, a DBProxyName value must be supplied.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
// are returned.
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
//
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.Duration = &v
return s
}
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.EndTime = &v
return s
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
s.StartTime = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action.
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of Event instances.
Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this
// parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker,
// up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeExportTasksInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the snapshot or cluster export task to be described.
ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Filters specify one or more snapshot or cluster exports to describe. The
// filters are specified as name-value pairs that define what to include in
// the output. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
//
// Supported filters include the following:
//
// * export-task-identifier - An identifier for the snapshot or cluster export
// task.
//
// * s3-bucket - The Amazon S3 bucket the data is exported to.
//
// * source-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot or cluster
// exported to Amazon S3.
//
// * status - The status of the export task. Must be lowercase. Valid statuses
// are the following: canceled canceling complete failed in_progress starting
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeExportTasks request.
// If you specify this parameter, the response includes only records beyond
// the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified value, a pagination token called a marker is included
// in the response. You can use the marker in a later DescribeExportTasks request
// to retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot or cluster exported to Amazon
// S3.
SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The type of source for the export.
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ExportSourceType"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeExportTasksInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeExportTasksInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeExportTasksInput"}
if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *DescribeExportTasksInput {
s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeExportTasksInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeExportTasksInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeExportTasksInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetSourceArn(v string) *DescribeExportTasksInput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeExportTasksInput {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
type DescribeExportTasksOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Information about an export of a snapshot or cluster to Amazon S3.
ExportTasks []*ExportTask `locationNameList:"ExportTask" type:"list"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeExportTasks request.
// A marker is used for pagination to identify the location to begin output
// for the next response of DescribeExportTasks.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeExportTasksOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeExportTasksOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetExportTasks sets the ExportTasks field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksOutput) SetExportTasks(v []*ExportTask) *DescribeExportTasksOutput {
s.ExportTasks = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeExportTasksOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeExportTasksOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeGlobalClustersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A filter that specifies one or more global database clusters to describe.
// This parameter is case-sensitive.
//
// Currently, the only supported filter is region.
//
// If used, the request returns information about any global cluster with at
// least one member (primary or secondary) in the specified Amazon Web Services
// Regions.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeGlobalClustersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeGlobalClustersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeGlobalClustersInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeGlobalClustersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of global clusters returned by this request.
GlobalClusters []*GlobalCluster `locationNameList:"GlobalClusterMember" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGlobalClusters sets the GlobalClusters field's value.
func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) SetGlobalClusters(v []*GlobalCluster) *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput {
s.GlobalClusters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeIntegrationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The unique identifier of the integration.
IntegrationIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeIntegrations
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeIntegrationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeIntegrationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeIntegrationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeIntegrationsInput"}
if s.IntegrationIdentifier != nil && len(*s.IntegrationIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IntegrationIdentifier", 1))
}
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeIntegrationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeIntegrationsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationIdentifier sets the IntegrationIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeIntegrationsInput) SetIntegrationIdentifier(v string) *DescribeIntegrationsInput {
s.IntegrationIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeIntegrationsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeIntegrationsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeIntegrationsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeIntegrationsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeIntegrationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of integrations.
Integrations []*Integration `locationNameList:"Integration" type:"list"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeIntegrations request.
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeIntegrationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeIntegrationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetIntegrations sets the Integrations field's value.
func (s *DescribeIntegrationsOutput) SetIntegrations(v []*Integration) *DescribeIntegrationsOutput {
s.Integrations = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeIntegrationsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeIntegrationsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the engine to describe options for.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
//
// EngineName is a required field
EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified
// major engine version.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput"}
if s.EngineName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
s.EngineName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// List of available option group options.
OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupOptions sets the OptionGroupOptions field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetOptionGroupOptions(v []*OptionGroupOption) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput {
s.OptionGroupOptions = v
return s
}
type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A filter to only include option groups associated with this database engine.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
// a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also
// be specified.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the option group to describe. Can't be supplied together with
// EngineName or MajorEngineVersion.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
s.EngineName = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// List of option groups.
type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// List of option groups.
OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupsList sets the OptionGroupsList field's value.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetOptionGroupsList(v []*OptionGroup) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput {
s.OptionGroupsList = v
return s
}
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Availability Zone group associated with a Local Zone. Specify this parameter
// to retrieve available options for the Local Zones in the group.
//
// Omit this parameter to show the available options in the specified Amazon
// Web Services Region.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
AvailabilityZoneGroup *string `type:"string"`
// A filter to include only the available options for the specified DB instance
// class.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the database engine to describe DB instance options for.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * aurora-mysql
//
// * aurora-postgresql
//
// * custom-oracle-ee
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * custom-oracle-se2
//
// * custom-oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A filter to include only the available options for the specified engine version.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// A filter to include only the available options for the specified license
// model.
//
// RDS Custom supports only the BYOL licensing model.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 1000.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to show only VPC or non-VPC offerings. RDS Custom supports
// only VPC offerings.
//
// RDS Custom supports only VPC offerings. If you describe non-VPC offerings
// for RDS Custom, the output shows VPC offerings.
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAvailabilityZoneGroup sets the AvailabilityZoneGroup field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetAvailabilityZoneGroup(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.AvailabilityZoneGroup = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
s.Vpc = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// action.
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable
// options for the DB instance.
OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput {
s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v
return s
}
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
// actions for.
//
// Supported filters:
//
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list only includes pending maintenance
// actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
//
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs.
// The results list only includes pending maintenance actions for the DB
// instances identified by these ARNs.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action.
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource.
PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput {
s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v
return s
}
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
// reservations matching the specified DB instances class.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
// to show only reservations for this duration.
//
// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
Duration *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The lease identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
// reservation that matches the specified lease ID.
//
// Amazon Web Services Support might request the lease ID for an issue related
// to a reserved DB instance.
LeaseId *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
// in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to show only those reservations that support Multi-AZ.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
// offerings matching the specified offering type.
//
// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
// The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
// those reservations matching the specified product description.
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter
// to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID.
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
// purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier.
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.Duration = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetLeaseId sets the LeaseId field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetLeaseId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.LeaseId = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.OfferingType = &v
return s
}
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.ProductDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
return s
}
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
// to show only reservations for this duration.
//
// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
Duration *string `type:"string"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
// in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to show only those reservations that support Multi-AZ.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
// offerings matching the specified offering type.
//
// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
// Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
// available offerings that contain the specified product description.
//
// The results show offerings that partially match the filter value.
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
// the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier.
//
// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.Duration = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.OfferingType = &v
return s
}
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.ProductDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
// action.
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// A list of reserved DB instance offerings.
ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferings field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings(v []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput {
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferings = v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// action.
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// A list of reserved DB instances.
ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstances sets the ReservedDBInstances field's value.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetReservedDBInstances(v []*ReservedDBInstance) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput {
s.ReservedDBInstances = v
return s
}
type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The source Amazon Web Services Region name. For example, us-east-1.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must specify a valid Amazon Web Services Region name.
RegionName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSourceRegionsInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetRegionName(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
s.RegionName = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions
// action.
type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source Amazon Web Services
// Region that the current Amazon Web Services Region can get a read replica
// or a DB snapshot from.
SourceRegions []*SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegions sets the SourceRegions field's value.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetSourceRegions(v []*SourceRegion) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput {
s.SourceRegions = v
return s
}
type DescribeTenantDatabasesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied DB instance identifier, which must match the identifier
// of an existing instance owned by the Amazon Web Services account. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A filter that specifies one or more database tenants to describe.
//
// Supported filters:
//
// * tenant-db-name - Tenant database names. The results list only includes
// information about the tenant databases that match these tenant DB names.
//
// * tenant-database-resource-id - Tenant database resource identifiers.
//
// * dbi-resource-id - DB instance resource identifiers. The results list
// only includes information about the tenants contained within the DB instances
// identified by these resource identifiers.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTenantDatabases
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The user-supplied tenant database name, which must match the name of an existing
// tenant database on the specified DB instance owned by your Amazon Web Services
// account. This parameter isn’t case-sensitive.
TenantDBName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTenantDatabasesInput"}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput {
s.MaxRecords = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDBName sets the TenantDBName field's value.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput) SetTenantDBName(v string) *DescribeTenantDatabasesInput {
s.TenantDBName = &v
return s
}
type DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTenantDatabases
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// An array of the tenant databases requested by the DescribeTenantDatabases
// operation.
TenantDatabases []*TenantDatabase `locationNameList:"TenantDatabase" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDatabases sets the TenantDatabases field's value.
func (s *DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput) SetTenantDatabases(v []*TenantDatabase) *DescribeTenantDatabasesOutput {
s.TenantDatabases = v
return s
}
type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance.
ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage sets the ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage field's value.
func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage(v *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput {
s.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = v
return s
}
type DisableHttpEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster.
//
// ResourceArn is a required field
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisableHttpEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisableHttpEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DisableHttpEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableHttpEndpointInput"}
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *DisableHttpEndpointInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DisableHttpEndpointInput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
type DisableHttpEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the HTTP endpoint is enabled or disabled for the DB cluster.
HttpEndpointEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The ARN of the DB cluster.
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisableHttpEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisableHttpEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetHttpEndpointEnabled sets the HttpEndpointEnabled field's value.
func (s *DisableHttpEndpointOutput) SetHttpEndpointEnabled(v bool) *DisableHttpEndpointOutput {
s.HttpEndpointEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *DisableHttpEndpointOutput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DisableHttpEndpointOutput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
// A link to documentation that provides additional information for a recommendation.
type DocLink struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The text with the link to documentation for the recommendation.
Text *string `type:"string"`
// The URL for the documentation for the recommendation.
Url *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DocLink) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DocLink) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetText sets the Text field's value.
func (s *DocLink) SetText(v string) *DocLink {
s.Text = &v
return s
}
// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
func (s *DocLink) SetUrl(v string) *DocLink {
s.Url = &v
return s
}
// An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance
// or cluster.
type DomainMembership struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the credentials for the user
// that's a member of the domain.
AuthSecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of the primary and secondary Active Directory domain
// controllers.
DnsIps []*string `type:"list"`
// The identifier of the Active Directory Domain.
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the Active Directory Domain.
FQDN *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role used when making API calls to the Directory Service.
IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory organizational unit for the DB instance or cluster.
OU *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the Active Directory Domain membership for the DB instance
// or cluster. Values include joined, pending-join, failed, and so on.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DomainMembership) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAuthSecretArn sets the AuthSecretArn field's value.
func (s *DomainMembership) SetAuthSecretArn(v string) *DomainMembership {
s.AuthSecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDnsIps sets the DnsIps field's value.
func (s *DomainMembership) SetDnsIps(v []*string) *DomainMembership {
s.DnsIps = v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value.
func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership {
s.FQDN = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership {
s.IAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetOU sets the OU field's value.
func (s *DomainMembership) SetOU(v string) *DomainMembership {
s.OU = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A range of double values.
type DoubleRange struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The minimum value in the range.
From *float64 `type:"double"`
// The maximum value in the range.
To *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DoubleRange) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DoubleRange) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFrom sets the From field's value.
func (s *DoubleRange) SetFrom(v float64) *DoubleRange {
s.From = &v
return s
}
// SetTo sets the To field's value.
func (s *DoubleRange) SetTo(v float64) *DoubleRange {
s.To = &v
return s
}
type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
// you want to list.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the log file to be downloaded.
//
// LogFileName is a required field
LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker
// parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker
// until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results
// in a file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size.
//
// If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned
// can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value
// of the Marker parameter.
//
// * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file
// is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent
// log entries first.
//
// * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker isn't specified, then the most
// recent lines from the end of the log file are returned.
//
// * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from
// the beginning of the log file are returned.
//
// * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size
// of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value
// of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker
// value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request,
// continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false.
NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.LogFileName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogFileName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetLogFileName(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
s.LogFileName = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfLines sets the NumberOfLines field's value.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetNumberOfLines(v int64) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
s.NumberOfLines = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion.
type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded.
AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Entries from the specified log file.
LogFileData *string `type:"string"`
// A pagination token that can be used in a later DownloadDBLogFilePortion request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAdditionalDataPending sets the AdditionalDataPending field's value.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetAdditionalDataPending(v bool) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput {
s.AdditionalDataPending = &v
return s
}
// SetLogFileData sets the LogFileData field's value.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetLogFileData(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput {
s.LogFileData = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
//
// - AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
//
// - DescribeDBSecurityGroups
//
// - RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
type EC2SecurityGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the id of the EC2 security group.
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the name of the EC2 security group.
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the Amazon Web Services ID of the owner of the EC2 security group
// specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName field.
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing",
// "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked".
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value.
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type EnableHttpEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster.
//
// ResourceArn is a required field
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EnableHttpEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EnableHttpEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *EnableHttpEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableHttpEndpointInput"}
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *EnableHttpEndpointInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *EnableHttpEndpointInput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
type EnableHttpEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the HTTP endpoint is enabled or disabled for the DB cluster.
HttpEndpointEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The ARN of the DB cluster.
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EnableHttpEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EnableHttpEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetHttpEndpointEnabled sets the HttpEndpointEnabled field's value.
func (s *EnableHttpEndpointOutput) SetHttpEndpointEnabled(v bool) *EnableHttpEndpointOutput {
s.HttpEndpointEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *EnableHttpEndpointOutput) SetResourceArn(v string) *EnableHttpEndpointOutput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon
// RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a response element in the following
// actions:
//
// - CreateDBInstance
//
// - DescribeDBInstances
//
// - DeleteDBInstance
//
// For the data structure that represents Amazon Aurora DB cluster endpoints,
// see DBClusterEndpoint.
type Endpoint struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance.
Address *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAddress sets the Address field's value.
func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint {
s.Address = &v
return s
}
// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value.
func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint {
s.HostedZoneId = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// action.
type EngineDefaults struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default
// parameters apply to.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request.
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// Contains a list of engine default parameters.
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EngineDefaults) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeEvents.html)
// action.
type Event struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the date and time of the event.
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the category for the event.
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
// Provides the text of this event.
Message *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event.
SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// Provides the identifier for the source of the event.
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the source type for this event.
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Event) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Event) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event {
s.Date = &v
return s
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event {
s.EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event {
s.Message = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event {
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeEventCategories.html)
// operation.
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The event categories for the specified source type
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
// The source type that the returned categories belong to
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap {
s.EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// action.
type EventSubscription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The RDS event notification subscription Id.
CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services customer account associated with the RDS event notification
// subscription.
CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the subscription is enabled. True indicates the subscription
// is enabled.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription.
EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription.
EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"`
// The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription.
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
// A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription.
SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
// The source type for the RDS event notification subscription.
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the RDS event notification subscription.
//
// Constraints:
//
// Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission
// | topic-not-exist
//
// The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to
// post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic
// was deleted after the subscription was created.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The time the RDS event notification subscription was created.
SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EventSubscription) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription {
s.CustSubscriptionId = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription {
s.CustomerAwsId = &v
return s
}
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription {
s.Enabled = &v
return s
}
// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
s.EventCategoriesList = v
return s
}
// SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription {
s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription {
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
s.SourceIdsList = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value.
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription {
s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of a snapshot or cluster export to Amazon S3.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks operation.
type ExportTask struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The data exported from the snapshot or cluster.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * database - Export all the data from a specified database.
//
// * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot or cluster.
// This format is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora
// MySQL.
//
// * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot
// or cluster. This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora
// PostgreSQL.
//
// * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema.
// This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"`
// A unique identifier for the snapshot or cluster export task. This ID isn't
// an identifier for the Amazon S3 bucket where the data is exported.
ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
FailureCause *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting
// a snapshot or cluster.
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The key identifier of the Amazon Web Services KMS key that is used to encrypt
// the data when it's exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key identifier is its key
// ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name. The IAM role used for the export must
// have encryption and decryption permissions to use this KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The progress of the snapshot or cluster export task as a percentage.
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot or cluster is exported to.
S3Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
// data.
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the snapshot was created.
SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot or cluster exported to Amazon
// S3.
SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The type of source for the export.
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ExportSourceType"`
// The progress status of the export task. The status can be one of the following:
//
// * CANCELED
//
// * CANCELING
//
// * COMPLETE
//
// * FAILED
//
// * IN_PROGRESS
//
// * STARTING
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the snapshot or cluster export task ended.
TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The time when the snapshot or cluster export task started.
TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A warning about the snapshot or cluster export task.
WarningMessage *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ExportTask) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ExportTask) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *ExportTask {
s.ExportOnly = v
return s
}
// SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *ExportTask {
s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetFailureCause(v string) *ExportTask {
s.FailureCause = &v
return s
}
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *ExportTask {
s.IamRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *ExportTask {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *ExportTask {
s.PercentProgress = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetS3Bucket(v string) *ExportTask {
s.S3Bucket = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetS3Prefix(v string) *ExportTask {
s.S3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotTime sets the SnapshotTime field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetSnapshotTime(v time.Time) *ExportTask {
s.SnapshotTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetSourceArn(v string) *ExportTask {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetSourceType(v string) *ExportTask {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetStatus(v string) *ExportTask {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTaskEndTime sets the TaskEndTime field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetTaskEndTime(v time.Time) *ExportTask {
s.TaskEndTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTaskStartTime sets the TaskStartTime field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetTaskStartTime(v time.Time) *ExportTask {
s.TaskStartTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTotalExtractedDataInGB sets the TotalExtractedDataInGB field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetTotalExtractedDataInGB(v int64) *ExportTask {
s.TotalExtractedDataInGB = &v
return s
}
// SetWarningMessage sets the WarningMessage field's value.
func (s *ExportTask) SetWarningMessage(v string) *ExportTask {
s.WarningMessage = &v
return s
}
type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DB cluster to force a failover for. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the DB instance to promote to the primary DB instance.
//
// Specify the DB instance identifier for an Aurora Replica or a Multi-AZ readable
// standby in the DB cluster, for example mydbcluster-replica1.
//
// This setting isn't supported for RDS for MySQL Multi-AZ DB clusters.
TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FailoverDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput {
s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type FailoverGlobalClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to allow data loss for this global database cluster operation.
// Allowing data loss triggers a global failover operation.
//
// If you don't specify AllowDataLoss, the global database cluster operation
// defaults to a switchover.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified together with the Switchover parameter.
AllowDataLoss *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The identifier of the global database cluster (Aurora global database) this
// operation should apply to. The identifier is the unique key assigned by the
// user when the Aurora global database is created. In other words, it's the
// name of the Aurora global database.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing global database cluster.
//
// GlobalClusterIdentifier is a required field
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether to switch over this global database cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified together with the AllowDataLoss parameter.
Switchover *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The identifier of the secondary Aurora DB cluster that you want to promote
// to the primary for the global database cluster. Use the Amazon Resource Name
// (ARN) for the identifier so that Aurora can locate the cluster in its Amazon
// Web Services Region.
//
// TargetDbClusterIdentifier is a required field
TargetDbClusterIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverGlobalClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FailoverGlobalClusterInput"}
if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GlobalClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier != nil && len(*s.GlobalClusterIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlobalClusterIdentifier", 1))
}
if s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDbClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier != nil && len(*s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetDbClusterIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllowDataLoss sets the AllowDataLoss field's value.
func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) SetAllowDataLoss(v bool) *FailoverGlobalClusterInput {
s.AllowDataLoss = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverGlobalClusterInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSwitchover sets the Switchover field's value.
func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) SetSwitchover(v bool) *FailoverGlobalClusterInput {
s.Switchover = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDbClusterIdentifier sets the TargetDbClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) SetTargetDbClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverGlobalClusterInput {
s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type FailoverGlobalClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value.
func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *FailoverGlobalClusterOutput {
s.GlobalCluster = v
return s
}
// Contains the state of scheduled or in-process operations on a global cluster
// (Aurora global database). This data type is empty unless a switchover or
// failover operation is scheduled or is in progress on the Aurora global database.
type FailoverState struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Aurora DB cluster that is currently
// being demoted, and which is associated with this state.
FromDbClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the operation is a global switchover or a global failover.
// If data loss is allowed, then the operation is a global failover. Otherwise,
// it's a switchover.
IsDataLossAllowed *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The current status of the global cluster. Possible values are as follows:
//
// * pending The service received a request to switch over or fail over
// the global cluster. The global cluster's primary DB cluster and the specified
// secondary DB cluster are being verified before the operation starts.
//
// * failing-over Aurora is promoting the chosen secondary Aurora DB cluster
// to become the new primary DB cluster to fail over the global cluster.
//
// * cancelling The request to switch over or fail over the global cluster
// was cancelled and the primary Aurora DB cluster and the selected secondary
// Aurora DB cluster are returning to their previous states.
//
// * switching-over This status covers the range of Aurora internal operations
// that take place during the switchover process, such as demoting the primary
// Aurora DB cluster, promoting the secondary Aurora DB cluster, and synchronizing
// replicas.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"FailoverStatus"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Aurora DB cluster that is currently
// being promoted, and which is associated with this state.
ToDbClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverState) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FailoverState) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFromDbClusterArn sets the FromDbClusterArn field's value.
func (s *FailoverState) SetFromDbClusterArn(v string) *FailoverState {
s.FromDbClusterArn = &v
return s
}
// SetIsDataLossAllowed sets the IsDataLossAllowed field's value.
func (s *FailoverState) SetIsDataLossAllowed(v bool) *FailoverState {
s.IsDataLossAllowed = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *FailoverState) SetStatus(v string) *FailoverState {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetToDbClusterArn sets the ToDbClusterArn field's value.
func (s *FailoverState) SetToDbClusterArn(v string) *FailoverState {
s.ToDbClusterArn = &v
return s
}
// A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list
// of results from a describe operation. Filters can be used to match a set
// of resources by specific criteria, such as IDs. The filters supported by
// a describe operation are documented with the describe operation.
//
// Currently, wildcards are not supported in filters.
//
// The following actions can be filtered:
//
// - DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
//
// - DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
//
// - DescribeDBClusters
//
// - DescribeDBInstances
//
// - DescribeDBRecommendations
//
// - DescribeDBShardGroups
//
// - DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
type Filter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive.
//
// Values is a required field
Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Filter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Filter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Filter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Values == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter {
s.Values = v
return s
}
// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
type GlobalCluster struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The default database name within the new global database cluster.
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// The deletion protection setting for the new global database cluster.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Aurora database engine used by the global database cluster.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The life cycle type for the global cluster.
//
// For more information, see CreateGlobalCluster.
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates the database engine version.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// A data object containing all properties for the current state of an in-process
// or pending switchover or failover process for this global cluster (Aurora
// global database). This object is empty unless the SwitchoverGlobalCluster
// or FailoverGlobalCluster operation was called on this global cluster.
FailoverState *FailoverState `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the global database cluster.
GlobalClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
// Contains a user-supplied global database cluster identifier. This identifier
// is the unique key that identifies a global database cluster.
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The list of primary and secondary clusters within the global database cluster.
GlobalClusterMembers []*GlobalClusterMember `locationNameList:"GlobalClusterMember" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the global
// database cluster. This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail
// log entries whenever the Amazon Web Services KMS key for the DB cluster is
// accessed.
GlobalClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the current state of this global database cluster.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The storage encryption setting for the global database cluster.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GlobalCluster) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GlobalCluster) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *GlobalCluster {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetEngine(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetFailoverState sets the FailoverState field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetFailoverState(v *FailoverState) *GlobalCluster {
s.FailoverState = v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterArn sets the GlobalClusterArn field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterArn(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.GlobalClusterArn = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterMembers sets the GlobalClusterMembers field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterMembers(v []*GlobalClusterMember) *GlobalCluster {
s.GlobalClusterMembers = v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterResourceId sets the GlobalClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterResourceId(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.GlobalClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetStatus(v string) *GlobalCluster {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *GlobalCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *GlobalCluster {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// A data structure with information about any primary and secondary clusters
// associated with a global cluster (Aurora global database).
type GlobalClusterMember struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for each Aurora DB cluster in the global cluster.
DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
// The status of write forwarding for a secondary cluster in the global cluster.
GlobalWriteForwardingStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"WriteForwardingStatus"`
// Indicates whether the Aurora DB cluster is the primary cluster (that is,
// has read-write capability) for the global cluster with which it is associated.
IsWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for each read-only secondary cluster associated
// with the global cluster.
Readers []*string `type:"list"`
// The status of synchronization of each Aurora DB cluster in the global cluster.
SynchronizationStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GlobalClusterMember) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GlobalClusterMember) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value.
func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *GlobalClusterMember {
s.DBClusterArn = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus sets the GlobalWriteForwardingStatus field's value.
func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus(v string) *GlobalClusterMember {
s.GlobalWriteForwardingStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetIsWriter sets the IsWriter field's value.
func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetIsWriter(v bool) *GlobalClusterMember {
s.IsWriter = &v
return s
}
// SetReaders sets the Readers field's value.
func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetReaders(v []*string) *GlobalClusterMember {
s.Readers = v
return s
}
// SetSynchronizationStatus sets the SynchronizationStatus field's value.
func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetSynchronizationStatus(v string) *GlobalClusterMember {
s.SynchronizationStatus = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
type IPRange struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The IP range.
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking",
// and "revoked".
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s IPRange) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s IPRange) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange {
s.CIDRIP = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
type Integration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The encryption context for the integration. For more information, see Encryption
// context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
// in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
AdditionalEncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The time when the integration was created, in Universal Coordinated Time
// (UTC).
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Data filters for the integration. These filters determine which tables from
// the source database are sent to the target Amazon Redshift data warehouse.
DataFilter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A description of the integration.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Any errors associated with the integration.
Errors []*IntegrationError `locationNameList:"IntegrationError" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the integration.
IntegrationArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the integration.
IntegrationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Key Management System (Amazon Web Services KMS) key
// identifier for the key used to to encrypt the integration.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the database used as the source for replication.
SourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The current status of the integration.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"IntegrationStatus"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the Redshift data warehouse used as the target for replication.
TargetArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Integration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Integration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAdditionalEncryptionContext sets the AdditionalEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetAdditionalEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *Integration {
s.AdditionalEncryptionContext = v
return s
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Integration {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDataFilter sets the DataFilter field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetDataFilter(v string) *Integration {
s.DataFilter = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetDescription(v string) *Integration {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetErrors(v []*IntegrationError) *Integration {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationArn sets the IntegrationArn field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetIntegrationArn(v string) *Integration {
s.IntegrationArn = &v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationName sets the IntegrationName field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetIntegrationName(v string) *Integration {
s.IntegrationName = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Integration {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetSourceArn(v string) *Integration {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetStatus(v string) *Integration {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Integration {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetArn sets the TargetArn field's value.
func (s *Integration) SetTargetArn(v string) *Integration {
s.TargetArn = &v
return s
}
// An error associated with a zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
type IntegrationError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The error code associated with the integration.
//
// ErrorCode is a required field
ErrorCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A message explaining the error.
ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s IntegrationError) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s IntegrationError) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
func (s *IntegrationError) SetErrorCode(v string) *IntegrationError {
s.ErrorCode = &v
return s
}
// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *IntegrationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *IntegrationError {
s.ErrorMessage = &v
return s
}
// The details of an issue with your DB instances, DB clusters, and DB parameter
// groups.
type IssueDetails struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A detailed description of the issue when the recommendation category is performance.
PerformanceIssueDetails *PerformanceIssueDetails `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s IssueDetails) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s IssueDetails) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPerformanceIssueDetails sets the PerformanceIssueDetails field's value.
func (s *IssueDetails) SetPerformanceIssueDetails(v *PerformanceIssueDetails) *IssueDetails {
s.PerformanceIssueDetails = v
return s
}
// Contains details for Aurora Limitless Database.
type LimitlessDatabase struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The minimum required capacity for Aurora Limitless Database in Aurora capacity
// units (ACUs).
MinRequiredACU *float64 `type:"double"`
// The status of Aurora Limitless Database.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"LimitlessDatabaseStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s LimitlessDatabase) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s LimitlessDatabase) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMinRequiredACU sets the MinRequiredACU field's value.
func (s *LimitlessDatabase) SetMinRequiredACU(v float64) *LimitlessDatabase {
s.MinRequiredACU = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *LimitlessDatabase) SetStatus(v string) *LimitlessDatabase {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// This parameter isn't currently supported.
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
// The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource
// Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN
// for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// ResourceName is a required field
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
if s.ResourceName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
}
if s.Filters != nil {
for i, v := range s.Filters {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
s.Filters = v
return s
}
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
s.ResourceName = &v
return s
}
type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// Contains the secret managed by RDS in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager
// for the master user password.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type MasterUserSecret struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier that is used to encrypt the secret.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the secret.
SecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the secret.
//
// The possible status values include the following:
//
// * creating - The secret is being created.
//
// * active - The secret is available for normal use and rotation.
//
// * rotating - The secret is being rotated.
//
// * impaired - The secret can be used to access database credentials, but
// it can't be rotated. A secret might have this status if, for example,
// permissions are changed so that RDS can no longer access either the secret
// or the KMS key for the secret. When a secret has this status, you can
// correct the condition that caused the status. Alternatively, modify the
// DB instance to turn off automatic management of database credentials,
// and then modify the DB instance again to turn on automatic management
// of database credentials.
SecretStatus *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MasterUserSecret) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MasterUserSecret) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *MasterUserSecret) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *MasterUserSecret {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetSecretArn sets the SecretArn field's value.
func (s *MasterUserSecret) SetSecretArn(v string) *MasterUserSecret {
s.SecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSecretStatus sets the SecretStatus field's value.
func (s *MasterUserSecret) SetSecretStatus(v string) *MasterUserSecret {
s.SecretStatus = &v
return s
}
// The representation of a metric.
type Metric struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The query to retrieve metric data points.
MetricQuery *MetricQuery `type:"structure"`
// The name of a metric.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// A list of metric references (thresholds).
References []*MetricReference `type:"list"`
// The details of different statistics for a metric. The description might contain
// markdown.
StatisticsDetails *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Metric) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Metric) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMetricQuery sets the MetricQuery field's value.
func (s *Metric) SetMetricQuery(v *MetricQuery) *Metric {
s.MetricQuery = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Metric) SetName(v string) *Metric {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetReferences sets the References field's value.
func (s *Metric) SetReferences(v []*MetricReference) *Metric {
s.References = v
return s
}
// SetStatisticsDetails sets the StatisticsDetails field's value.
func (s *Metric) SetStatisticsDetails(v string) *Metric {
s.StatisticsDetails = &v
return s
}
// The query to retrieve metric data points.
type MetricQuery struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Performance Insights query that you can use to retrieve Performance Insights
// metric data points.
PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery *PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MetricQuery) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MetricQuery) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsMetricQuery sets the PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery field's value.
func (s *MetricQuery) SetPerformanceInsightsMetricQuery(v *PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery) *MetricQuery {
s.PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery = v
return s
}
// The reference (threshold) for a metric.
type MetricReference struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the metric reference.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// The details of a performance issue.
ReferenceDetails *ReferenceDetails `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MetricReference) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MetricReference) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *MetricReference) SetName(v string) *MetricReference {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetReferenceDetails sets the ReferenceDetails field's value.
func (s *MetricReference) SetReferenceDetails(v *ReferenceDetails) *MetricReference {
s.ReferenceDetails = v
return s
}
// The minimum DB engine version required for each corresponding allowed value
// for an option setting.
type MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The allowed value for an option setting.
AllowedValue *string `type:"string"`
// The minimum DB engine version required for the allowed value.
MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowedValue sets the AllowedValue field's value.
func (s *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) SetAllowedValue(v string) *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue {
s.AllowedValue = &v
return s
}
// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue {
s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
type ModifyActivityStreamInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The audit policy state. When a policy is unlocked, it is read/write. When
// it is locked, it is read-only. You can edit your audit policy only when the
// activity stream is unlocked or stopped.
AuditPolicyState *string `type:"string" enum:"AuditPolicyState"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RDS for Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server
// DB instance. For example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:db:my-orcl-db.
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyActivityStreamInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyActivityStreamInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAuditPolicyState sets the AuditPolicyState field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamInput) SetAuditPolicyState(v string) *ModifyActivityStreamInput {
s.AuditPolicyState = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ModifyActivityStreamInput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
type ModifyActivityStreamOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether engine-native audit fields are included in the database
// activity stream.
EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream to be used for the database activity
// stream.
KinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of messages in
// the database activity stream.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The mode of the database activity stream.
Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"`
// The status of the modification to the policy state of the database activity
// stream.
PolicyStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamPolicyStatus"`
// The status of the modification to the database activity stream.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyActivityStreamOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyActivityStreamOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded sets the EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamOutput) SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded(v bool) *ModifyActivityStreamOutput {
s.EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded = &v
return s
}
// SetKinesisStreamName sets the KinesisStreamName field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamOutput) SetKinesisStreamName(v string) *ModifyActivityStreamOutput {
s.KinesisStreamName = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *ModifyActivityStreamOutput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamOutput) SetMode(v string) *ModifyActivityStreamOutput {
s.Mode = &v
return s
}
// SetPolicyStatus sets the PolicyStatus field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v string) *ModifyActivityStreamOutput {
s.PolicyStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ModifyActivityStreamOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyActivityStreamOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type ModifyCertificatesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The new default certificate identifier to override the current one with.
//
// To determine the valid values, use the describe-certificates CLI command
// or the DescribeCertificates API operation.
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to remove the override for the default certificate. If
// the override is removed, the default certificate is the system default.
RemoveCustomerOverride *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCertificatesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCertificatesInput {
s.CertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetRemoveCustomerOverride sets the RemoveCustomerOverride field's value.
func (s *ModifyCertificatesInput) SetRemoveCustomerOverride(v bool) *ModifyCertificatesInput {
s.RemoveCustomerOverride = &v
return s
}
type ModifyCertificatesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A CA certificate for an Amazon Web Services account.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
Certificate *Certificate `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCertificatesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCertificate sets the Certificate field's value.
func (s *ModifyCertificatesOutput) SetCertificate(v *Certificate) *ModifyCertificatesOutput {
s.Certificate = v
return s
}
type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB cluster capacity.
//
// When you change the capacity of a paused Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster,
// it automatically resumes.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64,
// 128, and 256.
//
// * For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64,
// 192, and 384.
Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The amount of time, in seconds, that Aurora Serverless v1 tries to find a
// scaling point to perform seamless scaling before enforcing the timeout action.
// The default is 300.
//
// Specify a value between 10 and 600 seconds.
SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
// or RollbackCapacityChange.
//
// ForceApplyCapacityChange, the default, sets the capacity to the specified
// value as soon as possible.
//
// RollbackCapacityChange ignores the capacity change if a scaling point isn't
// found in the timeout period.
TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCapacity sets the Capacity field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput {
s.Capacity = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput {
s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput {
s.TimeoutAction = &v
return s
}
type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The current capacity of the DB cluster.
CurrentCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key
// that identifies a DB cluster.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A value that specifies the capacity that the DB cluster scales to next.
PendingCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of seconds before a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity times
// out.
SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The timeout action of a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
// or RollbackCapacityChange.
TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCurrentCapacity sets the CurrentCapacity field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetCurrentCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput {
s.CurrentCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetPendingCapacity sets the PendingCapacity field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetPendingCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput {
s.PendingCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput {
s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value.
func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput {
s.TimeoutAction = &v
return s
}
type ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional description of your CEV.
Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The database engine. RDS Custom for Oracle supports the following values:
//
// * custom-oracle-ee
//
// * custom-oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * custom-oracle-se2
//
// * custom-oracle-se2-cdb
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The custom engine version (CEV) that you want to modify. This option is required
// for RDS Custom for Oracle, but optional for Amazon RDS. The combination of
// Engine and EngineVersion is unique per customer per Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// EngineVersion is a required field
EngineVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The availability status to be assigned to the CEV. Valid values are as follows:
//
// available
//
// You can use this CEV to create a new RDS Custom DB instance.
//
// inactive
//
// You can create a new RDS Custom instance by restoring a DB snapshot with
// this CEV. You can't patch or create new instances with this CEV.
//
// You can change any status to any status. A typical reason to change status
// is to prevent the accidental use of a CEV, or to make a deprecated CEV eligible
// for use again. For example, you might change the status of your CEV from
// available to inactive, and from inactive back to available. To change the
// availability status of the CEV, it must not currently be in use by an RDS
// Custom instance, snapshot, or automated backup.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"CustomEngineVersionStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput"}
if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1))
}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if s.Engine != nil && len(*s.Engine) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Engine", 1))
}
if s.EngineVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineVersion"))
}
if s.EngineVersion != nil && len(*s.EngineVersion) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EngineVersion", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetDescription(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetEngine(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionInput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
type ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The creation time of the DB engine version.
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// JSON string that lists the installation files and parameters that RDS Custom
// uses to create a custom engine version (CEV). RDS Custom applies the patches
// in the order in which they're listed in the manifest. You can set the Oracle
// home, Oracle base, and UNIX/Linux user and group using the installation parameters.
// For more information, see JSON fields in the CEV manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-cev.preparing.html#custom-cev.preparing.manifest.fields)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
CustomDBEngineVersionManifest *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine.
DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates the source media provider of the AMI based on the
// usage operation. Applicable for RDS Custom for SQL Server.
DBEngineMediaType *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN of the custom engine version.
DBEngineVersionArn *string `type:"string"`
// The description of the database engine version.
DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database installation
// files.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 directory that contains the database installation files. If
// not specified, then no prefix is assumed.
DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API isn't specified.
DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`
// The name of the database engine.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch
// Logs.
ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
// The EC2 image
Image *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted CEV. This parameter
// is required for RDS Custom, but optional for Amazon RDS.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The major engine version of the CEV.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the DB engine version, either available or deprecated.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// A list of the supported CA certificate identifiers.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the supported DB engine modes.
SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of features supported by the DB engine.
//
// The supported features vary by DB engine and DB engine version.
//
// To determine the supported features for a specific DB engine and DB engine
// version using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine <engine_name> --engine-version
// <engine_version>
//
// For example, to determine the supported features for RDS for PostgreSQL version
// 13.3 using the CLI, use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --engine-version 13.3
//
// The supported features are listed under SupportedFeatureNames in the output.
SupportedFeatureNames []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the character sets supported by the Oracle DB engine for the NcharCharacterSetName
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation.
SupportedNcharCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
// A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter
// of the CreateDBInstance action.
SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL.
SupportsBabelfish *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports rotating the server certificate
// without rebooting the DB instance.
SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with a specific DB
// engine version.
SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports zero-ETL integrations with
// Amazon Redshift.
SupportsIntegrations *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports Aurora Limitless Database.
SupportsLimitlessDatabase *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports forwarding write operations
// from reader DB instances to the writer DB instance in the DB cluster. By
// default, write operations aren't allowed on reader DB instances.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
SupportsLocalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the log types specified
// by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs.
SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with a specific DB engine
// version.
SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas.
SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
// to.
ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest sets the CustomDBEngineVersionManifest field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetCustomDBEngineVersionManifest(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.CustomDBEngineVersionManifest = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineMediaType sets the DBEngineMediaType field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineMediaType(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineMediaType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionArn sets the DBEngineVersionArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineVersionArn(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineVersionArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix sets the DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DatabaseInstallationFilesS3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.DefaultCharacterSet = v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetEngine(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.ExportableLogTypes = v
return s
}
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetImage(v *CustomDBEngineVersionAMI) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Image = v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers sets the SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedCACertificateIdentifiers(v []*string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedCACertificateIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedEngineModes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedFeatureNames sets the SupportedFeatureNames field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedFeatureNames(v []*string) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedFeatureNames = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets sets the SupportedNcharCharacterSets field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedNcharCharacterSets = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportedTimezones = v
return s
}
// SetSupportsBabelfish sets the SupportsBabelfish field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsBabelfish(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsBabelfish = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart sets the SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsCertificateRotationWithoutRestart = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsIntegrations sets the SupportsIntegrations field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsIntegrations(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsIntegrations = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase sets the SupportsLimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLimitlessDatabase = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding sets the SupportsLocalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLocalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.SupportsReadReplica = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value.
func (s *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *ModifyCustomDBEngineVersionOutput {
s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the endpoint to modify. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
// string.
//
// DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
EndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput"}
if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.EndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.ExcludedMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput {
s.StaticMembers = v
return s
}
// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon
// Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following
// actions:
//
// - CreateDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
//
// - ModifyDBClusterEndpoint
//
// - DeleteDBClusterEndpoint
//
// For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints,
// see Endpoint.
type ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
// a lowercase string.
DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
// for the whole life of the endpoint.
DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DNS address of the endpoint.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
EndpointType *string `type:"string"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"`
// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
// inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't
// be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only
// secondary cluster in a global database.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.CustomEndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.EndpointType = &v
return s
}
// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.ExcludedMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.StaticMembers = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate to each DB instance
// in the Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether engine mode changes from serverless to provisioned are
// allowed.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters only
//
// Constraints:
//
// * You must allow engine mode changes when specifying a different value
// for the EngineMode parameter from the DB cluster's current engine mode.
AllowEngineModeChange *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether major version upgrades are allowed.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * You must allow major version upgrades when specifying a value for the
// EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB
// cluster's current version.
AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications
// are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow
// setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter is disabled, changes to the
// DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance window.
//
// Most modifications can be applied immediately or during the next scheduled
// maintenance window. Some modifications, such as turning on deletion protection
// and changing the master password, are applied immediately—regardless of
// when you choose to apply them.
//
// By default, this parameter is disabled.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the
// DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades
// are applied automatically.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services
// Backup.
AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `min:"43" type:"string"`
// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
// value to 0.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora MySQL DB clusters only
//
// Default: 0
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
// hours).
BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Specify a minimum
// value of 1.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Default: 1
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB cluster's server certificate.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch
// Logs for a specific DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// The following values are valid for each DB engine:
//
// * Aurora MySQL - audit | error | general | slowquery
//
// * Aurora PostgreSQL - postgresql
//
// * RDS for MySQL - error | general | slowquery
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql | upgrade
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the
// DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The compute and memory capacity of each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster,
// for example db.m6gd.xlarge. Not all DB instance classes are available in
// all Amazon Web Services Regions, or for all database engines.
//
// For the full list of DB instance classes and availability for your engine,
// see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
DBClusterInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to all instances of the DB cluster.
//
// When you apply a parameter group using the DBInstanceParameterGroupName parameter,
// the DB cluster isn't rebooted automatically. Also, parameter changes are
// applied immediately rather than during the next maintenance window.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
//
// Default: The existing name setting
//
// Constraints:
//
// * The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family
// as this DB cluster.
//
// * The DBInstanceParameterGroupName parameter is valid in combination with
// the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade parameter for a major version upgrade only.
DBInstanceParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB cluster to. Specify none
// to remove the cluster from its current domain. The domain must be created
// prior to this operation.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable this DB cluster to forward write operations to
// the primary cluster of a global cluster (Aurora global database). By default,
// write operations are not allowed on Aurora DB clusters that are secondary
// clusters in an Aurora global database.
//
// You can set this value only on Aurora DB clusters that are members of an
// Aurora global database. With this parameter enabled, a secondary cluster
// can forward writes to the current primary cluster, and the resulting changes
// are replicated back to this cluster. For the primary DB cluster of an Aurora
// global database, this value is used immediately if the primary is demoted
// by a global cluster API operation, but it does nothing until then.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableGlobalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora Serverless v1
// DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint isn't enabled.
//
// When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API
// (RDS Data API) for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster.
// You can also query your database from inside the RDS console with the RDS
// query editor.
//
// For more information, see Using RDS Data API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This parameter applies only to Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters. To enable
// or disable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora PostgreSQL Serverless v2 or provisioned
// DB cluster, use the EnableHttpEndpoint and DisableHttpEndpoint operations.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableHttpEndpoint *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable Aurora Limitless Database. You must enable Aurora
// Limitless Database to create a DB shard group.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableLimitlessDatabase *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether read replicas can forward write operations to the writer
// DB instance in the DB cluster. By default, write operations aren't allowed
// on reader DB instances.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableLocalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless.
//
// The DB engine mode can be modified only from serverless to provisioned.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateDBCluster.html).
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
EngineMode *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing
// this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next
// maintenance window unless ApplyImmediately is enabled.
//
// If the cluster that you're modifying has one or more read replicas, all replicas
// must be running an engine version that's the same or later than the version
// you specify.
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for Aurora MySQL, use the following
// command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for Aurora PostgreSQL, use the
// following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for MySQL, use the following
// command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for PostgreSQL, use
// the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
// initially allocated for each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For information about valid IOPS values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS
// storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB
// cluster.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager.
//
// If the DB cluster doesn't manage the master user password with Amazon Web
// Services Secrets Manager, you can turn on this management. In this case,
// you can't specify MasterUserPassword.
//
// If the DB cluster already manages the master user password with Amazon Web
// Services Secrets Manager, and you specify that the master user password is
// not managed with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, then you must specify
// MasterUserPassword. In this case, RDS deletes the secret and uses the new
// password for the master user specified by MasterUserPassword.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
ManageMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The new password for the master database user.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * Can contain any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
//
// * Can't be specified if ManageMasterUserPassword is turned on.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically
// generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
//
// This setting is valid only if both of the following conditions are met:
//
// * The DB cluster doesn't manage the master user password in Amazon Web
// Services Secrets Manager. If the DB cluster already manages the master
// user password in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, you can't change
// the KMS key that is used to encrypt the secret.
//
// * You are turning on ManageMasterUserPassword to manage the master user
// password in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. If you are turning on
// ManageMasterUserPassword and don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then
// the aws/secretsmanager KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret
// is in a different Amazon Web Services account, then you can't use the
// aws/secretsmanager KMS key to encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer
// managed KMS key.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring
// metrics, specify 0.
//
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, also set MonitoringInterval to a value
// other than 0.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60
//
// Default: 0
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send
// Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
// For information on creating a monitoring role, see To create an IAM role
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, supply a MonitoringRoleArn
// value.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The network type of the DB cluster.
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and
// the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
//
// Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * The first character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster2
NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The option group to associate the DB cluster with.
//
// DB clusters are associated with a default option group that can't be modified.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
// RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon
// Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default
// KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93
// (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// Default: 7 days
//
// If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, Amazon RDS
// issues an error.
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
//
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To view the time blocks available,
// see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of
// the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB
// Cluster Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi.
//
// * Days must be one of Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to rotate the secret managed by Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager for the master user password.
//
// This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS
// in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB cluster. The secret value
// contains the updated password.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Constraints:
//
// * You must apply the change immediately when rotating the master user
// password.
RotateMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The scaling properties of the DB cluster. You can only modify scaling properties
// for DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only
ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The storage type to associate with the DB cluster.
//
// For information on storage types for Aurora DB clusters, see Storage configurations
// for Amazon Aurora DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Overview.StorageReliability.html#aurora-storage-type).
// For information on storage types for Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Settings for
// creating Multi-AZ DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/create-multi-az-db-cluster.html#create-multi-az-db-cluster-settings).
//
// When specified for a Multi-AZ DB cluster, a value for the Iops parameter
// is required.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * Aurora DB clusters - aurora | aurora-iopt1
//
// * Multi-AZ DB clusters - io1 | io2 | gp3
//
// Default:
//
// * Aurora DB clusters - aurora
//
// * Multi-AZ DB clusters - io1
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"}
if s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn != nil && len(*s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn) < 43 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn", 43))
}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAllowEngineModeChange sets the AllowEngineModeChange field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetAllowEngineModeChange(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.AllowEngineModeChange = &v
return s
}
// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.BacktrackWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterInstanceClass sets the DBClusterInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceParameterGroupName sets the DBInstanceParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBInstanceParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.DBInstanceParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding sets the EnableGlobalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EnableGlobalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableHttpEndpoint sets the EnableHttpEndpoint field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableHttpEndpoint(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EnableHttpEndpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableLimitlessDatabase sets the EnableLimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableLimitlessDatabase(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EnableLimitlessDatabase = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableLocalWriteForwarding sets the EnableLocalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableLocalWriteForwarding(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EnableLocalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EngineMode = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetManageMasterUserPassword sets the ManageMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetManageMasterUserPassword(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.ManageMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId sets the MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetRotateMasterUserPassword sets the RotateMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetRotateMasterUserPassword(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.RotateMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration sets the ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration(v *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
//
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
//
// Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot
//
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters.
//
// When the application method is immediate, changes to dynamic parameters are
// applied immediately to the DB clusters associated with the parameter group.
// When the application method is pending-reboot, changes to dynamic and static
// parameters are applied after a reboot without failover to the DB clusters
// associated with the parameter group.
//
// Parameters is a required field
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
}
if s.Parameters == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
//
// To manage authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or
// restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
//
// To view the list of attributes available to modify, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// API operation.
//
// AttributeName is a required field
AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
//
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified
// by AttributeName.
//
// To authorize other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual
// DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon Web Services
// account IDs, or all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by
// any Amazon Web Services account. Do not add the all value for any manual
// DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
// available to all Amazon Web Services accounts.
ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified
// by AttributeName.
//
// To remove authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or
// restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more
// Amazon Web Services account identifiers, or all to remove authorization for
// any Amazon Web Services account to copy or restore the DB cluster snapshot.
// If you specify all, an Amazon Web Services account whose account ID is explicitly
// added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a manual DB cluster
// snapshot.
ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"}
if s.AttributeName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName"))
}
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.AttributeName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.ValuesToAdd = v
return s
}
// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.ValuesToRemove = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon
// Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For
// more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The new amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate for the DB instance.
//
// For RDS for Db2, MariaDB, RDS for MySQL, RDS for Oracle, and RDS for PostgreSQL,
// the value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values
// that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up
// so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
//
// For the valid values for allocated storage for each engine, see CreateDBInstance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * When you increase the allocated storage for a DB instance that uses
// Provisioned IOPS (gp3, io1, or io2 storage type), you must also specify
// the Iops parameter. You can use the current value for Iops.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter
// doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon
// as possible.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Major version upgrades must be allowed when specifying a value for the
// EngineVersion parameter that's a different major version than the DB instance's
// current version.
AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications
// are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow
// setting for the DB instance. By default, this parameter is disabled.
//
// If this parameter is disabled, changes to the DB instance are applied during
// the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and
// are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot.
// Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide to see the impact of enabling or disabling ApplyImmediately
// for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes are applied.
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the
// DB instance during the maintenance window. An outage occurs when all the
// following conditions are met:
//
// * The automatic upgrade is enabled for the maintenance window.
//
// * A newer minor version is available.
//
// * RDS has enabled automatic patching for the engine version.
//
// If any of the preceding conditions isn't met, Amazon RDS applies the change
// as soon as possible and doesn't cause an outage.
//
// For an RDS Custom DB instance, don't enable this setting. Otherwise, the
// operation returns an error.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The automation mode of the RDS Custom DB instance. If full, the DB instance
// automates monitoring and instance recovery. If all paused, the instance pauses
// automation for the duration set by ResumeFullAutomationModeMinutes.
AutomationMode *string `type:"string" enum:"AutomationMode"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services
// Backup.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `min:"43" type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
// backups.
//
// Enabling and disabling backups can result in a brief I/O suspension that
// lasts from a few seconds to a few minutes, depending on the size and class
// of your DB instance.
//
// These changes are applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately
// parameter is enabled for this request. If you change the parameter from one
// non-zero value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied
// as soon as possible.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The retention period
// for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information,
// see ModifyDBCluster.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a value from 0 to 35.
//
// * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas.
//
// * Can't be set to 0 for an RDS Custom for Oracle DB instance.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB instance's server certificate.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is restarted when you rotate your SSL/TLS
// certificate.
//
// By default, the DB instance is restarted when you rotate your SSL/TLS certificate.
// The certificate is not updated until the DB instance is restarted.
//
// Set this parameter only if you are not using SSL/TLS to connect to the DB
// instance.
//
// If you are using SSL/TLS to connect to the DB instance, follow the appropriate
// instructions for your DB engine to rotate your SSL/TLS certificate:
//
// * For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for RDS
// DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// * For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora
// DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
CertificateRotationRestart *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch Logs for a specific
// DB instance.
//
// A change to the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration parameter is always applied
// to the DB instance immediately. Therefore, the ApplyImmediately parameter
// has no effect.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the
// DB instance. By default, tags aren't copied.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Copying tags to
// snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting this value for an Aurora
// DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting. For more information,
// see ModifyDBCluster.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example db.m4.large.
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions,
// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or Aurora DB instance classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. For RDS Custom, see DB instance class support
// for RDS Custom for Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-reqs-limits.html#custom-reqs-limits.instances)
// and DB instance class support for RDS Custom for SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-reqs-limits-MS.html#custom-reqs-limits.instancesMS).
//
// If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change.
// The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify
// ApplyImmediately in your request.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If you are modifying the DB instance class and upgrading the engine
// version at the same time, the currently running engine version must be
// supported on the specified DB instance class. Otherwise, the operation
// returns an error. In this case, first run the operation to upgrade the
// engine version, and then run it again to modify the DB instance class.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of DB instance to modify. This value is stored as a lowercase
// string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance.
//
// Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name
// itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied
// until you reboot the instance without failover. In this case, the DB instance
// isn't rebooted automatically, and the parameter changes aren't applied during
// the next maintenance window. However, if you modify dynamic parameters in
// the newly associated DB parameter group, these changes are applied immediately
// without a reboot.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the same DB parameter group family as the DB instance.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
//
// The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values
// specified for options in the option group for the DB instance.
//
// If you change the DBPortNumber value, your database restarts regardless of
// the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
//
// Default:
//
// * Amazon Aurora - 3306
//
// * RDS for Db2 - 50000
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - 3306
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - 1433
//
// * RDS for MySQL - 3306
//
// * RDS for Oracle - 1521
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - 5432
//
// Constraints:
//
// * For RDS for Microsoft SQL Server, the value can't be 1234, 1434, 3260,
// 3343, 3389, 47001, or 49152-49156.
DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this
// setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied
// as soon as possible.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match existing DB security groups.
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to
// move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance isn't in a
// VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC.
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change
// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you enable ApplyImmediately.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match existing DB subnet group.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB Instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. You can enable
// or disable deletion protection for the DB cluster. For more information,
// see ModifyDBCluster. DB instances in a DB cluster can be deleted even when
// deletion protection is enabled for the DB cluster.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to remove the DB instance from the Active Directory domain.
DisableDomain *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB instance to. Specify none
// to remove the instance from its current domain. You must create the domain
// before this operation. Currently, you can create only Db2, MySQL, Microsoft
// SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances in an Active Directory Domain.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the credentials for the user
// joining the domain.
//
// Example: arn:aws:secretsmanager:region:account-number:secret:myselfmanagedADtestsecret-123456
DomainAuthSecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of your primary and secondary Active Directory
// domain controllers.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Two IP addresses must be provided. If there isn't a secondary domain
// controller, use the IP address of the primary domain controller for both
// entries in the list.
//
// Example: 123.124.125.126,234.235.236.237
DomainDnsIps []*string `type:"list"`
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an Active Directory domain.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: mymanagedADtest.mymanagedAD.mydomain
DomainFqdn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory organizational unit for your DB instance to join.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the distinguished name format.
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: OU=mymanagedADtestOU,DC=mymanagedADtest,DC=mymanagedAD,DC=mydomain
DomainOu *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) for an RDS
// on Outposts DB instance.
//
// A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost
// subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can
// provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of
// its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on
// Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing)
// in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide.
EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora. Mapping Amazon Web Services
// IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The target Oracle DB engine when you convert a non-CDB to a CDB. This intermediate
// step is necessary to upgrade an Oracle Database 19c non-CDB to an Oracle
// Database 21c CDB.
//
// Note the following requirements:
//
// * Make sure that you specify oracle-ee-cdb or oracle-se2-cdb.
//
// * Make sure that your DB engine runs Oracle Database 19c with an April
// 2021 or later RU.
//
// Note the following limitations:
//
// * You can't convert a CDB to a non-CDB.
//
// * You can't convert a replica database.
//
// * You can't convert a non-CDB to a CDB and upgrade the engine version
// in the same command.
//
// * You can't convert the existing custom parameter or option group when
// it has options or parameters that are permanent or persistent. In this
// situation, the DB instance reverts to the default option and parameter
// group. To avoid reverting to the default, specify a new parameter group
// with --db-parameter-group-name and a new option group with --option-group-name.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter
// results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled for this request.
//
// For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently
// in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the
// new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the
// default for that DB parameter group family.
//
// If you specify only a major version, Amazon RDS updates the DB instance to
// the default minor version if the current minor version is lower. For information
// about valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions.
//
// If the instance that you're modifying is acting as a read replica, the engine
// version that you specify must be the same or higher than the version that
// the source DB instance or cluster is running.
//
// In RDS Custom for Oracle, this parameter is supported for read replicas only
// if they are in the PATCH_DB_FAILURE lifecycle.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If you are upgrading the engine version and modifying the DB instance
// class at the same time, the currently running engine version must be supported
// on the specified DB instance class. Otherwise, the operation returns an
// error. In this case, first run the operation to upgrade the engine version,
// and then run it again to modify the DB instance class.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance.
//
// Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied
// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
// is enabled for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to
// standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot
// for the change in storage type to take effect.
//
// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
// the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation.
// While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended.
// No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including
// modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating
// a read replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * For RDS for MariaDB, RDS for MySQL, RDS for Oracle, and RDS for PostgreSQL
// - The value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value.
// Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded
// up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
//
// * When you increase the Provisioned IOPS, you must also specify the AllocatedStorage
// parameter. You can use the current value for AllocatedStorage.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The license model for the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - bring-your-own-license
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - license-included
//
// * RDS for MySQL - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Oracle - bring-your-own-license | license-included
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql-license
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager.
//
// If the DB instance doesn't manage the master user password with Amazon Web
// Services Secrets Manager, you can turn on this management. In this case,
// you can't specify MasterUserPassword.
//
// If the DB instance already manages the master user password with Amazon Web
// Services Secrets Manager, and you specify that the master user password is
// not managed with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, then you must specify
// MasterUserPassword. In this case, Amazon RDS deletes the secret and uses
// the new password for the master user specified by MasterUserPassword.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified.
ManageMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The new password for the master user.
//
// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
// element of the operation response.
//
// Amazon RDS API operations never return the password, so this operation provides
// a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost.
// This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (The password for the master user is managed by the DB
// cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
//
// Default: Uses existing setting
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if ManageMasterUserPassword is turned on.
//
// * Can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". For
// RDS for Oracle, can't include the "&" (ampersand) or the "'" (single quotes)
// character.
//
// Length Constraints:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - Must contain from 8 to 255 characters.
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
//
// * RDS for MySQL - Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * RDS for Oracle - Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically
// generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
//
// This setting is valid only if both of the following conditions are met:
//
// * The DB instance doesn't manage the master user password in Amazon Web
// Services Secrets Manager. If the DB instance already manages the master
// user password in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, you can't change
// the KMS key used to encrypt the secret.
//
// * You are turning on ManageMasterUserPassword to manage the master user
// password in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. If you are turning on
// ManageMasterUserPassword and don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then
// the aws/secretsmanager KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret
// is in a different Amazon Web Services account, then you can't use the
// aws/secretsmanager KMS key to encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer
// managed KMS key.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically
// scale the storage of the DB instance.
//
// For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply
// to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collection of Enhanced Monitoring
// metrics, specify 0.
//
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, set MonitoringInterval to a value other
// than 0.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60
//
// Default: 0
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
// For information on creating a monitoring role, see To create an IAM role
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, supply a MonitoringRoleArn
// value.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this
// parameter doesn't result in an outage. The change is applied during the next
// maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled for this
// request.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the to convert your DB instance from the single-tenant
// configuration to the multi-tenant configuration. This parameter is supported
// only for RDS for Oracle CDB instances.
//
// During the conversion, RDS creates an initial tenant database and associates
// the DB name, master user name, character set, and national character set
// metadata with this database. The tags associated with the instance also propagate
// to the initial tenant database. You can add more tenant databases to your
// DB instance by using the CreateTenantDatabase operation.
//
// The conversion to the multi-tenant configuration is permanent and irreversible,
// so you can't later convert back to the single-tenant configuration. When
// you specify this parameter, you must also specify ApplyImmediately.
MultiTenant *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4
// and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The new identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. When
// you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot occurs immediately
// if you enable ApplyImmediately, or will occur during the next maintenance
// window if you disable ApplyImmediately. This value is stored as a lowercase
// string.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * The first character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: mydbinstance
NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The option group to associate the DB instance with.
//
// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage, with one exception.
// If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, it can
// cause a brief period, lasting less than a second, during which new connections
// are rejected but existing connections aren't interrupted.
//
// The change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately
// parameter is enabled for this request.
//
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
// from a DB instance after it is associated with a DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
// RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon
// Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default
// KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93
// (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// Default: 7 days
//
// If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, Amazon RDS
// returns an error.
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
// applied as soon as possible. The default is a 30-minute window selected at
// random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services Region.
// For more information, see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The daily time
// range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more
// information, see ModifyDBCluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, which might
// result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage,
// except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously applied
// as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, and
// the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing
// this parameter causes a reboot of the DB instance. If you change this window
// to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current
// time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied.
//
// For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi.
//
// * The day values must be mon | tue | wed | thu | fri | sat | sun.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// The order of priority in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary
// instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information,
// see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.AuroraHighAvailability.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Default: 1
//
// Valid Values: 0 - 15
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB instance is publicly accessible and you connect from outside
// of the DB instance's virtual private cloud (VPC), its Domain Name System
// (DNS) endpoint resolves to the public IP address. When you connect from within
// the same VPC as the DB instance, the endpoint resolves to the private IP
// address. Access to the DB instance is ultimately controlled by the security
// group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the security group assigned
// to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance
// must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be enabled for
// it to be publicly accessible.
//
// Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless
// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A value that sets the open mode of a replica database to either mounted or
// read-only.
//
// Currently, this parameter is only supported for Oracle DB instances.
//
// Mounted DB replicas are included in Oracle Enterprise Edition. The main use
// case for mounted replicas is cross-Region disaster recovery. The primary
// database doesn't use Active Data Guard to transmit information to the mounted
// replica. Because it doesn't accept user connections, a mounted replica can't
// serve a read-only workload. For more information, see Working with Oracle
// Read Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
ReplicaMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaMode"`
// The number of minutes to pause the automation. When the time period ends,
// RDS Custom resumes full automation.
//
// Default: 60
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be at least 60.
//
// * Must be no more than 1,440.
ResumeFullAutomationModeMinutes *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to rotate the secret managed by Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager for the master user password.
//
// This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS
// in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB cluster. The secret value
// contains the updated password.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * You must apply the change immediately when rotating the master user
// password.
RotateMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage throughput value for the DB instance.
//
// This setting applies only to the gp3 storage type.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type to associate with the DB instance.
//
// If you specify io1, io2, or gp3 you must also include a value for the Iops
// parameter.
//
// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
// the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation.
// While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended.
// No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including
// modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating
// a read replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance.
//
// Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | standard
//
// Default: io1, if the Iops parameter is specified. Otherwise, gp2.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
// device.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its default
// processor features.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
// This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed
// by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.)
//
// * RDS Custom
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match existing VPC security group IDs.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"}
if s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn != nil && len(*s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn) < 43 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn", 43))
}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAutomationMode sets the AutomationMode field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutomationMode(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.AutomationMode = &v
return s
}
// SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCertificateRotationRestart sets the CertificateRotationRestart field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCertificateRotationRestart(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.CertificateRotationRestart = &v
return s
}
// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DBPortNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDisableDomain sets the DisableDomain field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDisableDomain(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DisableDomain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainAuthSecretArn sets the DomainAuthSecretArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainAuthSecretArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainAuthSecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainDnsIps sets the DomainDnsIps field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainDnsIps(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainDnsIps = v
return s
}
// SetDomainFqdn sets the DomainFqdn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainFqdn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainFqdn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainOu sets the DomainOu field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainOu(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.DomainOu = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetManageMasterUserPassword sets the ManageMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetManageMasterUserPassword(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.ManageMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId sets the MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiTenant sets the MultiTenant field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiTenant(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.MultiTenant = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.PromotionTier = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicaMode sets the ReplicaMode field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetReplicaMode(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.ReplicaMode = &v
return s
}
// SetResumeFullAutomationModeMinutes sets the ResumeFullAutomationModeMinutes field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetResumeFullAutomationModeMinutes(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.ResumeFullAutomationModeMinutes = &v
return s
}
// SetRotateMasterUserPassword sets the RotateMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetRotateMasterUserPassword(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.RotateMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
//
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// An array of parameter names, values, and the application methods for the
// parameter update. At least one parameter name, value, and application method
// must be supplied; later arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters
// can be modified in a single request.
//
// Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot
//
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters.
//
// When the application method is immediate, changes to dynamic parameters are
// applied immediately to the DB instances associated with the parameter group.
//
// When the application method is pending-reboot, changes to dynamic and static
// parameters are applied after a reboot without failover to the DB instances
// associated with the parameter group.
//
// You can't use pending-reboot with dynamic parameters on RDS for SQL Server
// DB instances. Use immediate.
//
// For more information on modifying DB parameters, see Working with DB parameter
// groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithParamGroups.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Parameters is a required field
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
}
if s.Parameters == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB proxy sociated with the DB proxy endpoint that you want
// to modify.
//
// DBProxyEndpointName is a required field
DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The new identifier for the DBProxyEndpoint. An identifier must begin with
// a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't
// end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
NewDBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The VPC security group IDs for the DB proxy endpoint. When the DB proxy endpoint
// uses a different VPC than the original proxy, you also specify a different
// set of security group IDs than for the original proxy.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput"}
if s.DBProxyEndpointName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyEndpointName"))
}
if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1))
}
if s.NewDBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.NewDBProxyEndpointName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewDBProxyEndpointName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetNewDBProxyEndpointName sets the NewDBProxyEndpointName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) SetNewDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.NewDBProxyEndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DBProxyEndpoint object representing the new settings for the DB proxy
// endpoint.
DBProxyEndpoint *DBProxyEndpoint `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxyEndpoint sets the DBProxyEndpoint field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoint(v *DBProxyEndpoint) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput {
s.DBProxyEndpoint = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBProxyInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The new authentication settings for the DBProxy.
Auth []*UserAuthConfig `type:"list"`
// The identifier for the DBProxy to modify.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its
// logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or
// the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
// in the logs.
DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before
// the proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the
// connection timeout limit for the associated database.
IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The new identifier for the DBProxy. An identifier must begin with a letter
// and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with
// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
NewDBProxyName *string `type:"string"`
// Whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for connections
// to the proxy. By enabling this setting, you can enforce encrypted TLS connections
// to the proxy, even if the associated database doesn't use TLS.
RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
// secrets in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The new list of security groups for the DBProxy.
SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBProxyInput"}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAuth sets the Auth field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetAuth(v []*UserAuthConfig) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.Auth = v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetDebugLogging sets the DebugLogging field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetDebugLogging(v bool) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.DebugLogging = &v
return s
}
// SetIdleClientTimeout sets the IdleClientTimeout field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetIdleClientTimeout(v int64) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.IdleClientTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetNewDBProxyName sets the NewDBProxyName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetNewDBProxyName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.NewDBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetRequireTLS sets the RequireTLS field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetRequireTLS(v bool) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.RequireTLS = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBProxyInput {
s.SecurityGroups = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBProxyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DBProxy object representing the new settings for the proxy.
DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxy sets the DBProxy field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyOutput) SetDBProxy(v *DBProxy) *ModifyDBProxyOutput {
s.DBProxy = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The settings that determine the size and behavior of the connection pool
// for the target group.
ConnectionPoolConfig *ConnectionPoolConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The name of the proxy.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The new name for the modified DBProxyTarget. An identifier must begin with
// a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't
// end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
NewName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the target group to modify.
//
// TargetGroupName is a required field
TargetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput"}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if s.TargetGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetConnectionPoolConfig sets the ConnectionPoolConfig field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetConnectionPoolConfig(v *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput {
s.ConnectionPoolConfig = v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetNewName sets the NewName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetNewName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput {
s.NewName = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput {
s.TargetGroupName = &v
return s
}
type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The settings of the modified DBProxyTarget.
DBProxyTargetGroup *DBProxyTargetGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxyTargetGroup sets the DBProxyTargetGroup field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) SetDBProxyTargetGroup(v *DBProxyTargetGroup) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput {
s.DBProxyTargetGroup = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBRecommendationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The language of the modified recommendation.
Locale *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the recommendation to update.
//
// RecommendationId is a required field
RecommendationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The list of recommended action status to update. You can update multiple
// recommended actions at one time.
RecommendedActionUpdates []*RecommendedActionUpdate `type:"list"`
// The recommendation status to update.
//
// Valid values:
//
// * active
//
// * dismissed
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBRecommendationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBRecommendationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBRecommendationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBRecommendationInput"}
if s.RecommendationId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RecommendationId"))
}
if s.RecommendedActionUpdates != nil {
for i, v := range s.RecommendedActionUpdates {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RecommendedActionUpdates", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLocale sets the Locale field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBRecommendationInput) SetLocale(v string) *ModifyDBRecommendationInput {
s.Locale = &v
return s
}
// SetRecommendationId sets the RecommendationId field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBRecommendationInput) SetRecommendationId(v string) *ModifyDBRecommendationInput {
s.RecommendationId = &v
return s
}
// SetRecommendedActionUpdates sets the RecommendedActionUpdates field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBRecommendationInput) SetRecommendedActionUpdates(v []*RecommendedActionUpdate) *ModifyDBRecommendationInput {
s.RecommendedActionUpdates = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBRecommendationInput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyDBRecommendationInput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type ModifyDBRecommendationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The recommendation for your DB instances, DB clusters, and DB parameter groups.
DBRecommendation *DBRecommendation `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBRecommendationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBRecommendationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBRecommendation sets the DBRecommendation field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBRecommendationOutput) SetDBRecommendation(v *DBRecommendation) *ModifyDBRecommendationOutput {
s.DBRecommendation = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBShardGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB shard group to modify.
//
// DBShardGroupIdentifier is a required field
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group in Aurora capacity units (ACUs).
MaxACU *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBShardGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBShardGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBShardGroupInput"}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBShardGroupIdentifier"))
}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier != nil && len(*s.DBShardGroupIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBShardGroupIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupInput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBShardGroupInput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxACU sets the MaxACU field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupInput) SetMaxACU(v float64) *ModifyDBShardGroupInput {
s.MaxACU = &v
return s
}
type ModifyDBShardGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to create standby instances for the DB shard group. Valid
// values are the following:
//
// * 0 - Creates a single, primary DB instance for each physical shard. This
// is the default value, and the only one supported for the preview.
//
// * 1 - Creates a primary DB instance and a standby instance in a different
// Availability Zone (AZ) for each physical shard.
//
// * 2 - Creates a primary DB instance and two standby instances in different
// AZs for each physical shard.
ComputeRedundancy *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the primary DB cluster for the DB shard group.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB shard group.
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB shard
// group.
DBShardGroupResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The connection endpoint for the DB shard group.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group in Aurora capacity units (ACUs).
MaxACU *float64 `type:"double"`
// Indicates whether the DB shard group is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB shard group is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB shard group's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB shard group's VPC. Access to the DB shard group is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB shard group doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB shard group isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB shard
// group with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBShardGroup.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora Limitless Database.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The status of the DB shard group.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetComputeRedundancy sets the ComputeRedundancy field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetComputeRedundancy(v int64) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.ComputeRedundancy = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupResourceId sets the DBShardGroupResourceId field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupResourceId(v string) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxACU sets the MaxACU field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetMaxACU(v float64) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.MaxACU = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify.
//
// To manage authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or
// restore a manual DB snapshot, set this value to restore.
//
// To view the list of attributes available to modify, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// API operation.
//
// AttributeName is a required field
AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
//
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
//
// To authorize other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual
// snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon Web Services account
// IDs, or all to make the manual DB snapshot restorable by any Amazon Web Services
// account. Do not add the all value for any manual DB snapshots that contain
// private information that you don't want available to all Amazon Web Services
// accounts.
ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
// A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by
// AttributeName.
//
// To remove authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or
// restore a manual snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon Web
// Services account identifiers, or all to remove authorization for any Amazon
// Web Services account to copy or restore the DB snapshot. If you specify all,
// an Amazon Web Services account whose account ID is explicitly added to the
// restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput"}
if s.AttributeName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName"))
}
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.AttributeName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.ValuesToAdd = v
return s
}
// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
s.ValuesToRemove = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services
// accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see
// the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput {
s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify.
//
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to.
//
// The following are the database engines and engine versions that are available
// when you upgrade a DB snapshot.
//
// MySQL
//
// For the list of engine versions that are available for upgrading a DB snapshot,
// see Upgrading a MySQL DB snapshot engine version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/mysql-upgrade-snapshot.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Oracle
//
// * 19.0.0.0.ru-2022-01.rur-2022-01.r1 (supported for 12.2.0.1 DB snapshots)
//
// * 19.0.0.0.ru-2022-07.rur-2022-07.r1 (supported for 12.1.0.2 DB snapshots)
//
// * 12.1.0.2.v8 (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots)
//
// * 11.2.0.4.v12 (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB snapshots)
//
// * 11.2.0.4.v11 (supported for 11.2.0.3 DB snapshots)
//
// PostgreSQL
//
// For the list of engine versions that are available for upgrading a DB snapshot,
// see Upgrading a PostgreSQL DB snapshot engine version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBSnapshot.PostgreSQL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot.
//
// You can specify this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The
// same option group considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when
// upgrading a DB instance. For more information, see Option group considerations
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.OGPG.OG)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotInput"}
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput {
s.DBSnapshot = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The description for the DB subnet group.
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
// You can't modify the default subnet group.
//
// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
// default.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
//
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
//
// SubnetIds is a required field
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"}
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
}
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
s.SubnetIds = v
return s
}
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// action.
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput {
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
return s
}
type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to activate the subscription.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of event categories for a source type (SourceType) that you want to
// subscribe to. You can see a list of the categories for a given source type
// in Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories operation.
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
// it.
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want
// to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter
// to db-instance. For RDS Proxy events, specify db-proxy. If this value isn't
// specified, all events are returned.
//
// Valid Values:db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group
// | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot | db-proxy | zero-etl | custom-engine-version
// | blue-green-deployment
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription.
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"}
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s.Enabled = &v
return s
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s.EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s.SubscriptionName = &v
return s
}
type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// action.
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput {
s.EventSubscription = v
return s
}
type ModifyGlobalClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to allow major version upgrades.
//
// Constraints: Must be enabled if you specify a value for the EngineVersion
// parameter that's a different major version than the global cluster's current
// version.
//
// If you upgrade the major version of a global database, the cluster and DB
// instance parameter groups are set to the default parameter groups for the
// new version. Apply any custom parameter groups after completing the upgrade.
AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the global database cluster.
// The global database cluster can't be deleted when deletion protection is
// enabled.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade.
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL-based
// Aurora global databases), use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query '*[]|[?SupportsGlobalDatabases
// == `true`].[EngineVersion]'
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql (for PostgreSQL-based
// Aurora global databases), use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query '*[]|[?SupportsGlobalDatabases
// == `true`].[EngineVersion]'
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The cluster identifier for the global cluster to modify. This parameter isn't
// case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing global database cluster.
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The new cluster identifier for the global database cluster. This value is
// stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * The first character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster2
NewGlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyGlobalClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput {
s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetNewGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the NewGlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetNewGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput {
s.NewGlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type ModifyGlobalClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value.
func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *ModifyGlobalClusterOutput {
s.GlobalCluster = v
return s
}
type ModifyIntegrationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A new data filter for the integration. For more information, see Data filtering
// for Aurora zero-ETL integrations with Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Zero_ETL_Filtering.html).
DataFilter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A new description for the integration.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The unique identifier of the integration to modify.
//
// IntegrationIdentifier is a required field
IntegrationIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A new name for the integration.
IntegrationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyIntegrationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyIntegrationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyIntegrationInput"}
if s.DataFilter != nil && len(*s.DataFilter) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataFilter", 1))
}
if s.IntegrationIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IntegrationIdentifier"))
}
if s.IntegrationIdentifier != nil && len(*s.IntegrationIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IntegrationIdentifier", 1))
}
if s.IntegrationName != nil && len(*s.IntegrationName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IntegrationName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDataFilter sets the DataFilter field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationInput) SetDataFilter(v string) *ModifyIntegrationInput {
s.DataFilter = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationInput) SetDescription(v string) *ModifyIntegrationInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationIdentifier sets the IntegrationIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationInput) SetIntegrationIdentifier(v string) *ModifyIntegrationInput {
s.IntegrationIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationName sets the IntegrationName field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationInput) SetIntegrationName(v string) *ModifyIntegrationInput {
s.IntegrationName = &v
return s
}
// A zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift.
type ModifyIntegrationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The encryption context for the integration. For more information, see Encryption
// context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
// in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
AdditionalEncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The time when the integration was created, in Universal Coordinated Time
// (UTC).
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Data filters for the integration. These filters determine which tables from
// the source database are sent to the target Amazon Redshift data warehouse.
DataFilter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A description of the integration.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Any errors associated with the integration.
Errors []*IntegrationError `locationNameList:"IntegrationError" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the integration.
IntegrationArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the integration.
IntegrationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Key Management System (Amazon Web Services KMS) key
// identifier for the key used to to encrypt the integration.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the database used as the source for replication.
SourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The current status of the integration.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"IntegrationStatus"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the Redshift data warehouse used as the target for replication.
TargetArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyIntegrationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyIntegrationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAdditionalEncryptionContext sets the AdditionalEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetAdditionalEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.AdditionalEncryptionContext = v
return s
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDataFilter sets the DataFilter field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetDataFilter(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.DataFilter = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetDescription(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetErrors(v []*IntegrationError) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationArn sets the IntegrationArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetIntegrationArn(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.IntegrationArn = &v
return s
}
// SetIntegrationName sets the IntegrationName field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetIntegrationName(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.IntegrationName = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetSourceArn(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetArn sets the TargetArn field's value.
func (s *ModifyIntegrationOutput) SetTargetArn(v string) *ModifyIntegrationOutput {
s.TargetArn = &v
return s
}
type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to apply the change immediately or during the next maintenance
// window for each instance associated with the option group.
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the option group to be modified.
//
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
//
// OptionGroupName is a required field
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present,
// the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration.
OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"`
// Options in this list are removed from the option group.
OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyOptionGroupInput"}
if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
}
if s.OptionsToInclude != nil {
for i, v := range s.OptionsToInclude {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OptionsToInclude", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionsToInclude sets the OptionsToInclude field's value.
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToInclude(v []*OptionConfiguration) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
s.OptionsToInclude = v
return s
}
// SetOptionsToRemove sets the OptionsToRemove field's value.
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
s.OptionsToRemove = v
return s
}
type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value.
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *ModifyOptionGroupOutput {
s.OptionGroup = v
return s
}
type ModifyTenantDatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DB instance that contains the tenant database that
// you are modifying. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The new password for the master user of the specified tenant database in
// your DB instance.
//
// Amazon RDS operations never return the password, so this action provides
// a way to regain access to a tenant database user if the password is lost.
// This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can include any printable ASCII character except /, " (double quote),
// @, & (ampersand), and ' (single quote).
//
// Length constraints:
//
// * Must contain between 8 and 30 characters.
//
// MasterUserPassword is a sensitive parameter and its value will be
// replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by ModifyTenantDatabaseInput's
// String and GoString methods.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The new name of the tenant database when renaming a tenant database. This
// parameter isn’t case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be the string null or any other reserved word.
//
// * Can't be longer than 8 characters.
NewTenantDBName *string `type:"string"`
// The user-supplied name of the tenant database that you want to modify. This
// parameter isn’t case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing tenant database.
//
// TenantDBName is a required field
TenantDBName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyTenantDatabaseInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.TenantDBName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TenantDBName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetNewTenantDBName sets the NewTenantDBName field's value.
func (s *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) SetNewTenantDBName(v string) *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput {
s.NewTenantDBName = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDBName sets the TenantDBName field's value.
func (s *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput) SetTenantDBName(v string) *ModifyTenantDatabaseInput {
s.TenantDBName = &v
return s
}
type ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A tenant database in the DB instance. This data type is an element in the
// response to the DescribeTenantDatabases action.
TenantDatabase *TenantDatabase `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTenantDatabase sets the TenantDatabase field's value.
func (s *ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput) SetTenantDatabase(v *TenantDatabase) *ModifyTenantDatabaseOutput {
s.TenantDatabase = v
return s
}
// The details of an option.
type Option struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows
// access to the port.
DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
// The description of the option.
OptionDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option.
OptionName *string `type:"string"`
// The option settings for this option.
OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`
// The version of the option.
OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether this option is permanent.
Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether this option is persistent.
Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If required, the port configured for this option to use.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows
// access to the port.
VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Option) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Option) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
func (s *Option) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *Option {
s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v
return s
}
// SetOptionDescription sets the OptionDescription field's value.
func (s *Option) SetOptionDescription(v string) *Option {
s.OptionDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value.
func (s *Option) SetOptionName(v string) *Option {
s.OptionName = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value.
func (s *Option) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *Option {
s.OptionSettings = v
return s
}
// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value.
func (s *Option) SetOptionVersion(v string) *Option {
s.OptionVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value.
func (s *Option) SetPermanent(v bool) *Option {
s.Permanent = &v
return s
}
// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value.
func (s *Option) SetPersistent(v bool) *Option {
s.Persistent = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *Option) SetPort(v int64) *Option {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
func (s *Option) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Option {
s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v
return s
}
// A list of all available options
type OptionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DBSecurityGroupMembership name strings used for this option.
DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
// The configuration of options to include in a group.
//
// OptionName is a required field
OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The option settings to include in an option group.
OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`
// The version for the option.
OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The optional port for the option.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A list of VpcSecurityGroupMembership name strings used for this option.
VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OptionConfiguration"}
if s.OptionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration {
s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v
return s
}
// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionName(v string) *OptionConfiguration {
s.OptionName = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *OptionConfiguration {
s.OptionSettings = v
return s
}
// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionVersion(v string) *OptionConfiguration {
s.OptionVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetPort(v int64) *OptionConfiguration {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration {
s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v
return s
}
type OptionGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC
// instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both
// VPC and non-VPC instances.
AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates when the option group was copied.
CopyTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to.
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group.
OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
// Provides a description of the option group.
OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the name of the option group.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates what options are available in the option group.
Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"`
// Specifies the Amazon Web Services account ID for the option group from which
// this option group is copied.
SourceAccountId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the name of the option group from which this option group is copied.
SourceOptionGroup *string `type:"string"`
// If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If
// AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then
// this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this
// field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances
// that are in the VPC indicated by this field.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships sets the AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships(v bool) *OptionGroup {
s.AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTimestamp sets the CopyTimestamp field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetCopyTimestamp(v time.Time) *OptionGroup {
s.CopyTimestamp = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.EngineName = &v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupArn sets the OptionGroupArn field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupArn(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.OptionGroupArn = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.OptionGroupDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetOptions sets the Options field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptions(v []*Option) *OptionGroup {
s.Options = v
return s
}
// SetSourceAccountId sets the SourceAccountId field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetSourceAccountId(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.SourceAccountId = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceOptionGroup sets the SourceOptionGroup field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetSourceOptionGroup(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.SourceOptionGroup = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *OptionGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *OptionGroup {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of.
type OptionGroupMembership struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the option group that the instance belongs to.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are:
// in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal,
// applying, removing, and failed.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Available option.
type OptionGroupOption struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the option can be copied across Amazon Web Services accounts.
CopyableCrossAccount *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option.
DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The description of the option.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the engine that this option can be applied to.
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for.
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied.
MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option
// in an option group.
OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"`
// The versions that are available for the option.
OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"`
// The options that conflict with this option.
OptionsConflictsWith []*string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"`
// The options that are prerequisites for this option.
OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"`
// Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group
// containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance.
Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances
// are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances
// from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option
// group.
Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the option requires a port.
PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your
// DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version
// Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance
// later.
RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This
// only applies to options that have different versions available.
SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC.
VpcOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCopyableCrossAccount sets the CopyableCrossAccount field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetCopyableCrossAccount(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
s.CopyableCrossAccount = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultPort sets the DefaultPort field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDefaultPort(v int64) *OptionGroupOption {
s.DefaultPort = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
s.EngineName = &v
return s
}
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion sets the MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
s.MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetName(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupOptionSettings sets the OptionGroupOptionSettings field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionSettings(v []*OptionGroupOptionSetting) *OptionGroupOption {
s.OptionGroupOptionSettings = v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupOptionVersions sets the OptionGroupOptionVersions field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionVersions(v []*OptionVersion) *OptionGroupOption {
s.OptionGroupOptionVersions = v
return s
}
// SetOptionsConflictsWith sets the OptionsConflictsWith field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsConflictsWith(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption {
s.OptionsConflictsWith = v
return s
}
// SetOptionsDependedOn sets the OptionsDependedOn field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsDependedOn(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption {
s.OptionsDependedOn = v
return s
}
// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPermanent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
s.Permanent = &v
return s
}
// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPersistent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
s.Persistent = &v
return s
}
// SetPortRequired sets the PortRequired field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPortRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
s.PortRequired = &v
return s
}
// SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade sets the RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
s.RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade sets the SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
s.SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcOnly sets the VpcOnly field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetVpcOnly(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
s.VpcOnly = &v
return s
}
// Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each
// option with their default values and other information. These values are
// used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.
type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option.
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
// The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option.
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
// The default value for the option group option.
DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether this option group option can be changed from the default
// value.
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a value must be specified for this option setting of the
// option group option.
IsRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The minimum DB engine version required for the corresponding allowed value
// for this option setting.
MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue []*MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue `locationNameList:"MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue" type:"list"`
// The description of the option group option.
SettingDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option group option.
SettingName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.AllowedValues = &v
return s
}
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.ApplyType = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.DefaultValue = &v
return s
}
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.IsModifiable = &v
return s
}
// SetIsRequired sets the IsRequired field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.IsRequired = &v
return s
}
// SetMinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue sets the MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetMinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue(v []*MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue = v
return s
}
// SetSettingDescription sets the SettingDescription field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.SettingDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetSettingName sets the SettingName field's value.
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingName(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
s.SettingName = &v
return s
}
// Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that
// option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups.
// For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER
// that can have several different values.
type OptionSetting struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The allowed values of the option setting.
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
// The DB engine specific parameter type.
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
// The data type of the option setting.
DataType *string `type:"string"`
// The default value of the option setting.
DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`
// The description of the option setting.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the option setting is part of a collection.
IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the option setting can be modified from the default.
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the option that has settings that you can set.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// The current value of the option setting.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionSetting) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionSetting {
s.AllowedValues = &v
return s
}
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionSetting {
s.ApplyType = &v
return s
}
// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetDataType(v string) *OptionSetting {
s.DataType = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionSetting {
s.DefaultValue = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetDescription(v string) *OptionSetting {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetIsCollection sets the IsCollection field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsCollection(v bool) *OptionSetting {
s.IsCollection = &v
return s
}
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionSetting {
s.IsModifiable = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetName(v string) *OptionSetting {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *OptionSetting) SetValue(v string) *OptionSetting {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the
// DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.
type OptionVersion struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the version is the default version of the option.
IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The version of the option.
Version *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionVersion) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
func (s *OptionVersion) SetIsDefault(v bool) *OptionVersion {
s.IsDefault = &v
return s
}
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *OptionVersion) SetVersion(v string) *OptionVersion {
s.Version = &v
return s
}
// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// action.
type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Availability Zone group for a DB instance.
AvailabilityZoneGroup *string `type:"string"`
// A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance.
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
// A list of the available processor features for the DB instance class of a
// DB instance.
AvailableProcessorFeatures []*AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// The DB instance class for a DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The engine type of a DB instance.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The engine version of a DB instance.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The license model for a DB instance.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance.
MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance.
MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"`
// Maximum storage size for a DB instance.
MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Maximum storage throughput for a DB instance.
MaxStorageThroughputPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Maximum storage throughput to provisioned IOPS ratio for a DB instance.
MaxStorageThroughputPerIops *float64 `type:"double"`
// Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance.
MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance.
MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"`
// Minimum storage size for a DB instance.
MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Minimum storage throughput for a DB instance.
MinStorageThroughputPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Minimum storage throughput to provisioned IOPS ratio for a DB instance.
MinStorageThroughputPerIops *float64 `type:"double"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable.
MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports RDS on Outposts.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Amazon RDS on Amazon Web
// Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
OutpostCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance can have a read replica.
ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The storage type for a DB instance.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// The list of supported modes for Database Activity Streams. Aurora PostgreSQL
// returns the value [sync, async]. Aurora MySQL and RDS for Oracle return [async]
// only. If Database Activity Streams isn't supported, the return value is an
// empty list.
SupportedActivityStreamModes []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the supported DB engine modes.
SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"`
// The network types supported by the DB instance (IPV4 or DUAL).
//
// A DB instance can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and the IPv6
// protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
SupportedNetworkTypes []*string `type:"list"`
// Indicates whether DB instances can be configured as a Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
SupportsClusters *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports using a dedicated log volume (DLV).
SupportsDedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals
// from 1 to 60 seconds.
SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with a specific combination
// of other DB engine attributes.
SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication.
SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS.
SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports Kerberos Authentication.
SupportsKerberosAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports Performance Insights.
SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether Amazon RDS can automatically scale storage for DB instances
// that use the specified DB instance class.
SupportsStorageAutoscaling *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage.
SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports storage throughput.
SupportsStorageThroughput *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC.
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAvailabilityZoneGroup sets the AvailabilityZoneGroup field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZoneGroup(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.AvailabilityZoneGroup = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetAvailableProcessorFeatures sets the AvailableProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailableProcessorFeatures(v []*AvailableProcessorFeature) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.AvailableProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance sets the MaxIopsPerDbInstance field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MaxIopsPerDbInstance = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxIopsPerGib sets the MaxIopsPerGib field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MaxIopsPerGib = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxStorageSize sets the MaxStorageSize field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MaxStorageSize = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxStorageThroughputPerDbInstance sets the MaxStorageThroughputPerDbInstance field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageThroughputPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MaxStorageThroughputPerDbInstance = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxStorageThroughputPerIops sets the MaxStorageThroughputPerIops field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageThroughputPerIops(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MaxStorageThroughputPerIops = &v
return s
}
// SetMinIopsPerDbInstance sets the MinIopsPerDbInstance field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MinIopsPerDbInstance = &v
return s
}
// SetMinIopsPerGib sets the MinIopsPerGib field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MinIopsPerGib = &v
return s
}
// SetMinStorageSize sets the MinStorageSize field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MinStorageSize = &v
return s
}
// SetMinStorageThroughputPerDbInstance sets the MinStorageThroughputPerDbInstance field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageThroughputPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MinStorageThroughputPerDbInstance = &v
return s
}
// SetMinStorageThroughputPerIops sets the MinStorageThroughputPerIops field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageThroughputPerIops(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MinStorageThroughputPerIops = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.MultiAZCapable = &v
return s
}
// SetOutpostCapable sets the OutpostCapable field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetOutpostCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.OutpostCapable = &v
return s
}
// SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportedActivityStreamModes sets the SupportedActivityStreamModes field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportedActivityStreamModes(v []*string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportedActivityStreamModes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportedEngineModes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportedNetworkTypes sets the SupportedNetworkTypes field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportedNetworkTypes(v []*string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportedNetworkTypes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportsClusters sets the SupportsClusters field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsClusters(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsClusters = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsDedicatedLogVolume sets the SupportsDedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsDedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsIops = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsKerberosAuthentication sets the SupportsKerberosAuthentication field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsKerberosAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsKerberosAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsPerformanceInsights sets the SupportsPerformanceInsights field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsPerformanceInsights(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsPerformanceInsights = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling sets the SupportsStorageAutoscaling field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsStorageAutoscaling = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsStorageThroughput sets the SupportsStorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageThroughput(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.SupportsStorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
s.Vpc = &v
return s
}
// A data type that represents an Outpost.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Amazon RDS on Amazon Web
// Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
type Outpost struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.
Arn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Outpost) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Outpost) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *Outpost) SetArn(v string) *Outpost {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup
// and ResetDBParameterGroup actions.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// and DescribeDBParameters actions.
type Parameter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter.
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates when to apply parameter updates.
ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"`
// Specifies the engine specific parameters type.
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the valid data type for the parameter.
DataType *string `type:"string"`
// Provides a description of the parameter.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some
// parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from
// being changed.
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the parameter.
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
// The value of the parameter.
ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`
// The source of the parameter value.
Source *string `type:"string"`
// The valid DB engine modes.
SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Parameter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Parameter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter {
s.AllowedValues = &v
return s
}
// SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter {
s.ApplyMethod = &v
return s
}
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter {
s.ApplyType = &v
return s
}
// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter {
s.DataType = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter {
s.IsModifiable = &v
return s
}
// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter {
s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter {
s.ParameterName = &v
return s
}
// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter {
s.ParameterValue = &v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter {
s.Source = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value.
func (s *Parameter) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *Parameter {
s.SupportedEngineModes = v
return s
}
// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words,
// these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated.
type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled,
// these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs.
LogTypesToDisable []*string `type:"list"`
// Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated,
// these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs.
LogTypesToEnable []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLogTypesToDisable sets the LogTypesToDisable field's value.
func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToDisable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports {
s.LogTypesToDisable = v
return s
}
// SetLogTypesToEnable sets the LogTypesToEnable field's value.
func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToEnable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports {
s.LogTypesToEnable = v
return s
}
// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource.
type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
//
// For more information about maintenance actions, see Maintaining a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html).
//
// Valid Values:system-update | db-upgrade | hardware-maintenance | ca-certificate-rotation
Action *string `type:"string"`
// The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance
// action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after
// this date.
AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the
// resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate.
// This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing
// has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate.
CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied.
//
// On this date, the maintenance action is applied to the resource as soon as
// possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the resource. There might
// be a delay of one or more days from this date before the maintenance action
// is applied.
ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource.
OptInStatus *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAction sets the Action field's value.
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
s.Action = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value.
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v
return s
}
// SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value.
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
s.CurrentApplyDate = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value.
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
s.ForcedApplyDate = &v
return s
}
// SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value.
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
s.OptInStatus = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance operation
// and contains changes that will be applied during the next maintenance window.
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The allocated storage size for the DB instance specified in gibibytes (GiB).
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The automation mode of the RDS Custom DB instance: full or all-paused. If
// full, the DB instance automates monitoring and instance recovery. If all-paused,
// the instance pauses automation for the duration set by --resume-full-automation-mode-minutes.
AutomationMode *string `type:"string" enum:"AutomationMode"`
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the compute and memory capacity class for the DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The database identifier for the DB instance.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The DB subnet group for the DB instance.
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled.>
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine of the DB instance.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The database engine version.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled.
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The license model for the DB instance.
//
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// The master credentials for the DB instance.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the Single-AZ DB instance will change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB instance will change to the multi-tenant configuration
// (TRUE) or the single-tenant configuration (FALSE).
MultiTenant *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words,
// these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated.
PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"`
// The port for the DB instance.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// The number of minutes to pause the automation. When the time period ends,
// RDS Custom resumes full automation. The minimum value is 60 (default). The
// maximum value is 1,440.
ResumeFullAutomationModeTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The storage throughput of the DB instance.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type of the DB instance.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAutomationMode sets the AutomationMode field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAutomationMode(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.AutomationMode = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngine(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiTenant sets the MultiTenant field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiTenant(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.MultiTenant = &v
return s
}
// SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetResumeFullAutomationModeTime sets the ResumeFullAutomationModeTime field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetResumeFullAutomationModeTime(v time.Time) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.ResumeFullAutomationModeTime = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// A logical grouping of Performance Insights metrics for a related subject
// area. For example, the db.sql dimension group consists of the following dimensions:
//
// - db.sql.id - The hash of a running SQL statement, generated by Performance
// Insights.
//
// - db.sql.db_id - Either the SQL ID generated by the database engine, or
// a value generated by Performance Insights that begins with pi-.
//
// - db.sql.statement - The full text of the SQL statement that is running,
// for example, SELECT * FROM employees.
//
// - db.sql_tokenized.id - The hash of the SQL digest generated by Performance
// Insights.
//
// Each response element returns a maximum of 500 bytes. For larger elements,
// such as SQL statements, only the first 500 bytes are returned.
type PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of specific dimensions from a dimension group. If this list isn't
// included, then all of the dimensions in the group were requested, or are
// present in the response.
Dimensions []*string `type:"list"`
// The available dimension groups for Performance Insights metric type.
Group *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of items to fetch for this dimension group.
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDimensions sets the Dimensions field's value.
func (s *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup) SetDimensions(v []*string) *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup {
s.Dimensions = v
return s
}
// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
func (s *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup) SetGroup(v string) *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup {
s.Group = &v
return s
}
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
func (s *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup) SetLimit(v int64) *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup {
s.Limit = &v
return s
}
// A single Performance Insights metric query to process. You must provide the
// metric to the query. If other parameters aren't specified, Performance Insights
// returns all data points for the specified metric. Optionally, you can request
// the data points to be aggregated by dimension group (GroupBy) and return
// only those data points that match your criteria (Filter).
//
// Constraints:
//
// - Must be a valid Performance Insights query.
type PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A specification for how to aggregate the data points from a query result.
// You must specify a valid dimension group. Performance Insights will return
// all of the dimensions within that group, unless you provide the names of
// specific dimensions within that group. You can also request that Performance
// Insights return a limited number of values for a dimension.
GroupBy *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup `type:"structure"`
// The name of a Performance Insights metric to be measured.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * db.load.avg - A scaled representation of the number of active sessions
// for the database engine.
//
// * db.sampledload.avg - The raw number of active sessions for the database
// engine.
//
// * The counter metrics listed in Performance Insights operating system
// counters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_PerfInsights_Counters.html#USER_PerfInsights_Counters.OS)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// If the number of active sessions is less than an internal Performance Insights
// threshold, db.load.avg and db.sampledload.avg are the same value. If the
// number of active sessions is greater than the internal threshold, Performance
// Insights samples the active sessions, with db.load.avg showing the scaled
// values, db.sampledload.avg showing the raw values, and db.sampledload.avg
// less than db.load.avg. For most use cases, you can query db.load.avg only.
Metric *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGroupBy sets the GroupBy field's value.
func (s *PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery) SetGroupBy(v *PerformanceInsightsMetricDimensionGroup) *PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery {
s.GroupBy = v
return s
}
// SetMetric sets the Metric field's value.
func (s *PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery) SetMetric(v string) *PerformanceInsightsMetricQuery {
s.Metric = &v
return s
}
// Details of the performance issue.
type PerformanceIssueDetails struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The analysis of the performance issue. The information might contain markdown.
Analysis *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the performance issue stopped.
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The metrics that are relevant to the performance issue.
Metrics []*Metric `type:"list"`
// The time when the performance issue started.
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PerformanceIssueDetails) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PerformanceIssueDetails) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAnalysis sets the Analysis field's value.
func (s *PerformanceIssueDetails) SetAnalysis(v string) *PerformanceIssueDetails {
s.Analysis = &v
return s
}
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
func (s *PerformanceIssueDetails) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *PerformanceIssueDetails {
s.EndTime = &v
return s
}
// SetMetrics sets the Metrics field's value.
func (s *PerformanceIssueDetails) SetMetrics(v []*Metric) *PerformanceIssueDetails {
s.Metrics = v
return s
}
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *PerformanceIssueDetails) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *PerformanceIssueDetails {
s.StartTime = &v
return s
}
// Contains the processor features of a DB instance class.
//
// To specify the number of CPU cores, use the coreCount feature name for the
// Name parameter. To specify the number of threads per core, use the threadsPerCore
// feature name for the Name parameter.
//
// You can set the processor features of the DB instance class for a DB instance
// when you call one of the following actions:
//
// - CreateDBInstance
//
// - ModifyDBInstance
//
// - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
//
// - RestoreDBInstanceFromS3
//
// - RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
//
// You can view the valid processor values for a particular instance class by
// calling the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action and specifying the
// instance class for the DBInstanceClass parameter.
//
// In addition, you can use the following actions for DB instance class processor
// information:
//
// - DescribeDBInstances
//
// - DescribeDBSnapshots
//
// - DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
//
// If you call DescribeDBInstances, ProcessorFeature returns non-null values
// only if the following conditions are met:
//
// - You are accessing an Oracle DB instance.
//
// - Your Oracle DB instance class supports configuring the number of CPU
// cores and threads per core.
//
// - The current number CPU cores and threads is set to a non-default value.
//
// For more information, see Configuring the processor for a DB instance class
// in RDS for Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
type ProcessorFeature struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// The value of a processor feature.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ProcessorFeature) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ProcessorFeature) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ProcessorFeature) SetName(v string) *ProcessorFeature {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *ProcessorFeature) SetValue(v string) *ProcessorFeature {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the DB cluster read replica to promote. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster read replica.
//
// Example: my-cluster-replica1
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
// 0 disables automated backups.
//
// Default: 1
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a value from 0 to 35.
//
// * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing read replica DB instance.
//
// Example: mydbinstance
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To see the time blocks available,
// see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PromoteReadReplicaInput {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *PromoteReadReplicaOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of instances to reserve.
//
// Default: 1
DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.
//
// Example: myreservationID
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
// The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase.
//
// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
//
// ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput"}
if s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value.
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
s.DBInstanceCount = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value.
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetReservedDBInstance sets the ReservedDBInstance field's value.
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) SetReservedDBInstance(v *ReservedDBInstance) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput {
s.ReservedDBInstance = v
return s
}
// A range of integer values.
type Range struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The minimum value in the range.
From *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to
// 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step
// up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value
// for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000...
Step *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The maximum value in the range.
To *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Range) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Range) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFrom sets the From field's value.
func (s *Range) SetFrom(v int64) *Range {
s.From = &v
return s
}
// SetStep sets the Step field's value.
func (s *Range) SetStep(v int64) *Range {
s.Step = &v
return s
}
// SetTo sets the To field's value.
func (s *Range) SetTo(v int64) *Range {
s.To = &v
return s
}
// Reserved for future use.
type RdsCustomClusterConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Reserved for future use.
InterconnectSubnetId *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
ReplicaMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaMode"`
// Reserved for future use.
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetInterconnectSubnetId sets the InterconnectSubnetId field's value.
func (s *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) SetInterconnectSubnetId(v string) *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration {
s.InterconnectSubnetId = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicaMode sets the ReplicaMode field's value.
func (s *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) SetReplicaMode(v string) *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration {
s.ReplicaMode = &v
return s
}
// SetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainId sets the TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId field's value.
func (s *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) SetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainId(v string) *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration {
s.TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = &v
return s
}
type RebootDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RebootDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RebootDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type RebootDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *RebootDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RebootDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether the reboot is conducted through a Multi-AZ failover.
//
// Constraint: You can't enable force failover if the instance isn't configured
// for Multi-AZ.
ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value.
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput {
s.ForceFailover = &v
return s
}
type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type RebootDBShardGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB shard group to reboot.
//
// DBShardGroupIdentifier is a required field
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBShardGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBShardGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBShardGroupInput"}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBShardGroupIdentifier"))
}
if s.DBShardGroupIdentifier != nil && len(*s.DBShardGroupIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBShardGroupIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupInput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBShardGroupInput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type RebootDBShardGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether to create standby instances for the DB shard group. Valid
// values are the following:
//
// * 0 - Creates a single, primary DB instance for each physical shard. This
// is the default value, and the only one supported for the preview.
//
// * 1 - Creates a primary DB instance and a standby instance in a different
// Availability Zone (AZ) for each physical shard.
//
// * 2 - Creates a primary DB instance and two standby instances in different
// AZs for each physical shard.
ComputeRedundancy *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name of the primary DB cluster for the DB shard group.
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB shard group.
DBShardGroupIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB shard
// group.
DBShardGroupResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The connection endpoint for the DB shard group.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum capacity of the DB shard group in Aurora capacity units (ACUs).
MaxACU *float64 `type:"double"`
// Indicates whether the DB shard group is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB shard group is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB shard group's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB shard group's VPC. Access to the DB shard group is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB shard group doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB shard group isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB shard
// group with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBShardGroup.
//
// This setting is only for Aurora Limitless Database.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The status of the DB shard group.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBShardGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RebootDBShardGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetComputeRedundancy sets the ComputeRedundancy field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetComputeRedundancy(v int64) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.ComputeRedundancy = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupIdentifier sets the DBShardGroupIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBShardGroupResourceId sets the DBShardGroupResourceId field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetDBShardGroupResourceId(v string) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.DBShardGroupResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxACU sets the MaxACU field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetMaxACU(v float64) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.MaxACU = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *RebootDBShardGroupOutput) SetStatus(v string) *RebootDBShardGroupOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// The recommended actions to apply to resolve the issues associated with your
// DB instances, DB clusters, and DB parameter groups.
type RecommendedAction struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The unique identifier of the recommended action.
ActionId *string `type:"string"`
// The methods to apply the recommended action.
//
// Valid values:
//
// * manual - The action requires you to resolve the recommendation manually.
//
// * immediately - The action is applied immediately.
//
// * next-maintainance-window - The action is applied during the next scheduled
// maintainance.
ApplyModes []*string `type:"list"`
// The supporting attributes to explain the recommended action.
ContextAttributes []*ContextAttribute `type:"list"`
// A detailed description of the action. The description might contain markdown.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The details of the issue.
IssueDetails *IssueDetails `type:"structure"`
// An API operation for the action.
Operation *string `type:"string"`
// The parameters for the API operation.
Parameters []*RecommendedActionParameter `type:"list"`
// The status of the action.
//
// * ready
//
// * applied
//
// * scheduled
//
// * resolved
Status *string `type:"string"`
// A short description to summarize the action. The description might contain
// markdown.
Title *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecommendedAction) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecommendedAction) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetActionId sets the ActionId field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetActionId(v string) *RecommendedAction {
s.ActionId = &v
return s
}
// SetApplyModes sets the ApplyModes field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetApplyModes(v []*string) *RecommendedAction {
s.ApplyModes = v
return s
}
// SetContextAttributes sets the ContextAttributes field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetContextAttributes(v []*ContextAttribute) *RecommendedAction {
s.ContextAttributes = v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetDescription(v string) *RecommendedAction {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetIssueDetails sets the IssueDetails field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetIssueDetails(v *IssueDetails) *RecommendedAction {
s.IssueDetails = v
return s
}
// SetOperation sets the Operation field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetOperation(v string) *RecommendedAction {
s.Operation = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetParameters(v []*RecommendedActionParameter) *RecommendedAction {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetStatus(v string) *RecommendedAction {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
func (s *RecommendedAction) SetTitle(v string) *RecommendedAction {
s.Title = &v
return s
}
// A single parameter to use with the RecommendedAction API operation to apply
// the action.
type RecommendedActionParameter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The key of the parameter to use with the RecommendedAction API operation.
Key *string `type:"string"`
// The value of the parameter to use with the RecommendedAction API operation.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecommendedActionParameter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecommendedActionParameter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *RecommendedActionParameter) SetKey(v string) *RecommendedActionParameter {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *RecommendedActionParameter) SetValue(v string) *RecommendedActionParameter {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// The recommended status to update for the specified recommendation action
// ID.
type RecommendedActionUpdate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A unique identifier of the updated recommendation action.
//
// ActionId is a required field
ActionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The status of the updated recommendation action.
//
// * applied
//
// * scheduled
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecommendedActionUpdate) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecommendedActionUpdate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RecommendedActionUpdate) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RecommendedActionUpdate"}
if s.ActionId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionId"))
}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetActionId sets the ActionId field's value.
func (s *RecommendedActionUpdate) SetActionId(v string) *RecommendedActionUpdate {
s.ActionId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *RecommendedActionUpdate) SetStatus(v string) *RecommendedActionUpdate {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions.
type RecurringCharge struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of the recurring charge.
RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`
// The frequency of the recurring charge.
RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecurringCharge) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value.
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge {
s.RecurringChargeAmount = &v
return s
}
// SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value.
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge {
s.RecurringChargeFrequency = &v
return s
}
// The reference details of a metric.
type ReferenceDetails struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The metric reference details when the reference is a scalar.
ScalarReferenceDetails *ScalarReferenceDetails `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReferenceDetails) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReferenceDetails) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetScalarReferenceDetails sets the ScalarReferenceDetails field's value.
func (s *ReferenceDetails) SetScalarReferenceDetails(v *ScalarReferenceDetails) *ReferenceDetails {
s.ScalarReferenceDetails = v
return s
}
type RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// One or more DB cluster identifiers.
DBClusterIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// One or more DB instance identifiers.
DBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup.
//
// DBProxyName is a required field
DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup.
TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput"}
if s.DBProxyName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifiers sets the DBClusterIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the DBInstanceIdentifiers field's value.
func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifiers = v
return s
}
// SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value.
func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.DBProxyName = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput {
s.TargetGroupName = &v
return s
}
type RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// One or more DBProxyTarget objects that are created when you register targets
// with a target group.
DBProxyTargets []*DBProxyTarget `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBProxyTargets sets the DBProxyTargets field's value.
func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) SetDBProxyTargets(v []*DBProxyTarget) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput {
s.DBProxyTargets = v
return s
}
type RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) identifying the cluster that was detached
// from the Aurora global database cluster.
DbClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The cluster identifier to detach from the Aurora global database cluster.
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDbClusterIdentifier sets the DbClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) SetDbClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput {
s.DbClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value.
func (s *RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput {
s.GlobalCluster = v
return s
}
type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be disassociated
// from. For information about supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
FeatureName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora
// DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.RoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput {
s.FeatureName = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB instance to disassociate the IAM role from.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be disassociated
// from. For information about supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
//
// FeatureName is a required field
FeatureName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB
// instance, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.FeatureName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FeatureName"))
}
if s.RoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput {
s.FeatureName = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB
// instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.
//
// SourceIdentifier is a required field
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a
// source identifier from.
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"}
if s.SourceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier"))
}
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput {
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput {
s.SubscriptionName = &v
return s
}
type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// action.
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput {
s.EventSubscription = v
return s
}
type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an
// Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
// an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// ResourceName is a required field
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
//
// TagKeys is a required field
TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"}
if s.ResourceName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
}
if s.TagKeys == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
s.ResourceName = &v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
s.TagKeys = v
return s
}
type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
type ReservedDBInstance struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The currency code for the reserved DB instance.
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The number of reserved DB instances.
DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The duration of the reservation in seconds.
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance.
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
// The unique identifier for the lease associated with the reserved DB instance.
//
// Amazon Web Services Support might request the lease ID for an issue related
// to a reserved DB instance.
LeaseId *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The offering type of this reserved DB instance.
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
// The description of the reserved DB instance.
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance.
ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The unique identifier for the reservation.
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
// The offering identifier.
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
// The time the reservation started.
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The state of the reserved DB instance.
State *string `type:"string"`
// The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance.
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.CurrencyCode = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.DBInstanceCount = &v
return s
}
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.Duration = &v
return s
}
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.FixedPrice = &v
return s
}
// SetLeaseId sets the LeaseId field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetLeaseId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.LeaseId = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.OfferingType = &v
return s
}
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.ProductDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.RecurringCharges = v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstanceArn sets the ReservedDBInstanceArn field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceArn(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.ReservedDBInstanceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
return s
}
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.StartTime = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetState(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance {
s.UsagePrice = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
// action.
type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering.
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The duration of the offering in seconds.
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The fixed price charged for this offering.
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
// Indicates whether the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The offering type.
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
// The database engine used by the offering.
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
// The offering identifier.
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
// The hourly price charged for this offering.
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.CurrencyCode = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.Duration = &v
return s
}
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.FixedPrice = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.OfferingType = &v
return s
}
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.ProductDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.RecurringCharges = v
return s
}
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
return s
}
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
s.UsagePrice = &v
return s
}
type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
//
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
// default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
// is enabled.
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter group
// to their default values. You can't use this parameter if there is a list
// of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
s.ResetAllParameters = &v
return s
}
type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DB parameter group.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
//
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name
// and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide
// a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters
// can be modified in a single request.
//
// MySQL
//
// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
//
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
// are applied when DB instance reboots.
//
// MariaDB
//
// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
//
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
// are applied when DB instance reboots.
//
// Oracle
//
// Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to reset all parameters in the DB parameter group to default
// values. By default, all parameters in the DB parameter group are reset to
// default values.
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"}
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput {
s.ResetAllParameters = &v
return s
}
// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the
// resource.
PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"`
// The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions.
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value.
func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions {
s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v
return s
}
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions {
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored DB cluster
// can be created.
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
// value to 0.
//
// Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
//
// Default: 0
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
// hours).
BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`
// The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster
// are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1.
//
// Default: 1
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
// with the specified CharacterSet.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster to snapshots
// of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3
// bucket. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-cluster1
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored
// DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, the default parameter group for
// the engine version is used.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster.
//
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the DB cluster. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The
// domain must be created prior to this operation.
//
// For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication
// to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information,
// see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
// Directory Service.
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch
// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used.
//
// Aurora MySQL
//
// Possible values are audit, error, general, and slowquery.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values: aurora-mysql (for Aurora MySQL)
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The life cycle type for this DB cluster.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard
// support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value
// to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, RDS automatically
// upgrades your restored DB cluster to a higher engine version, if the major
// engine version is past its end of standard support date.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see the following sections:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide
//
// * Amazon RDS - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine to use.
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (Aurora MySQL),
// use the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// Aurora MySQL
//
// Examples: 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.12.0, 8.0.mysql_aurora.3.04.0
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value
// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default KMS key.
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified.
ManageMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * Can't be specified if ManageMasterUserPassword is turned on.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically
// generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
//
// This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS
// in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB cluster.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager
// KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, then you can't use the aws/secretsmanager KMS key to
// encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer managed KMS key.
//
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
//
// MasterUsername is a required field
MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The network type of the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and
// the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
// with the specified option group.
//
// Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group
// can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept
// connections.
//
// Default: 3306
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To view the time blocks available,
// see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
//
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
// of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of
// the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance
// Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
//
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the
// Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
//
// S3BucketName is a required field
S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3
// bucket on your behalf.
//
// S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field
S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create
// the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value,
// then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in
// the Amazon S3 bucket.
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files
// stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// Valid Values: mysql
//
// SourceEngine is a required field
SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The version of the database that the backup files were created from.
//
// MySQL versions 5.7 and 8.0 are supported.
//
// Example: 5.7.40, 8.0.28
//
// SourceEngineVersion is a required field
SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values: aurora, aurora-iopt1
//
// Default: aurora
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if s.MasterUsername == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername"))
}
if s.S3BucketName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName"))
}
if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn"))
}
if s.SourceEngine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine"))
}
if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.BacktrackWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetManageMasterUserPassword sets the ManageMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetManageMasterUserPassword(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.ManageMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId sets the MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetNetworkType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.S3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.S3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration sets the ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration(v *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.SourceEngine = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.SourceEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored
// DB cluster can be created.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
// value to 0.
//
// Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
//
// Default: 0
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
// hours).
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster to snapshots
// of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Example: my-snapshot-id
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The compute and memory capacity of the each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB
// cluster, for example db.m6gd.xlarge. Not all DB instance classes are available
// in all Amazon Web Services Regions, or for all database engines.
//
// For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine,
// see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
DBClusterInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
// If this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the
// specified engine is used.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing default DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
//
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the DB cluster. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The domain
// must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only MySQL, Microsoft
// SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active
// Directory Domain.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory
// Service.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to Amazon CloudWatch
// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used.
//
// RDS for MySQL
//
// Possible values are error, general, and slowquery.
//
// RDS for PostgreSQL
//
// Possible values are postgresql and upgrade.
//
// Aurora MySQL
//
// Possible values are audit, error, general, and slowquery.
//
// Aurora PostgreSQL
//
// Possible value is postgresql.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
//
// Default: The same as source
//
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The life cycle type for this DB cluster.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard
// support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value
// to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, RDS automatically
// upgrades your restored DB cluster to a higher engine version, if the major
// engine version is past its end of standard support date.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see the following sections:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide
//
// * Amazon RDS - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateDBCluster.html).
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EngineMode *string `type:"string"`
// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. If you
// don't specify an engine version, the default version for the database engine
// in the Amazon Web Services Region is used.
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for Aurora MySQL, use the following
// command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for Aurora PostgreSQL, use the
// following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for MySQL, use the following
// command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for PostgreSQL, use
// the following command:
//
// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
//
// Aurora MySQL
//
// See Database engine updates for Amazon Aurora MySQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Updates.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Aurora PostgreSQL
//
// See Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL releases and engine versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraPostgreSQL.Updates.20180305.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// MySQL
//
// See Amazon RDS for MySQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// PostgreSQL
//
// See Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL versions and extensions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
// initially allocated for each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For information about valid IOPS values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS
// storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints: Must be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for
// the DB instance.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted
// DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// When you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
// occurs:
//
// * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted,
// then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used
// to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
//
// * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier isn't
// encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't encrypted.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The network type of the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and
// the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.
//
// DB clusters are associated with a default option group that can't be modified.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
//
// Constraints: This value must be 1150-65535
//
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB cluster is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB cluster's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB cluster's VPC. Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB cluster doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB cluster isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB cluster
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName
// is specified.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB cluster is private.
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB cluster is public.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB cluster is private.
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB cluster is public.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Reserved for future use.
RdsCustomClusterConfiguration *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the
// DB cluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
//
// You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify
// a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB
// snapshot.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB cluster.
//
// When specified for a Multi-AZ DB cluster, a value for the Iops parameter
// is required.
//
// Valid Values: aurora, aurora-iopt1 (Aurora DB clusters); io1 (Multi-AZ DB
// clusters)
//
// Default: aurora (Aurora DB clusters); io1 (Multi-AZ DB clusters)
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.BacktrackWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterInstanceClass sets the DBClusterInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.DBClusterInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.EngineMode = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration sets the RdsCustomClusterConfiguration field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration(v *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.RdsCustomClusterConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration sets the ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration(v *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
// value to 0.
//
// Default: 0
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
// hours).
//
// Valid for: Aurora MySQL DB clusters only
BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster to snapshots
// of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
//
// * First character must be a letter
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The compute and memory capacity of the each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB
// cluster, for example db.m6gd.xlarge. Not all DB instance classes are available
// in all Amazon Web Services Regions, or for all database engines.
//
// For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine,
// see DB instance class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
DBClusterInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the custom DB cluster parameter group to associate with this
// DB cluster.
//
// If the DBClusterParameterGroupName parameter is omitted, the default DB cluster
// parameter group for the specified engine is used.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
//
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the DB cluster. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The domain
// must be created prior to this operation.
//
// For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication
// to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information,
// see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory
// Service.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch
// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used.
//
// RDS for MySQL
//
// Possible values are error, general, and slowquery.
//
// RDS for PostgreSQL
//
// Possible values are postgresql and upgrade.
//
// Aurora MySQL
//
// Possible values are audit, error, general, and slowquery.
//
// Aurora PostgreSQL
//
// Possible value is postgresql.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The life cycle type for this DB cluster.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard
// support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value
// to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, RDS automatically
// upgrades your restored DB cluster to a higher engine version, if the major
// engine version is past its end of standard support date.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see the following sections:
//
// * Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide
//
// * Amazon RDS - Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide
//
// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The engine mode of the new cluster. Specify provisioned or serverless, depending
// on the type of the cluster you are creating. You can create an Aurora Serverless
// v1 clone from a provisioned cluster, or a provisioned clone from an Aurora
// Serverless v1 cluster. To create a clone that is an Aurora Serverless v1
// cluster, the original cluster must be an Aurora Serverless v1 cluster or
// an encrypted provisioned cluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
EngineMode *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
// initially allocated for each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For information about valid IOPS values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS
// storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints: Must be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for
// the DB instance.
//
// Valid for: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted
// DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a
// KMS key that is different from the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB
// cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the
// KmsKeyId parameter.
//
// If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
// occurs:
//
// * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted
// using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
//
// * If the DB cluster isn't encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't
// encrypted.
//
// If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that isn't encrypted, then
// the restore request is rejected.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The network type of the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and
// the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.
//
// DB clusters are associated with a default option group that can't be modified.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
//
// Constraints: A value from 1150-65535.
//
// Default: The default port for the engine.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB cluster is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB cluster's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB cluster's VPC. Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB cluster doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB cluster isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB cluster
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName
// is specified.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB cluster is private.
//
// * If the default VPC in the target Region has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB cluster is public.
//
// If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
// the following applies:
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway
// attached to it, the DB cluster is private.
//
// * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached
// to it, the DB cluster is public.
//
// Valid for: Multi-AZ DB clusters only
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Reserved for future use.
RdsCustomClusterConfiguration *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to.
//
// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
//
// * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter isn't provided
//
// * Can't be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled
//
// * Can't be specified if the RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write
//
// Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following
// values:
//
// * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source
// DB cluster.
//
// * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source
// DB cluster.
//
// If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored
// as a full copy of the source DB cluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
RestoreType *string `type:"string"`
// For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the
// DB cluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The resource ID of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
SourceDbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB cluster.
//
// When specified for a Multi-AZ DB cluster, a value for the Iops parameter
// is required.
//
// Valid Values: aurora, aurora-iopt1 (Aurora DB clusters); io1 (Multi-AZ DB
// clusters)
//
// Default: aurora (Aurora DB clusters); io1 (Multi-AZ DB clusters)
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable backup
// time. By default, the DB cluster isn't restored to the latest restorable
// backup time.
//
// Constraints: Can't be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.BacktrackWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterInstanceClass sets the DBClusterInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBClusterInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.EngineMode = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration sets the RdsCustomClusterConfiguration field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRdsCustomClusterConfiguration(v *RdsCustomClusterConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.RdsCustomClusterConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.RestoreToTime = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreType sets the RestoreType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.RestoreType = &v
return s
}
// SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration sets the ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration(v *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDbClusterResourceId sets the SourceDbClusterResourceId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDbClusterResourceId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.SourceDbClusterResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance.
// Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
//
// Be sure to allocate enough storage for your new DB instance so that the restore
// operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional storage for future
// growth.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to automatically apply minor version upgrades to the DB
// instance during the maintenance window.
//
// If you restore an RDS Custom DB instance, you must disable this parameter.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created.
//
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
//
// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
//
// Example: us-east-1a
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies where automated backups and manual snapshots are stored for the
// restored DB instance.
//
// Possible values are outposts (Amazon Web Services Outposts) and region (Amazon
// Web Services Region). The default is region.
//
// For more information, see Working with Amazon RDS on Amazon Web Services
// Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
BackupTarget *string `type:"string"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB instance's server certificate.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots
// of the DB instance.
//
// In most cases, tags aren't copied by default. However, when you restore a
// DB instance from a DB snapshot, RDS checks whether you specify new tags.
// If yes, the new tags are added to the restored DB instance. If there are
// no new tags, RDS looks for the tags from the source DB instance for the DB
// snapshot, and then adds those tags to the restored DB instance.
//
// For more information, see Copying tags to DB instance snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.CopyTags)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The instance profile associated with the underlying Amazon EC2 instance of
// an RDS Custom DB instance. The instance profile must meet the following requirements:
//
// * The profile must exist in your account.
//
// * The profile must have an IAM role that Amazon EC2 has permissions to
// assume.
//
// * The instance profile name and the associated IAM role name must start
// with the prefix AWSRDSCustom.
//
// For the list of permissions required for the IAM role, see Configure IAM
// and your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-setup-orcl.html#custom-setup-orcl.iam-vpc)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting is required for RDS Custom.
CustomIamInstanceProfile *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the Multi-AZ DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ DB cluster deployments
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing Multi-AZ DB cluster snapshot.
//
// * Can't be specified when DBSnapshotIdentifier is specified.
//
// * Must be specified when DBSnapshotIdentifier isn't specified.
//
// * If you are restoring from a shared manual Multi-AZ DB cluster snapshot,
// the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the shared snapshot.
//
// * Can't be the identifier of an Aurora DB cluster snapshot.
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example
// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web
// Services Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance
// classes, and availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: my-snapshot-id
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the database for the restored DB instance.
//
// This parameter only applies to RDS for Oracle and RDS for SQL Server DB instances.
// It doesn't apply to the other engines or to RDS Custom DB instances.
DBName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
//
// If you don't specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then RDS uses the
// default DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB parameter group.
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB snapshot.
//
// * Can't be specified when DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is specified.
//
// * Must be specified when DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier isn't specified.
//
// * If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new instance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable a dedicated log volume (DLV) for the DB instance.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the DB instance. The
// database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
// deletion protection isn't enabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in. The domain/
// must be created prior to this operation. Currently, you can create only Db2,
// MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances in an Active
// Directory Domain.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the credentials for the user
// joining the domain.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: arn:aws:secretsmanager:region:account-number:secret:myselfmanagedADtestsecret-123456
DomainAuthSecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of your primary and secondary Active Directory
// domain controllers.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Two IP addresses must be provided. If there isn't a secondary domain
// controller, use the IP address of the primary domain controller for both
// entries in the list.
//
// Example: 123.124.125.126,234.235.236.237
DomainDnsIps []*string `type:"list"`
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an Active Directory domain.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: mymanagedADtest.mymanagedAD.mydomain
DomainFqdn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory organizational unit for your DB instance to join.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the distinguished name format.
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: OU=mymanagedADtestOU,DC=mymanagedADtest,DC=mymanagedAD,DC=mydomain
DomainOu *string `type:"string"`
// The list of logs for the restored DB instance to export to CloudWatch Logs.
// The values in the list depend on the DB engine. For more information, see
// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) for an RDS
// on Outposts DB instance.
//
// A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost
// subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can
// provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of
// its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on
// Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing)
// in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide.
EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
//
// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine to use for the new instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Default: The same as source
//
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. For example,
// you can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The life cycle type for this DB instance.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of
// standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the
// value to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, RDS automatically
// upgrades your restored DB instance to a higher engine version, if the major
// engine version is past its end of standard support date.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB instance past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting applies only to RDS for MySQL and RDS for PostgreSQL. For Amazon
// Aurora DB instances, the life cycle type is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in
// I/O operations per second. If this parameter isn't specified, the IOPS value
// is taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance
// is converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time,
// though your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion
// starts.
//
// The provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database
// engine. For more information, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
//
// License models for RDS for Db2 require additional configuration. The Bring
// Your Own License (BYOL) model requires a custom parameter group. The Db2
// license through Amazon Web Services Marketplace model requires an Amazon
// Web Services Marketplace subscription. For more information, see RDS for
// Db2 licensing options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/db2-licensing.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - bring-your-own-license | marketplace-license
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - license-included
//
// * RDS for MySQL - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Oracle - bring-your-own-license | license-included
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql-license
//
// Default: Same as the source.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4
// and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
//
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
// from a DB instance after it is associated with a DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
//
// Default: The same port as the original DB instance
//
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB instance's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBInstance.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies the storage throughput value for the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom or Amazon Aurora.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
//
// Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | standard
//
// If you specify io1, io2, or gp3, you must also include a value for the Iops
// parameter.
//
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
// device.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its default
// processor features.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
//
// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupTarget sets the BackupTarget field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetBackupTarget(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.BackupTarget = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomIamInstanceProfile sets the CustomIamInstanceProfile field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCustomIamInstanceProfile(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.CustomIamInstanceProfile = &v
return s
}
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainAuthSecretArn sets the DomainAuthSecretArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainAuthSecretArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DomainAuthSecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainDnsIps sets the DomainDnsIps field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainDnsIps(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DomainDnsIps = v
return s
}
// SetDomainFqdn sets the DomainFqdn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainFqdn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DomainFqdn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainOu sets the DomainOu field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainOu(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.DomainOu = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance.
// Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
//
// Be sure to allocate enough storage for your new DB instance so that the restore
// operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional storage for future
// growth.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether to automatically apply minor engine upgrades to the DB
// instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades
// are not applied automatically.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information
// about Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and
// Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon
// Web Services Region.
//
// Example: us-east-1d
//
// Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance
// is a Multi-AZ deployment. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
// same Amazon Web Services Region as the current endpoint.
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
// parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see
// CreateDBInstance.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB instance's server certificate.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the
// DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example db.m4.large.
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions,
// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Importing from Amazon S3 isn't supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance class.
//
// DBInstanceClass is a required field
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// Example: mydbinstance
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow
// the naming rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
DBName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
//
// If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default
// DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
//
// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
//
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable a dedicated log volume (DLV) for the DB instance.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the DB instance. The
// database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
// deletion protection isn't enabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch
// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
//
// Valid Values: mysql
//
// Engine is a required field
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The life cycle type for this DB instance.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of
// standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the
// value to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, RDS automatically
// upgrades your restored DB instance to a higher engine version, if the major
// engine version is past its end of standard support date.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB instance past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting applies only to RDS for MySQL and RDS for PostgreSQL. For Amazon
// Aurora DB instances, the life cycle type is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor
// version of your database engine. For information about engine versions, see
// CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate
// initially for the DB instance. For information about valid IOPS values, see
// Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value
// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default KMS key.
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services
// Secrets Manager.
//
// For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets
// Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified.
ManageMasterUserPassword *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The password for the master user.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if ManageMasterUserPassword is turned on.
//
// * Can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". For
// RDS for Oracle, can't include the "&" (ampersand) or the "'" (single quotes)
// character.
//
// Length Constraints:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
//
// * RDS for MySQL - Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
//
// * RDS for Oracle - Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically
// generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager.
//
// This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS
// in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB instance.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager
// KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a different Amazon
// Web Services account, then you can't use the aws/secretsmanager KMS key to
// encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer managed KMS key.
//
// There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon
// Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web
// Services Region.
MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The name for the master user.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically
// scale the storage of the DB instance.
//
// For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply
// to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
// metrics, specify 0.
//
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
// to a value other than 0.
//
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
//
// Default: 0
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
// For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling
// Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. If the DB instance
// is a Multi-AZ deployment, you can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4
// and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this
// argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is
// used.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance
// Insights data.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
// RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon
// Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default
// KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region.
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. The default is 7
// days. The following values are valid:
//
// * 7
//
// * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23
//
// * 731
//
// For example, the following values are valid:
//
// * 93 (3 months * 31)
//
// * 341 (11 months * 31)
//
// * 589 (19 months * 31)
//
// * 731
//
// If you specify a retention period such as 94, which isn't a valid value,
// RDS issues an error.
PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
//
// Type: Integer
//
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
//
// Default: 3306
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated
// backups are enabled. For more information, see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance
// Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi.
//
// * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
//
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
//
// * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window.
//
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB instance's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBInstance.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file.
//
// S3BucketName is a required field
S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// An Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with a trust
// policy and a permissions policy that allows Amazon RDS to access your Amazon
// S3 bucket. For information about this role, see Creating an IAM role manually
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html#MySQL.Procedural.Importing.Enabling.IAM)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field
S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket.
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the engine of your source database.
//
// Valid Values: mysql
//
// SourceEngine is a required field
SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The version of the database that the backup files were created from.
//
// MySQL versions 5.6 and 5.7 are supported.
//
// Example: 5.6.40
//
// SourceEngineVersion is a required field
SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not.
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies the storage throughput value for the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom or Amazon Aurora.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
//
// Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | standard
//
// If you specify io1, io2, or gp3, you must also include a value for the Iops
// parameter.
//
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise gp2
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information,
// see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its default
// processor features.
UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input"}
if s.DBInstanceClass == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass"))
}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if s.Engine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
}
if s.S3BucketName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName"))
}
if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn"))
}
if s.SourceEngine == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine"))
}
if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DBName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetManageMasterUserPassword sets the ManageMasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetManageMasterUserPassword(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.ManageMasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId sets the MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUserSecretKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetNetworkType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.S3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.S3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.SourceEngine = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.SourceEngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance.
// Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
//
// Be sure to allocate enough storage for your new DB instance so that the restore
// operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional storage for future
// growth.
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the
// DB instance during the maintenance window.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created.
//
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
//
// Example: us-east-1a
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The location for storing automated backups and manual snapshots for the restored
// DB instance.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * outposts (Amazon Web Services Outposts)
//
// * region (Amazon Web Services Region)
//
// Default: region
//
// For more information, see Working with Amazon RDS on Amazon Web Services
// Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
BackupTarget *string `type:"string"`
// The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB instance's server certificate.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to
// a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots
// of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The instance profile associated with the underlying Amazon EC2 instance of
// an RDS Custom DB instance. The instance profile must meet the following requirements:
//
// * The profile must exist in your account.
//
// * The profile must have an IAM role that Amazon EC2 has permissions to
// assume.
//
// * The instance profile name and the associated IAM role name must start
// with the prefix AWSRDSCustom.
//
// For the list of permissions required for the IAM role, see Configure IAM
// and your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-setup-orcl.html#custom-setup-orcl.iam-vpc)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting is required for RDS Custom.
CustomIamInstanceProfile *string `type:"string"`
// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example
// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web
// Services Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance
// classes, and availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Default: The same DB instance class as the original DB instance.
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
// The database name for the restored DB instance.
//
// This parameter doesn't apply to the following DB instances:
//
// * RDS Custom
//
// * RDS for Db2
//
// * RDS for MariaDB
//
// * RDS for MySQL
DBName *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
//
// If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default
// DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB parameter group.
//
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.
//
// Example: mydbsubnetgroup
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether to enable a dedicated log volume (DLV) for the DB instance.
DedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database
// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion
// protection isn't enabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB Instance
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in. Create the
// domain before running this command. Currently, you can create only the MySQL,
// Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances in an Active Directory
// Domain.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Domain *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the credentials for the user
// joining the domain.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: arn:aws:secretsmanager:region:account-number:secret:myselfmanagedADtestsecret-123456
DomainAuthSecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of your primary and secondary Active Directory
// domain controllers.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Two IP addresses must be provided. If there isn't a secondary domain
// controller, use the IP address of the primary domain controller for both
// entries in the list.
//
// Example: 123.124.125.126,234.235.236.237
DomainDnsIps []*string `type:"list"`
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an Active Directory domain.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: mymanagedADtest.mymanagedAD.mydomain
DomainFqdn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances.
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
// The Active Directory organizational unit for your DB instance to join.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be in the distinguished name format.
//
// * Can't be longer than 64 characters.
//
// Example: OU=mymanagedADtestOU,DC=mymanagedADtest,DC=mymanagedAD,DC=mydomain
DomainOu *string `type:"string"`
// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch
// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
// Specifies whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) for an RDS
// on Outposts DB instance.
//
// A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost
// subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can
// provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of
// its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on
// Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing)
// in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide.
EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't
// enabled.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The database engine to use for the new instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * db2-ae
//
// * db2-se
//
// * mariadb
//
// * mysql
//
// * oracle-ee
//
// * oracle-ee-cdb
//
// * oracle-se2
//
// * oracle-se2-cdb
//
// * postgres
//
// * sqlserver-ee
//
// * sqlserver-se
//
// * sqlserver-ex
//
// * sqlserver-web
//
// Default: The same as source
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be compatible with the engine of the source.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The life cycle type for this DB instance.
//
// By default, this value is set to open-source-rds-extended-support, which
// enrolls your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of
// standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the
// value to open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled. In this case, RDS automatically
// upgrades your restored DB instance to a higher engine version, if the major
// engine version is past its end of standard support date.
//
// You can use this setting to enroll your DB instance into Amazon RDS Extended
// Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine
// version on your DB instance past the end of standard support for that engine
// version. For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Extended Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting applies only to RDS for MySQL and RDS for PostgreSQL. For Amazon
// Aurora DB instances, the life cycle type is managed by the DB cluster.
//
// Valid Values: open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled
//
// Default: open-source-rds-extended-support
EngineLifecycleSupport *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to initially
// allocate for the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to SQL Server.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be an integer greater than 1000.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The license model information for the restored DB instance.
//
// License models for RDS for Db2 require additional configuration. The Bring
// Your Own License (BYOL) model requires a custom parameter group. The Db2
// license through Amazon Web Services Marketplace model requires an Amazon
// Web Services Marketplace subscription. For more information, see RDS for
// Db2 licensing options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/db2-licensing.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * RDS for Db2 - bring-your-own-license | marketplace-license
//
// * RDS for MariaDB - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - license-included
//
// * RDS for MySQL - general-public-license
//
// * RDS for Oracle - bring-your-own-license | license-included
//
// * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql-license
//
// Default: Same as the source.
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
// The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically
// scale the storage of the DB instance.
//
// For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply
// to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Secifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The network type of the DB instance.
//
// The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB
// instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4
// and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL).
//
// For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * IPV4
//
// * DUAL
NetworkType *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB instance.
//
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
// from a DB instance after it is associated with a DB instance
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
//
// Default: The same port as the original DB instance.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * The value must be 1150-65535.
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
// class of the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible.
//
// When the DB cluster is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS)
// endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB cluster's
// virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside
// of the DB cluster's VPC. Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled
// by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the
// security group assigned to the DB cluster doesn't permit it.
//
// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
//
// For more information, see CreateDBInstance.
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The date and time to restore from.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format.
//
// * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance.
//
// * Can't be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled.
//
// Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z
RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups from which
// to restore, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance.
SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore.
SourceDbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The storage throughput value for the DB instance.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom or Amazon Aurora.
StorageThroughput *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage type to associate with the DB instance.
//
// Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | standard
//
// Default: io1, if the Iops parameter is specified. Otherwise, gp2.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * If you specify io1, io2, or gp3, you must also include a value for the
// Iops parameter.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The name of the new DB instance to create.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
//
// TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
// device.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its default
// processor features.
//
// This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom.
UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the DB instance is restored from the latest backup time.
// By default, the DB instance isn't restored from the latest backup time.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Can't be specified if the RestoreTime parameter is provided.
UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
//
// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput"}
if s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetBackupTarget sets the BackupTarget field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetBackupTarget(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.BackupTarget = &v
return s
}
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomIamInstanceProfile sets the CustomIamInstanceProfile field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCustomIamInstanceProfile(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.CustomIamInstanceProfile = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetDedicatedLogVolume sets the DedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.Domain = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainAuthSecretArn sets the DomainAuthSecretArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainAuthSecretArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DomainAuthSecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainDnsIps sets the DomainDnsIps field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainDnsIps(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DomainDnsIps = v
return s
}
// SetDomainFqdn sets the DomainFqdn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainFqdn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DomainFqdn = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
return s
}
// SetDomainOu sets the DomainOu field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainOu(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.DomainOu = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
return s
}
// SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v
return s
}
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineLifecycleSupport sets the EngineLifecycleSupport field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEngineLifecycleSupport(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.EngineLifecycleSupport = &v
return s
}
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.Iops = &v
return s
}
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.LicenseModel = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v
return s
}
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.MultiAZ = &v
return s
}
// SetNetworkType sets the NetworkType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetNetworkType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.NetworkType = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.OptionGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.Port = &v
return s
}
// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.ProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreTime sets the RestoreTime field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.RestoreTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDbiResourceId sets the SourceDbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDbiResourceId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.SourceDbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughput sets the StorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageThroughput(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.StorageThroughput = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
return s
}
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v
return s
}
// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
// Earliest and latest time an instance can be restored to:
type RestoreWindow struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The earliest time you can restore an instance to.
EarliestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The latest time you can restore an instance to.
LatestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreWindow) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RestoreWindow) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEarliestTime sets the EarliestTime field's value.
func (s *RestoreWindow) SetEarliestTime(v time.Time) *RestoreWindow {
s.EarliestTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLatestTime sets the LatestTime field's value.
func (s *RestoreWindow) SetLatestTime(v time.Time) *RestoreWindow {
s.LatestTime = &v
return s
}
type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP
// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
// can't be provided.
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.
//
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the EC2 security group
// specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web Services
// access key ID isn't an acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.CIDRIP = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
return s
}
type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
s.DBSecurityGroup = v
return s
}
// The metric reference details when the reference is a scalar.
type ScalarReferenceDetails struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The value of a scalar reference.
Value *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ScalarReferenceDetails) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ScalarReferenceDetails) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *ScalarReferenceDetails) SetValue(v float64) *ScalarReferenceDetails {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type ScalingConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether to allow or disallow automatic pause for an Aurora DB cluster
// in serverless DB engine mode. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle
// (it has no connections).
//
// If a DB cluster is paused for more than seven days, the DB cluster might
// be backed up with a snapshot. In this case, the DB cluster is restored when
// there is a request to connect to it.
AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
//
// For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
// and 256.
//
// For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 192,
// and 384.
//
// The maximum capacity must be greater than or equal to the minimum capacity.
MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The minimum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
//
// For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
// and 256.
//
// For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 192,
// and 384.
//
// The minimum capacity must be less than or equal to the maximum capacity.
MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The amount of time, in seconds, that Aurora Serverless v1 tries to find a
// scaling point to perform seamless scaling before enforcing the timeout action.
// The default is 300.
//
// Specify a value between 60 and 600 seconds.
SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The time, in seconds, before an Aurora DB cluster in serverless mode is paused.
//
// Specify a value between 300 and 86,400 seconds.
SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
// or RollbackCapacityChange.
//
// ForceApplyCapacityChange sets the capacity to the specified value as soon
// as possible.
//
// RollbackCapacityChange, the default, ignores the capacity change if a scaling
// point isn't found in the timeout period.
//
// If you specify ForceApplyCapacityChange, connections that prevent Aurora
// Serverless v1 from finding a scaling point might be dropped.
//
// For more information, see Autoscaling for Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ScalingConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ScalingConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAutoPause sets the AutoPause field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetAutoPause(v bool) *ScalingConfiguration {
s.AutoPause = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetMaxCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration {
s.MaxCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetMinCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration {
s.MinCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration {
s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetSecondsUntilAutoPause sets the SecondsUntilAutoPause field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetSecondsUntilAutoPause(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration {
s.SecondsUntilAutoPause = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ScalingConfiguration {
s.TimeoutAction = &v
return s
}
// The scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine
// mode.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type ScalingConfigurationInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether automatic pause is allowed for the Aurora DB cluster in
// serverless DB engine mode.
//
// When the value is set to false for an Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster, the
// DB cluster automatically resumes.
AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The minimum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of seconds before scaling times out. What happens when an attempted
// scaling action times out is determined by the TimeoutAction setting.
SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The remaining amount of time, in seconds, before the Aurora DB cluster in
// serverless mode is paused. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle
// (it has no connections).
SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The action that occurs when Aurora times out while attempting to change the
// capacity of an Aurora Serverless v1 cluster. The value is either ForceApplyCapacityChange
// or RollbackCapacityChange.
//
// ForceApplyCapacityChange, the default, sets the capacity to the specified
// value as soon as possible.
//
// RollbackCapacityChange ignores the capacity change if a scaling point isn't
// found in the timeout period.
TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ScalingConfigurationInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ScalingConfigurationInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAutoPause sets the AutoPause field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetAutoPause(v bool) *ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.AutoPause = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMaxCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.MaxCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMinCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.MinCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v
return s
}
// SetSecondsUntilAutoPause sets the SecondsUntilAutoPause field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetSecondsUntilAutoPause(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.SecondsUntilAutoPause = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value.
func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.TimeoutAction = &v
return s
}
// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The maximum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an
// Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments,
// such as 40, 40.5, 41, and so on. The largest value that you can use is 128.
MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`
// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an
// Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments,
// such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5.
MinCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration {
s.MaxCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value.
func (s *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) SetMinCapacity(v float64) *ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration {
s.MinCapacity = &v
return s
}
// The scaling configuration for an Aurora Serverless v2 DB cluster.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The maximum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an
// Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments,
// such as 40, 40.5, 41, and so on. The largest value that you can use is 128.
MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`
// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an
// Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments,
// such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5.
MinCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.MaxCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value.
func (s *ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMinCapacity(v float64) *ServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInfo {
s.MinCapacity = &v
return s
}
// Contains an Amazon Web Services Region name as the result of a successful
// call to the DescribeSourceRegions action.
type SourceRegion struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The endpoint for the source Amazon Web Services Region endpoint.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the source Amazon Web Services Region.
RegionName *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the source Amazon Web Services Region.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the source Amazon Web Services Region supports replicating
// automated backups to the current Amazon Web Services Region.
SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SourceRegion) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SourceRegion) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func (s *SourceRegion) SetEndpoint(v string) *SourceRegion {
s.Endpoint = &v
return s
}
// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
func (s *SourceRegion) SetRegionName(v string) *SourceRegion {
s.RegionName = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *SourceRegion) SetStatus(v string) *SourceRegion {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication sets the SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication field's value.
func (s *SourceRegion) SetSupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(v bool) *SourceRegion {
s.SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = &v
return s
}
type StartActivityStreamInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to start as soon
// as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether the database activity stream includes engine-native audit
// fields. This option applies to an Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server DB instance.
// By default, no engine-native audit fields are included.
EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encrypting messages in the
// database activity stream. The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the
// key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
//
// KmsKeyId is a required field
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the mode of the database activity stream. Database events such
// as a change or access generate an activity stream event. The database session
// can handle these events either synchronously or asynchronously.
//
// Mode is a required field
Mode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.
//
// ResourceArn is a required field
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartActivityStreamInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartActivityStreamInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartActivityStreamInput"}
if s.KmsKeyId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KmsKeyId"))
}
if s.Mode == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Mode"))
}
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *StartActivityStreamInput {
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded sets the EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded(v bool) *StartActivityStreamInput {
s.EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartActivityStreamInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetMode(v string) *StartActivityStreamInput {
s.Mode = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *StartActivityStreamInput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
type StartActivityStreamOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether or not the database activity stream will start as soon
// as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether engine-native audit fields are included in the database
// activity stream.
EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream to be used for the database activity
// stream.
KinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of messages in
// the database activity stream.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The mode of the database activity stream.
Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"`
// The status of the database activity stream.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartActivityStreamOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartActivityStreamOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *StartActivityStreamOutput {
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded sets the EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded(v bool) *StartActivityStreamOutput {
s.EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded = &v
return s
}
// SetKinesisStreamName sets the KinesisStreamName field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetKinesisStreamName(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput {
s.KinesisStreamName = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetMode(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput {
s.Mode = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetStatus(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type StartDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be started.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *StartDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StartDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type StartDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *StartDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StartDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The retention period for the replicated automated backups.
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of the replicated
// automated backups. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the
// KMS encryption key in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, for example,
// arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// In an Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Region, an URL that contains a Signature
// Version 4 signed request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
// operation to call in the Amazon Web Services Region of the source DB instance.
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication
// API operation that can run in the Amazon Web Services Region that contains
// the source DB instance.
//
// This setting applies only to Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Regions. It's
// ignored in other Amazon Web Services Regions.
//
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
//
// If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify
// SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl
// manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a
// valid request for the operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services
// Region.
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for the replicated
// automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase.
//
// SourceDBInstanceArn is a required field
SourceDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
// have the same region as the source ARN.
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput"}
if s.SourceDBInstanceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput {
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
return s
}
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput {
s.DestinationRegion = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput {
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceDBInstanceArn sets the SourceDBInstanceArn field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceDBInstanceArn(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput {
s.SourceDBInstanceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput {
s.SourceRegion = &v
return s
}
type StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction
// logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted
// the source instance.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v
return s
}
type StartDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied instance identifier.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StartDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type StartDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *StartDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StartDBInstanceOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
type StartExportTaskInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The data to be exported from the snapshot or cluster. If this parameter isn't
// provided, all of the data is exported.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * database - Export all the data from a specified database.
//
// * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot or cluster.
// This format is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora
// MySQL.
//
// * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot
// or cluster. This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora
// PostgreSQL.
//
// * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema.
// This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"`
// A unique identifier for the export task. This ID isn't an identifier for
// the Amazon S3 bucket where the data is to be exported.
//
// ExportTaskIdentifier is a required field
ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the IAM role to use for writing to the Amazon S3 bucket when
// exporting a snapshot or cluster.
//
// In the IAM policy attached to your IAM role, include the following required
// actions to allow the transfer of files from Amazon RDS or Amazon Aurora to
// an S3 bucket:
//
// * s3:PutObject*
//
// * s3:GetObject*
//
// * s3:ListBucket
//
// * s3:DeleteObject*
//
// * s3:GetBucketLocation
//
// In the policy, include the resources to identify the S3 bucket and objects
// in the bucket. The following list of resources shows the Amazon Resource
// Name (ARN) format for accessing S3:
//
// * arn:aws:s3:::your-s3-bucket
//
// * arn:aws:s3:::your-s3-bucket/*
//
// IamRoleArn is a required field
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID of the Amazon Web Services KMS key to use to encrypt the data exported
// to Amazon S3. The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN,
// key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. The caller of this operation
// must be authorized to run the following operations. These can be set in the
// Amazon Web Services KMS key policy:
//
// * kms:Encrypt
//
// * kms:Decrypt
//
// * kms:GenerateDataKey
//
// * kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
//
// * kms:ReEncryptFrom
//
// * kms:ReEncryptTo
//
// * kms:CreateGrant
//
// * kms:DescribeKey
//
// * kms:RetireGrant
//
// KmsKeyId is a required field
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to export the snapshot or cluster data to.
//
// S3BucketName is a required field
S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix to use as the file name and path of the exported
// data.
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot or cluster to export to Amazon
// S3.
//
// SourceArn is a required field
SourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartExportTaskInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartExportTaskInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartExportTaskInput"}
if s.ExportTaskIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExportTaskIdentifier"))
}
if s.IamRoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamRoleArn"))
}
if s.KmsKeyId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KmsKeyId"))
}
if s.S3BucketName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName"))
}
if s.SourceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *StartExportTaskInput {
s.ExportOnly = v
return s
}
// SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *StartExportTaskInput {
s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *StartExportTaskInput {
s.IamRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartExportTaskInput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetS3BucketName(v string) *StartExportTaskInput {
s.S3BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetS3Prefix(v string) *StartExportTaskInput {
s.S3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetSourceArn(v string) *StartExportTaskInput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// Contains the details of a snapshot or cluster export to Amazon S3.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks operation.
type StartExportTaskOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The data exported from the snapshot or cluster.
//
// Valid Values:
//
// * database - Export all the data from a specified database.
//
// * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot or cluster.
// This format is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora
// MySQL.
//
// * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot
// or cluster. This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora
// PostgreSQL.
//
// * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema.
// This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"`
// A unique identifier for the snapshot or cluster export task. This ID isn't
// an identifier for the Amazon S3 bucket where the data is exported.
ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
FailureCause *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting
// a snapshot or cluster.
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The key identifier of the Amazon Web Services KMS key that is used to encrypt
// the data when it's exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key identifier is its key
// ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name. The IAM role used for the export must
// have encryption and decryption permissions to use this KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The progress of the snapshot or cluster export task as a percentage.
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot or cluster is exported to.
S3Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
// data.
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the snapshot was created.
SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot or cluster exported to Amazon
// S3.
SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The type of source for the export.
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ExportSourceType"`
// The progress status of the export task. The status can be one of the following:
//
// * CANCELED
//
// * CANCELING
//
// * COMPLETE
//
// * FAILED
//
// * IN_PROGRESS
//
// * STARTING
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The time when the snapshot or cluster export task ended.
TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The time when the snapshot or cluster export task started.
TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A warning about the snapshot or cluster export task.
WarningMessage *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartExportTaskOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StartExportTaskOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.ExportOnly = v
return s
}
// SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetFailureCause(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.FailureCause = &v
return s
}
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.IamRoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.PercentProgress = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetS3Bucket(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.S3Bucket = &v
return s
}
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetS3Prefix(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.S3Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotTime sets the SnapshotTime field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetSnapshotTime(v time.Time) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.SnapshotTime = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetSourceArn(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.SourceArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetSourceType(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetStatus(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTaskEndTime sets the TaskEndTime field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetTaskEndTime(v time.Time) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.TaskEndTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTaskStartTime sets the TaskStartTime field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetTaskStartTime(v time.Time) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.TaskStartTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTotalExtractedDataInGB sets the TotalExtractedDataInGB field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetTotalExtractedDataInGB(v int64) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.TotalExtractedDataInGB = &v
return s
}
// SetWarningMessage sets the WarningMessage field's value.
func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetWarningMessage(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput {
s.WarningMessage = &v
return s
}
type StopActivityStreamInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to stop as soon
// as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster for the database activity
// stream. For example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.
//
// ResourceArn is a required field
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopActivityStreamInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopActivityStreamInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopActivityStreamInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopActivityStreamInput"}
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
func (s *StopActivityStreamInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *StopActivityStreamInput {
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *StopActivityStreamInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *StopActivityStreamInput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
type StopActivityStreamOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity
// stream.
KinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in
// the database activity stream.
//
// The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias
// ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the database activity stream.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopActivityStreamOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopActivityStreamOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetKinesisStreamName sets the KinesisStreamName field's value.
func (s *StopActivityStreamOutput) SetKinesisStreamName(v string) *StopActivityStreamOutput {
s.KinesisStreamName = &v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *StopActivityStreamOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StopActivityStreamOutput {
s.KmsKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *StopActivityStreamOutput) SetStatus(v string) *StopActivityStreamOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type StopDBClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be stopped.
// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
//
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBClusterInput"}
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *StopDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StopDBClusterInput {
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type StopDBClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster or Multi-AZ DB cluster.
//
// For an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element
// in the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromS3, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, StartDBCluster, and StopDBCluster.
//
// For a Multi-AZ DB cluster, this data type is used as a response element in
// the operations CreateDBCluster, DeleteDBCluster, DescribeDBClusters, FailoverDBCluster,
// ModifyDBCluster, RebootDBCluster, RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, and RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora DB clusters, see What is Amazon Aurora?
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
//
// For more information on Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Multi-AZ deployments with
// two readable standby DB instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/multi-az-db-clusters-concepts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
func (s *StopDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StopDBClusterOutput {
s.DBCluster = v
return s
}
type StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for which to stop
// replicating automate backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase.
//
// SourceDBInstanceArn is a required field
SourceDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput"}
if s.SourceDBInstanceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSourceDBInstanceArn sets the SourceDBInstanceArn field's value.
func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceDBInstanceArn(v string) *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput {
s.SourceDBInstanceArn = &v
return s
}
type StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction
// logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted
// the source instance.
DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value.
func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput {
s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v
return s
}
type StopDBInstanceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The user-supplied instance identifier.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately
// before the DB instance is stopped.
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput {
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type StopDBInstanceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *StopDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StopDBInstanceOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// operation.
type Subnet struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains Availability Zone information.
//
// This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption data
// type.
SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the subnet.
SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// If the subnet is associated with an Outpost, this value specifies the Outpost.
//
// For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Amazon RDS on Amazon Web
// Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
SubnetOutpost *Outpost `type:"structure"`
// The status of the subnet.
SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Subnet) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet {
s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v
return s
}
// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value.
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet {
s.SubnetIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSubnetOutpost sets the SubnetOutpost field's value.
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetOutpost(v *Outpost) *Subnet {
s.SubnetOutpost = v
return s
}
// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value.
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet {
s.SubnetStatus = &v
return s
}
type SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The unique identifier of the blue/green deployment.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match an existing blue/green deployment identifier.
//
// BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier is a required field
BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The amount of time, in seconds, for the switchover to complete.
//
// Default: 300
//
// If the switchover takes longer than the specified duration, then any changes
// are rolled back, and no changes are made to the environments.
SwitchoverTimeout *int64 `min:"30" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput"}
if s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier"))
}
if s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier != nil && len(*s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier", 1))
}
if s.SwitchoverTimeout != nil && *s.SwitchoverTimeout < 30 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SwitchoverTimeout", 30))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier sets the BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetBlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier(v string) *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.BlueGreenDeploymentIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetSwitchoverTimeout sets the SwitchoverTimeout field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput) SetSwitchoverTimeout(v int64) *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentInput {
s.SwitchoverTimeout = &v
return s
}
type SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Details about a blue/green deployment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
BlueGreenDeployment *BlueGreenDeployment `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBlueGreenDeployment sets the BlueGreenDeployment field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput) SetBlueGreenDeployment(v *BlueGreenDeployment) *SwitchoverBlueGreenDeploymentOutput {
s.BlueGreenDeployment = v
return s
}
// Contains the details about a blue/green deployment.
//
// For more information, see Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments for database
// updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using Amazon RDS Blue/Green Deployments
// for database updates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/blue-green-deployments.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type SwitchoverDetail struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a resource in the blue environment.
SourceMember *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The switchover status of a resource in a blue/green deployment.
//
// Values:
//
// * PROVISIONING - The resource is being prepared to switch over.
//
// * AVAILABLE - The resource is ready to switch over.
//
// * SWITCHOVER_IN_PROGRESS - The resource is being switched over.
//
// * SWITCHOVER_COMPLETED - The resource has been switched over.
//
// * SWITCHOVER_FAILED - The resource attempted to switch over but failed.
//
// * MISSING_SOURCE - The source resource has been deleted.
//
// * MISSING_TARGET - The target resource has been deleted.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a resource in the green environment.
TargetMember *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverDetail) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverDetail) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetSourceMember sets the SourceMember field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverDetail) SetSourceMember(v string) *SwitchoverDetail {
s.SourceMember = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverDetail) SetStatus(v string) *SwitchoverDetail {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetMember sets the TargetMember field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverDetail) SetTargetMember(v string) *SwitchoverDetail {
s.TargetMember = &v
return s
}
type SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The identifier of the global database cluster to switch over. This parameter
// isn't case-sensitive.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing global database cluster (Aurora
// global database).
//
// GlobalClusterIdentifier is a required field
GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The identifier of the secondary Aurora DB cluster to promote to the new primary
// for the global database cluster. Use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the
// identifier so that Aurora can locate the cluster in its Amazon Web Services
// Region.
//
// TargetDbClusterIdentifier is a required field
TargetDbClusterIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput"}
if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GlobalClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier != nil && len(*s.GlobalClusterIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlobalClusterIdentifier", 1))
}
if s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDbClusterIdentifier"))
}
if s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier != nil && len(*s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetDbClusterIdentifier", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput {
s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetDbClusterIdentifier sets the TargetDbClusterIdentifier field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput) SetTargetDbClusterIdentifier(v string) *SwitchoverGlobalClusterInput {
s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *SwitchoverGlobalClusterOutput {
s.GlobalCluster = v
return s
}
type SwitchoverReadReplicaInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The DB instance identifier of the current standby database. This value is
// stored as a lowercase string.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must match the identifier of an existing Oracle read replica DB instance.
//
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverReadReplicaInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SwitchoverReadReplicaInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SwitchoverReadReplicaInput"}
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *SwitchoverReadReplicaInput {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
type SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the operations CreateDBInstance,
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica, DeleteDBInstance, DescribeDBInstances, ModifyDBInstance,
// PromoteReadReplica, RebootDBInstance, RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, RestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, StartDBInstance, and StopDBInstance.
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
func (s *SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *SwitchoverReadReplicaOutput {
s.DBInstance = v
return s
}
// Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair.
//
// For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or Tagging Amazon Aurora and Amazon RDS Resources
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
type Tag struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to
// 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with aws: or rds:.
// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
// '_', '.', ':', '/', '=', '+', '-', '@' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$").
Key *string `type:"string"`
// A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1
// to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with aws: or rds:.
// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
// '_', '.', ':', '/', '=', '+', '-', '@' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$").
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Tag) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// Information about the connection health of an RDS Proxy target.
type TargetHealth struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A description of the health of the RDS Proxy target. If the State is AVAILABLE,
// a description is not included.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The reason for the current health State of the RDS Proxy target.
Reason *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthReason"`
// The current state of the connection health lifecycle for the RDS Proxy target.
// The following is a typical lifecycle example for the states of an RDS Proxy
// target:
//
// registering > unavailable > available > unavailable > available
State *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetState"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TargetHealth) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TargetHealth) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *TargetHealth) SetDescription(v string) *TargetHealth {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
func (s *TargetHealth) SetReason(v string) *TargetHealth {
s.Reason = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *TargetHealth) SetState(v string) *TargetHealth {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// A tenant database in the DB instance. This data type is an element in the
// response to the DescribeTenantDatabases action.
type TenantDatabase struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The character set of the tenant database.
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// The ID of the DB instance that contains the tenant database.
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance.
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether deletion protection is enabled for the DB instance.
DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The master username of the tenant database.
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
// The NCHAR character set name of the tenant database.
NcharCharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
// Information about pending changes for a tenant database.
PendingModifiedValues *TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
// The status of the tenant database.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
// The database name of the tenant database.
TenantDBName *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the tenant database.
TenantDatabaseARN *string `type:"string"`
// The creation time of the tenant database.
TenantDatabaseCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the tenant
// database.
TenantDatabaseResourceId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TenantDatabase) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TenantDatabase) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.CharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
return s
}
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.DbiResourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *TenantDatabase {
s.DeletionProtection = &v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetMasterUsername(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.MasterUsername = &v
return s
}
// SetNcharCharacterSetName sets the NcharCharacterSetName field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetNcharCharacterSetName(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.NcharCharacterSetName = &v
return s
}
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues) *TenantDatabase {
s.PendingModifiedValues = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetStatus(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *TenantDatabase {
s.TagList = v
return s
}
// SetTenantDBName sets the TenantDBName field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetTenantDBName(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.TenantDBName = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDatabaseARN sets the TenantDatabaseARN field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetTenantDatabaseARN(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.TenantDatabaseARN = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDatabaseCreateTime sets the TenantDatabaseCreateTime field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetTenantDatabaseCreateTime(v time.Time) *TenantDatabase {
s.TenantDatabaseCreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDatabaseResourceId sets the TenantDatabaseResourceId field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabase) SetTenantDatabaseResourceId(v string) *TenantDatabase {
s.TenantDatabaseResourceId = &v
return s
}
// A response element in the ModifyTenantDatabase operation that describes changes
// that will be applied. Specific changes are identified by subelements.
type TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The master password for the tenant database.
//
// MasterUserPassword is a sensitive parameter and its value will be
// replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues's
// String and GoString methods.
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The name of the tenant database.
TenantDBName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues {
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
return s
}
// SetTenantDBName sets the TenantDBName field's value.
func (s *TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues) SetTenantDBName(v string) *TenantDatabasePendingModifiedValues {
s.TenantDBName = &v
return s
}
// A time zone associated with a DBInstance or a DBSnapshot. This data type
// is an element in the response to the DescribeDBInstances, the DescribeDBSnapshots,
// and the DescribeDBEngineVersions actions.
type Timezone struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the time zone.
TimezoneName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Timezone) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Timezone) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value.
func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone {
s.TimezoneName = &v
return s
}
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
type UpgradeTarget struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the target version is applied to any source DB instances
// that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
//
// This parameter is dynamic, and is set by RDS.
AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the upgrade target database engine.
Engine *string `type:"string"`
// The version number of the upgrade target database engine.
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether upgrading to the target version requires upgrading the
// major version of the database engine.
IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A list of the supported DB engine modes for the target engine version.
SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"`
// Indicates whether you can use Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL with the target
// engine version.
SupportsBabelfish *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with the target engine
// version.
SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports zero-ETL integrations with
// Amazon Redshift.
SupportsIntegrations *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the DB engine version supports Aurora Limitless Database.
SupportsLimitlessDatabase *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether the target engine version supports forwarding write operations
// from reader DB instances to the writer DB instance in the DB cluster. By
// default, write operations aren't allowed on reader DB instances.
//
// Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only
SupportsLocalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with the target engine
// version.
SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.AutoUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
s.Engine = &v
return s
}
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
s.EngineVersion = &v
return s
}
// SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *UpgradeTarget {
s.SupportedEngineModes = v
return s
}
// SetSupportsBabelfish sets the SupportsBabelfish field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsBabelfish(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.SupportsBabelfish = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsIntegrations sets the SupportsIntegrations field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsIntegrations(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.SupportsIntegrations = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase sets the SupportsLimitlessDatabase field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsLimitlessDatabase(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.SupportsLimitlessDatabase = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding sets the SupportsLocalWriteForwarding field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsLocalWriteForwarding(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.SupportsLocalWriteForwarding = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value.
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the details of authentication used by a proxy to log in as a specific
// database user.
type UserAuthConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of authentication that the proxy uses for connections from the proxy
// to the underlying database.
AuthScheme *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthScheme"`
// The type of authentication the proxy uses for connections from clients.
ClientPasswordAuthType *string `type:"string" enum:"ClientPasswordAuthType"`
// A user-specified description about the authentication used by a proxy to
// log in as a specific database user.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// A value that indicates whether to require or disallow Amazon Web Services
// Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication for connections to the
// proxy. The ENABLED value is valid only for proxies with RDS for Microsoft
// SQL Server.
IAMAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"IAMAuthMode"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the secret that the proxy uses
// to authenticate to the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. These secrets
// are stored within Amazon Secrets Manager.
SecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the database user to which the proxy connects.
UserName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UserAuthConfig) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UserAuthConfig) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAuthScheme sets the AuthScheme field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetAuthScheme(v string) *UserAuthConfig {
s.AuthScheme = &v
return s
}
// SetClientPasswordAuthType sets the ClientPasswordAuthType field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetClientPasswordAuthType(v string) *UserAuthConfig {
s.ClientPasswordAuthType = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetDescription(v string) *UserAuthConfig {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMAuth sets the IAMAuth field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetIAMAuth(v string) *UserAuthConfig {
s.IAMAuth = &v
return s
}
// SetSecretArn sets the SecretArn field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetSecretArn(v string) *UserAuthConfig {
s.SecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetUserName(v string) *UserAuthConfig {
s.UserName = &v
return s
}
// Returns the details of authentication used by a proxy to log in as a specific
// database user.
type UserAuthConfigInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of authentication that the proxy uses for connections from the proxy
// to the underlying database.
AuthScheme *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthScheme"`
// The type of authentication the proxy uses for connections from clients.
ClientPasswordAuthType *string `type:"string" enum:"ClientPasswordAuthType"`
// A user-specified description about the authentication used by a proxy to
// log in as a specific database user.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Whether to require or disallow Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) authentication for connections to the proxy. The ENABLED value is valid
// only for proxies with RDS for Microsoft SQL Server.
IAMAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"IAMAuthMode"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the secret that the proxy uses
// to authenticate to the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. These secrets
// are stored within Amazon Secrets Manager.
SecretArn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the database user to which the proxy connects.
UserName *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UserAuthConfigInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UserAuthConfigInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAuthScheme sets the AuthScheme field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetAuthScheme(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo {
s.AuthScheme = &v
return s
}
// SetClientPasswordAuthType sets the ClientPasswordAuthType field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetClientPasswordAuthType(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo {
s.ClientPasswordAuthType = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetDescription(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetIAMAuth sets the IAMAuth field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetIAMAuth(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo {
s.IAMAuth = &v
return s
}
// SetSecretArn sets the SecretArn field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetSecretArn(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo {
s.SecretArn = &v
return s
}
// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetUserName(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo {
s.UserName = &v
return s
}
// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance.
type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Valid storage options for your DB instance.
Storage []*ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"`
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports using a dedicated log volume (DLV).
SupportsDedicatedLogVolume *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Valid processor features for your DB instance.
ValidProcessorFeatures []*AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value.
func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetStorage(v []*ValidStorageOptions) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage {
s.Storage = v
return s
}
// SetSupportsDedicatedLogVolume sets the SupportsDedicatedLogVolume field's value.
func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetSupportsDedicatedLogVolume(v bool) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage {
s.SupportsDedicatedLogVolume = &v
return s
}
// SetValidProcessorFeatures sets the ValidProcessorFeatures field's value.
func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetValidProcessorFeatures(v []*AvailableProcessorFeature) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage {
s.ValidProcessorFeatures = v
return s
}
// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
// action.
type ValidStorageOptions struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For
// example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10
// times storage.
IopsToStorageRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"`
// The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-256,000.
ProvisionedIops []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"`
// The valid range of provisioned storage throughput. For example, 500-4,000
// mebibytes per second (MiBps).
ProvisionedStorageThroughput []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"`
// The valid range of storage in gibibytes (GiB). For example, 100 to 16,384.
StorageSize []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"`
// The valid range of storage throughput to provisioned IOPS ratios. For example,
// 0-0.25.
StorageThroughputToIopsRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"`
// The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example: gp2, gp3, io1,
// io2.
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether or not Amazon RDS can automatically scale storage for DB
// instances that use the new instance class.
SupportsStorageAutoscaling *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ValidStorageOptions) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetIopsToStorageRatio sets the IopsToStorageRatio field's value.
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetIopsToStorageRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions {
s.IopsToStorageRatio = v
return s
}
// SetProvisionedIops sets the ProvisionedIops field's value.
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedIops(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions {
s.ProvisionedIops = v
return s
}
// SetProvisionedStorageThroughput sets the ProvisionedStorageThroughput field's value.
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedStorageThroughput(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions {
s.ProvisionedStorageThroughput = v
return s
}
// SetStorageSize sets the StorageSize field's value.
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageSize(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions {
s.StorageSize = v
return s
}
// SetStorageThroughputToIopsRatio sets the StorageThroughputToIopsRatio field's value.
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageThroughputToIopsRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions {
s.StorageThroughputToIopsRatio = v
return s
}
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageType(v string) *ValidStorageOptions {
s.StorageType = &v
return s
}
// SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling sets the SupportsStorageAutoscaling field's value.
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling(v bool) *ValidStorageOptions {
s.SupportsStorageAutoscaling = &v
return s
}
// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security
// group membership.
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The membership status of the VPC security group.
//
// Currently, the only valid status is active.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the VPC security group.
VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value.
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v
return s
}
const (
// ActivityStreamModeSync is a ActivityStreamMode enum value
ActivityStreamModeSync = "sync"
// ActivityStreamModeAsync is a ActivityStreamMode enum value
ActivityStreamModeAsync = "async"
)
// ActivityStreamMode_Values returns all elements of the ActivityStreamMode enum
func ActivityStreamMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
ActivityStreamModeSync,
ActivityStreamModeAsync,
}
}
const (
// ActivityStreamPolicyStatusLocked is a ActivityStreamPolicyStatus enum value
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusLocked = "locked"
// ActivityStreamPolicyStatusUnlocked is a ActivityStreamPolicyStatus enum value
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusUnlocked = "unlocked"
// ActivityStreamPolicyStatusLockingPolicy is a ActivityStreamPolicyStatus enum value
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusLockingPolicy = "locking-policy"
// ActivityStreamPolicyStatusUnlockingPolicy is a ActivityStreamPolicyStatus enum value
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusUnlockingPolicy = "unlocking-policy"
)
// ActivityStreamPolicyStatus_Values returns all elements of the ActivityStreamPolicyStatus enum
func ActivityStreamPolicyStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusLocked,
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusUnlocked,
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusLockingPolicy,
ActivityStreamPolicyStatusUnlockingPolicy,
}
}
const (
// ActivityStreamStatusStopped is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value
ActivityStreamStatusStopped = "stopped"
// ActivityStreamStatusStarting is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value
ActivityStreamStatusStarting = "starting"
// ActivityStreamStatusStarted is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value
ActivityStreamStatusStarted = "started"
// ActivityStreamStatusStopping is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value
ActivityStreamStatusStopping = "stopping"
)
// ActivityStreamStatus_Values returns all elements of the ActivityStreamStatus enum
func ActivityStreamStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ActivityStreamStatusStopped,
ActivityStreamStatusStarting,
ActivityStreamStatusStarted,
ActivityStreamStatusStopping,
}
}
const (
// ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value
ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate"
// ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value
ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot"
)
// ApplyMethod_Values returns all elements of the ApplyMethod enum
func ApplyMethod_Values() []string {
return []string{
ApplyMethodImmediate,
ApplyMethodPendingReboot,
}
}
const (
// AuditPolicyStateLocked is a AuditPolicyState enum value
AuditPolicyStateLocked = "locked"
// AuditPolicyStateUnlocked is a AuditPolicyState enum value
AuditPolicyStateUnlocked = "unlocked"
)
// AuditPolicyState_Values returns all elements of the AuditPolicyState enum
func AuditPolicyState_Values() []string {
return []string{
AuditPolicyStateLocked,
AuditPolicyStateUnlocked,
}
}
const (
// AuthSchemeSecrets is a AuthScheme enum value
AuthSchemeSecrets = "SECRETS"
)
// AuthScheme_Values returns all elements of the AuthScheme enum
func AuthScheme_Values() []string {
return []string{
AuthSchemeSecrets,
}
}
const (
// AutomationModeFull is a AutomationMode enum value
AutomationModeFull = "full"
// AutomationModeAllPaused is a AutomationMode enum value
AutomationModeAllPaused = "all-paused"
)
// AutomationMode_Values returns all elements of the AutomationMode enum
func AutomationMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
AutomationModeFull,
AutomationModeAllPaused,
}
}
const (
// ClientPasswordAuthTypeMysqlNativePassword is a ClientPasswordAuthType enum value
ClientPasswordAuthTypeMysqlNativePassword = "MYSQL_NATIVE_PASSWORD"
// ClientPasswordAuthTypePostgresScramSha256 is a ClientPasswordAuthType enum value
ClientPasswordAuthTypePostgresScramSha256 = "POSTGRES_SCRAM_SHA_256"
// ClientPasswordAuthTypePostgresMd5 is a ClientPasswordAuthType enum value
ClientPasswordAuthTypePostgresMd5 = "POSTGRES_MD5"
// ClientPasswordAuthTypeSqlServerAuthentication is a ClientPasswordAuthType enum value
ClientPasswordAuthTypeSqlServerAuthentication = "SQL_SERVER_AUTHENTICATION"
)
// ClientPasswordAuthType_Values returns all elements of the ClientPasswordAuthType enum
func ClientPasswordAuthType_Values() []string {
return []string{
ClientPasswordAuthTypeMysqlNativePassword,
ClientPasswordAuthTypePostgresScramSha256,
ClientPasswordAuthTypePostgresMd5,
ClientPasswordAuthTypeSqlServerAuthentication,
}
}
const (
// CustomEngineVersionStatusAvailable is a CustomEngineVersionStatus enum value
CustomEngineVersionStatusAvailable = "available"
// CustomEngineVersionStatusInactive is a CustomEngineVersionStatus enum value
CustomEngineVersionStatusInactive = "inactive"
// CustomEngineVersionStatusInactiveExceptRestore is a CustomEngineVersionStatus enum value
CustomEngineVersionStatusInactiveExceptRestore = "inactive-except-restore"
)
// CustomEngineVersionStatus_Values returns all elements of the CustomEngineVersionStatus enum
func CustomEngineVersionStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
CustomEngineVersionStatusAvailable,
CustomEngineVersionStatusInactive,
CustomEngineVersionStatusInactiveExceptRestore,
}
}
const (
// DBProxyEndpointStatusAvailable is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value
DBProxyEndpointStatusAvailable = "available"
// DBProxyEndpointStatusModifying is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value
DBProxyEndpointStatusModifying = "modifying"
// DBProxyEndpointStatusIncompatibleNetwork is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value
DBProxyEndpointStatusIncompatibleNetwork = "incompatible-network"
// DBProxyEndpointStatusInsufficientResourceLimits is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value
DBProxyEndpointStatusInsufficientResourceLimits = "insufficient-resource-limits"
// DBProxyEndpointStatusCreating is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value
DBProxyEndpointStatusCreating = "creating"
// DBProxyEndpointStatusDeleting is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value
DBProxyEndpointStatusDeleting = "deleting"
)
// DBProxyEndpointStatus_Values returns all elements of the DBProxyEndpointStatus enum
func DBProxyEndpointStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
DBProxyEndpointStatusAvailable,
DBProxyEndpointStatusModifying,
DBProxyEndpointStatusIncompatibleNetwork,
DBProxyEndpointStatusInsufficientResourceLimits,
DBProxyEndpointStatusCreating,
DBProxyEndpointStatusDeleting,
}
}
const (
// DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadWrite is a DBProxyEndpointTargetRole enum value
DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadWrite = "READ_WRITE"
// DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadOnly is a DBProxyEndpointTargetRole enum value
DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadOnly = "READ_ONLY"
)
// DBProxyEndpointTargetRole_Values returns all elements of the DBProxyEndpointTargetRole enum
func DBProxyEndpointTargetRole_Values() []string {
return []string{
DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadWrite,
DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadOnly,
}
}
const (
// DBProxyStatusAvailable is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusAvailable = "available"
// DBProxyStatusModifying is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusModifying = "modifying"
// DBProxyStatusIncompatibleNetwork is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusIncompatibleNetwork = "incompatible-network"
// DBProxyStatusInsufficientResourceLimits is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusInsufficientResourceLimits = "insufficient-resource-limits"
// DBProxyStatusCreating is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusCreating = "creating"
// DBProxyStatusDeleting is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusDeleting = "deleting"
// DBProxyStatusSuspended is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusSuspended = "suspended"
// DBProxyStatusSuspending is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusSuspending = "suspending"
// DBProxyStatusReactivating is a DBProxyStatus enum value
DBProxyStatusReactivating = "reactivating"
)
// DBProxyStatus_Values returns all elements of the DBProxyStatus enum
func DBProxyStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
DBProxyStatusAvailable,
DBProxyStatusModifying,
DBProxyStatusIncompatibleNetwork,
DBProxyStatusInsufficientResourceLimits,
DBProxyStatusCreating,
DBProxyStatusDeleting,
DBProxyStatusSuspended,
DBProxyStatusSuspending,
DBProxyStatusReactivating,
}
}
const (
// EngineFamilyMysql is a EngineFamily enum value
EngineFamilyMysql = "MYSQL"
// EngineFamilyPostgresql is a EngineFamily enum value
EngineFamilyPostgresql = "POSTGRESQL"
// EngineFamilySqlserver is a EngineFamily enum value
EngineFamilySqlserver = "SQLSERVER"
)
// EngineFamily_Values returns all elements of the EngineFamily enum
func EngineFamily_Values() []string {
return []string{
EngineFamilyMysql,
EngineFamilyPostgresql,
EngineFamilySqlserver,
}
}
const (
// ExportSourceTypeSnapshot is a ExportSourceType enum value
ExportSourceTypeSnapshot = "SNAPSHOT"
// ExportSourceTypeCluster is a ExportSourceType enum value
ExportSourceTypeCluster = "CLUSTER"
)
// ExportSourceType_Values returns all elements of the ExportSourceType enum
func ExportSourceType_Values() []string {
return []string{
ExportSourceTypeSnapshot,
ExportSourceTypeCluster,
}
}
const (
// FailoverStatusPending is a FailoverStatus enum value
FailoverStatusPending = "pending"
// FailoverStatusFailingOver is a FailoverStatus enum value
FailoverStatusFailingOver = "failing-over"
// FailoverStatusCancelling is a FailoverStatus enum value
FailoverStatusCancelling = "cancelling"
)
// FailoverStatus_Values returns all elements of the FailoverStatus enum
func FailoverStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
FailoverStatusPending,
FailoverStatusFailingOver,
FailoverStatusCancelling,
}
}
const (
// GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatusConnected is a GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatus enum value
GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatusConnected = "connected"
// GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatusPendingResync is a GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatus enum value
GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatusPendingResync = "pending-resync"
)
// GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatus_Values returns all elements of the GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatus enum
func GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatusConnected,
GlobalClusterMemberSynchronizationStatusPendingResync,
}
}
const (
// IAMAuthModeDisabled is a IAMAuthMode enum value
IAMAuthModeDisabled = "DISABLED"
// IAMAuthModeRequired is a IAMAuthMode enum value
IAMAuthModeRequired = "REQUIRED"
// IAMAuthModeEnabled is a IAMAuthMode enum value
IAMAuthModeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)
// IAMAuthMode_Values returns all elements of the IAMAuthMode enum
func IAMAuthMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
IAMAuthModeDisabled,
IAMAuthModeRequired,
IAMAuthModeEnabled,
}
}
const (
// IntegrationStatusCreating is a IntegrationStatus enum value
IntegrationStatusCreating = "creating"
// IntegrationStatusActive is a IntegrationStatus enum value
IntegrationStatusActive = "active"
// IntegrationStatusModifying is a IntegrationStatus enum value
IntegrationStatusModifying = "modifying"
// IntegrationStatusFailed is a IntegrationStatus enum value
IntegrationStatusFailed = "failed"
// IntegrationStatusDeleting is a IntegrationStatus enum value
IntegrationStatusDeleting = "deleting"
// IntegrationStatusSyncing is a IntegrationStatus enum value
IntegrationStatusSyncing = "syncing"
// IntegrationStatusNeedsAttention is a IntegrationStatus enum value
IntegrationStatusNeedsAttention = "needs_attention"
)
// IntegrationStatus_Values returns all elements of the IntegrationStatus enum
func IntegrationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
IntegrationStatusCreating,
IntegrationStatusActive,
IntegrationStatusModifying,
IntegrationStatusFailed,
IntegrationStatusDeleting,
IntegrationStatusSyncing,
IntegrationStatusNeedsAttention,
}
}
const (
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusActive is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusActive = "active"
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusNotInUse is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusNotInUse = "not-in-use"
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusEnabled is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusEnabled = "enabled"
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusDisabled is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusDisabled = "disabled"
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusEnabling is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusEnabling = "enabling"
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusDisabling is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusDisabling = "disabling"
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusModifyingMaxCapacity is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusModifyingMaxCapacity = "modifying-max-capacity"
// LimitlessDatabaseStatusError is a LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum value
LimitlessDatabaseStatusError = "error"
)
// LimitlessDatabaseStatus_Values returns all elements of the LimitlessDatabaseStatus enum
func LimitlessDatabaseStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
LimitlessDatabaseStatusActive,
LimitlessDatabaseStatusNotInUse,
LimitlessDatabaseStatusEnabled,
LimitlessDatabaseStatusDisabled,
LimitlessDatabaseStatusEnabling,
LimitlessDatabaseStatusDisabling,
LimitlessDatabaseStatusModifyingMaxCapacity,
LimitlessDatabaseStatusError,
}
}
const (
// LocalWriteForwardingStatusEnabled is a LocalWriteForwardingStatus enum value
LocalWriteForwardingStatusEnabled = "enabled"
// LocalWriteForwardingStatusDisabled is a LocalWriteForwardingStatus enum value
LocalWriteForwardingStatusDisabled = "disabled"
// LocalWriteForwardingStatusEnabling is a LocalWriteForwardingStatus enum value
LocalWriteForwardingStatusEnabling = "enabling"
// LocalWriteForwardingStatusDisabling is a LocalWriteForwardingStatus enum value
LocalWriteForwardingStatusDisabling = "disabling"
// LocalWriteForwardingStatusRequested is a LocalWriteForwardingStatus enum value
LocalWriteForwardingStatusRequested = "requested"
)
// LocalWriteForwardingStatus_Values returns all elements of the LocalWriteForwardingStatus enum
func LocalWriteForwardingStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
LocalWriteForwardingStatusEnabled,
LocalWriteForwardingStatusDisabled,
LocalWriteForwardingStatusEnabling,
LocalWriteForwardingStatusDisabling,
LocalWriteForwardingStatusRequested,
}
}
const (
// ReplicaModeOpenReadOnly is a ReplicaMode enum value
ReplicaModeOpenReadOnly = "open-read-only"
// ReplicaModeMounted is a ReplicaMode enum value
ReplicaModeMounted = "mounted"
)
// ReplicaMode_Values returns all elements of the ReplicaMode enum
func ReplicaMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
ReplicaModeOpenReadOnly,
ReplicaModeMounted,
}
}
const (
// SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance"
// SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group"
// SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group"
// SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot"
// SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster"
// SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot"
// SourceTypeCustomEngineVersion is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeCustomEngineVersion = "custom-engine-version"
// SourceTypeDbProxy is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeDbProxy = "db-proxy"
// SourceTypeBlueGreenDeployment is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeBlueGreenDeployment = "blue-green-deployment"
)
// SourceType_Values returns all elements of the SourceType enum
func SourceType_Values() []string {
return []string{
SourceTypeDbInstance,
SourceTypeDbParameterGroup,
SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup,
SourceTypeDbSnapshot,
SourceTypeDbCluster,
SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot,
SourceTypeCustomEngineVersion,
SourceTypeDbProxy,
SourceTypeBlueGreenDeployment,
}
}
const (
// TargetHealthReasonUnreachable is a TargetHealthReason enum value
TargetHealthReasonUnreachable = "UNREACHABLE"
// TargetHealthReasonConnectionFailed is a TargetHealthReason enum value
TargetHealthReasonConnectionFailed = "CONNECTION_FAILED"
// TargetHealthReasonAuthFailure is a TargetHealthReason enum value
TargetHealthReasonAuthFailure = "AUTH_FAILURE"
// TargetHealthReasonPendingProxyCapacity is a TargetHealthReason enum value
TargetHealthReasonPendingProxyCapacity = "PENDING_PROXY_CAPACITY"
// TargetHealthReasonInvalidReplicationState is a TargetHealthReason enum value
TargetHealthReasonInvalidReplicationState = "INVALID_REPLICATION_STATE"
)
// TargetHealthReason_Values returns all elements of the TargetHealthReason enum
func TargetHealthReason_Values() []string {
return []string{
TargetHealthReasonUnreachable,
TargetHealthReasonConnectionFailed,
TargetHealthReasonAuthFailure,
TargetHealthReasonPendingProxyCapacity,
TargetHealthReasonInvalidReplicationState,
}
}
const (
// TargetRoleReadWrite is a TargetRole enum value
TargetRoleReadWrite = "READ_WRITE"
// TargetRoleReadOnly is a TargetRole enum value
TargetRoleReadOnly = "READ_ONLY"
// TargetRoleUnknown is a TargetRole enum value
TargetRoleUnknown = "UNKNOWN"
)
// TargetRole_Values returns all elements of the TargetRole enum
func TargetRole_Values() []string {
return []string{
TargetRoleReadWrite,
TargetRoleReadOnly,
TargetRoleUnknown,
}
}
const (
// TargetStateRegistering is a TargetState enum value
TargetStateRegistering = "REGISTERING"
// TargetStateAvailable is a TargetState enum value
TargetStateAvailable = "AVAILABLE"
// TargetStateUnavailable is a TargetState enum value
TargetStateUnavailable = "UNAVAILABLE"
)
// TargetState_Values returns all elements of the TargetState enum
func TargetState_Values() []string {
return []string{
TargetStateRegistering,
TargetStateAvailable,
TargetStateUnavailable,
}
}
const (
// TargetTypeRdsInstance is a TargetType enum value
TargetTypeRdsInstance = "RDS_INSTANCE"
// TargetTypeRdsServerlessEndpoint is a TargetType enum value
TargetTypeRdsServerlessEndpoint = "RDS_SERVERLESS_ENDPOINT"
// TargetTypeTrackedCluster is a TargetType enum value
TargetTypeTrackedCluster = "TRACKED_CLUSTER"
)
// TargetType_Values returns all elements of the TargetType enum
func TargetType_Values() []string {
return []string{
TargetTypeRdsInstance,
TargetTypeRdsServerlessEndpoint,
TargetTypeTrackedCluster,
}
}
const (
// WriteForwardingStatusEnabled is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value
WriteForwardingStatusEnabled = "enabled"
// WriteForwardingStatusDisabled is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value
WriteForwardingStatusDisabled = "disabled"
// WriteForwardingStatusEnabling is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value
WriteForwardingStatusEnabling = "enabling"
// WriteForwardingStatusDisabling is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value
WriteForwardingStatusDisabling = "disabling"
// WriteForwardingStatusUnknown is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value
WriteForwardingStatusUnknown = "unknown"
)
// WriteForwardingStatus_Values returns all elements of the WriteForwardingStatus enum
func WriteForwardingStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
WriteForwardingStatusEnabled,
WriteForwardingStatusDisabled,
WriteForwardingStatusEnabling,
WriteForwardingStatusDisabling,
WriteForwardingStatusUnknown,
}
}